Some of the following information is reproduced from New Zealand newspapers for non-commercial use, under a
Creative Commons New Zealand BY-NC-SA licence
We would like to acknowledge the National Library of New Zealand as the source of the information.
LINK
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
FORMED - NOVEMBER 1892
HONORARY LIFE MEMBERS
1898 June
Mr. M. Buckley Joyce
26th NOVEMBER 1892
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLIV, ISSUE 126
2nd DECEMBER 1892
Page 40 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At a meeting held at Thomas and Co.'s rooms last evening, Mr. A.T. Bothamley in the chair, it was decided to form a club to be called the Wellington Camera Club, its object being "to encourage the study and practice of artistic and scientific photography".
Twenty gentlemen, who were present, were enrolled, and an interim committee, consisting of Messrs. Barraud, Beswick, Bothamley, Gordon, and Wright, was appointed to draw up rules to be submitted to a future meeting. It is intended to hold competitions and arrange "outings" for the members, and considering the number of devotees of amateur photography who reside in Wellington, the club should supply a want. A number of ladies and gentlemen who were unable to be present have signified their intention of joining the club.
8th DECEMBER 1892
Page 2 and 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLIV, ISSUE 136
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The adjourned meeting of the proposed Wellington Camera Club is to be held at Thomas and Co.'s rooms to-morrow (FRIDAY), at 8pm.
Business: To enroll members and pass rules, etc.
16th DECEMBER 1892
Page 41 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The adjourned meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held at Messrs Thomas and Co.'s rooms last week, Mr. C. Hulke in the chair.
Rules for the management of the club were adopted, and the following officers elected: President, Mr. C. Hulke; vice-Presidents, Messrs A.T. Bothamley and C.J. Hardy; committee, Messrs, W.F. Barraud, W. Beswick, H. Gordon and D. Lyon; Hon.Secretary and treasurer, Mr. H.C. Stephens (of the Wellington-Manawatu Railway Company, Lambton quay).
Meetings of the club will be held on the first Friday each month. A large number of members were enrolled, and a vote of thanks to the conveners (Messrs Barraud and Beswick) closed a most enthusiastic meeting.
7th JANUARY 1893
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLV, ISSUE 5
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The first monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held last evening, Mr. C. Hulke, President, occupying the chair. The attendance of members was not large, possibly owing to the holiday season. Several of those present exhibited views which they had taken, and the President delivered a short and interesting address. The remainder of the evening was passed in a conversational way. It was decided that the next meeting should be held the first Friday in February, and members are requested to bring views for exhibition.
4th FEBRUARY 1893
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLV, ISSUE 29
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club met last night, Mr. C. Hulke in the chair. Two new members were elected, which brings the club's strength up to 12.
COMPETITION: Mr. W.F. Barraud's photograph of a waterfall took first award, and Mr. Hulke's photograph of some calves on a farm received the second award.
Mr. W.D. Lyon gave notice of motion that the meetings of the club be held on the 2nd Friday in each month. It was decided that the next competition should be for landscapes.
4th MARCH 1893
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLV, ISSUE 53
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club had a well attended meeting at the Exchange Buildings last night, Mr. C. Hulke, President, in the chair.
It was resolved that in future the meetings of the club should be held on the second Friday in each month.
COMPETITION: for the best landscape picture the first award was given to Mr. Laing, of Lower Hutt, the second to Mr. E Daniel.
The committee reported that at the end of the year the member who takes the greatest number of prizes will receive an album containing copies of all the prize pictures. It was decided that the next competition should be in exterior architecture.
15th APRIL 1893
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 9884
21st APRIL 1893
Page 36 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1103
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a large attendance at the monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club. The President (Mr. Charles Hulke) occupied the chair.
COMPETITION: for the subject of exterior architecture the first place was taken by Mr. H.E. Taylor, with a view of Parliament Buildings. The second award was voted to Mr. H.A. Gordon for a view of St Peter's Church.
Eight new members were elected, bringing the strength of the club up to 53.
The subject chosen for next month is an outdoor group of not less than three figures.
At a meeting of the committee of management held afterwards it was decided that all pictures for competition should be unmounted and unenamelled.
13th MAY 1893
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 9900
19th MAY 1893
Page 36 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1107
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club held its usual monthly meeting in the Exchange Buildings last night, the President (Mr. Charles Hulke) in the chair.
COMPETITION: was for a group of not less than three figures, the first place of which was awarded to Mr. W.F. Barraud and the second to Mr. Wragge.
Three new members were elected. The President exhibited part of an enlarging camera, which he had made himself, and explained how the bellows are made.
It was announced that shipping is to be the subject for competition next month, to be followed in the succeeding months by copies, interiors, animal life and enlargements, and it was resolved that all competition pictures must be taken within three months of exhibition.
10th JUNE 1893
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 9924
16th JUNE 1893
Page 39 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1111
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held at the Exchange Buildings last evening; Mr. Hulke (President) in the chair. There were twenty one members present.
COMPETITION: was 'shipping', and a large number of highly interesting views were shown. The interest evoked by competitions is rapidly increasing, and the artistic qualities of many of the pictures shown gives promise of an exhibition, which it is intended to hold, being well worthy of a visit from all who are not conversant with the many charming views in and about our magnificent harbour.
One new member was elected. The evening’s business concluded with a general discussion on things 'photographic'. The subject for next month’s competition will be ‘copies', and members are invited to bring their apparatus for exhibition.
12th JUNE 1893
Page 6 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME LXXIX, ISSUE 10061
Page 1 - STAR, ISSUE 4668
WELLINGTON ITEMS
[FROM OUR OWN CORRESPONDENT]
WELLINGTON, June 10
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Perhaps you are not aware yet, that we have a Camera Club here, which holds monthly meetings, at each of which there are competitions by the members on some given subject. In the summer the members travel, returning with miles of our glorious scenery divided up into photographic blocks, duly labeled and classified. The progress made is, I understand, very great, and has by no means reached its limit. What between talk photographic, the perpetual demand to have acres of views to admire, and the liability to be “taken” at every possible disadvantage, I don’t know whether life will be worth having to anyone outside the Camera Club. I cannot help admiring the perseverance and refinement of the members, things which struck me much in connection with their last monthly meeting, which came off yesterday.
16th JUNE 1893
Page 3 - BRUCE HERALD, VOLUME XXIV, ISSUE 2485
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club by means of monthly gatherings and competitions is doing a good deal to foster the growth of photography and a love for its high development amongst those devoted in its pursuits. A great deal of the work done is most artistic.
15th JULY 1893
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 9954
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the Exchange Buildings last night, the President, Mr. Charles Hulke, occupying the chair. Two new members were elected.
COMPETITION: 'Copies', the first award falling to Mr. Gamble and the second to Mr. W.F. Barraud. The subject for next month’s competition is 'Interiors'.
12th August 1893
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 9978
18th August 1893
Page 41 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1120
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the Exchange Buildings last night, Mr. W.F. Barraud in the chair.
COMPETITION: 'Interiors', the first award being taken by Mr. Kitchen with a Kodak picture; the second award fell to Mr. Taylor. The subject for next competition will be 'Animal Life', in addition to which there will be an exhibition of lantern slides.
1st SEPTEMBER 1893
Page 23 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1122
2nd SEPTEMBER 1893
Page 23 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 9996
CAMERA NOTES
KODAK
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
That well known scientist and photographer, Mr. Charles Hulke, is President, and so punctual is he in the performance of the duties of his office that only on one occasion has he been absent from the club's meetings, and then he had the very reasonable excuse of an attack of bronchitis. He is always willing to give the benefit of his experience to the younger members of the club.
The next meeting of the club will be held in No. 11 Room, Exchange Buildings, on Friday, the 8th of September. The subject for competition will be "Animal Life". There: will also be an exhibition of lantern slides, the production of members of the club. Mr. T.M. Hardy has kindly offered to supply a lantern with limelight.
Messrs Taylor, Taylor and Hobson, the celebrated lens makers, have issued a circular offering a prize of 10 guineas for the best negative taken with one of their lenses. Here is a chance for their namesake, Mr. H.E. Taylor, who does good work with one of the firm's lenses.
Messrs Sharland and Co., now issue in a separate part the photographic section of their trade journal. Thirty copies are sent to the Hon.Secretary of the Wellington Camera Club, who distributes them gratis to the members who are most regular in their attendance at the club's meetings.
9th SEPTEMBER 1893
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 2002
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the Exchange Buildings last night, the President (Mr. Charles Hulke) in the chair.
COMPETITION: Mr. Gamble and Mr. Gordon took first and second award respectively for the competition subject of 'animal life'.
A lecture of the evening was an exhibition of lantern slides, mostly the production of members of the Club. Mr. Malcolm Ross, of Dunedin, attended as a visitor, and showed a number of slides of the mountainous part of the South Island, his remarks being listened to with much interest. Mr. T.M. Hardy kindly supplied the lantern with limelight.
15th SEPTEMBER 1893
Page 12 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1124
16th SEPTEMBER 1893
Page 23 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 2008
CAMERA NOTES
KODAK
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. Muir, of the firm of Herrmann and Co., exhibited a few slides of portraiture, which called forth generous applause from the members.
Mr. Kitchen showed a few slides from negatives taken with the Kodak, one — a moonlight effect on the harbour — being especially admired.
Mr. Stephens, the Hon.Secretary, exhibited a few slides of views on the Manawatu line. Slides were also contributed by Messrs Barraud, Beswick and Daniels.
COMPETITION: "Animal Life" only four members competed, Messrs Gamble and Gordon taking first and second awards respectively.
The first annual meeting of the club will be held on the 13th October, when the principal business of the evening will be the election of officers and committee for the coming year. During the past year the officers of the club have worked most harmoniously together, but the committee as a whole do not intend to seek re-election, as they consider that a change in the management should take place annually. I am informed that, in spite of preliminary expenses, the club will have a good balance in hand to commence the new year with.
9th OCTOBER 1893
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVI, ISSUE 86
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Letters from Colonial Cousinia" is the title of contributions from Britain's wide domains which appear in the latest and most popular of London's illustrated weeklies, the Sketch. The latest number to hand contains an interesting letter from Wellington signed "To Nakara", which we understand to be the nom de plume of Mr. T.L. Mills. The letter occupies a full page, and is illustrated with a capital view of Government House, from a photograph taken by Mr. E. Taylor, of the Wellington Camera Club. A few weeks ago The Sketch contained a capital picture of the Hon. R.J. Seddon, and a short account of his career, by the Wellington contributor.
12th OCTOBER 1893
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVI, ISSUE 89
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The First Annual Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held in No. 11 Room, Exchange Buildings, on FRIDAY, the 13th October, at 8 pm.
Business: To Receive Annual Report, Elect Officers and New Members, and General.
WILLIAM C. STEPHENS
HON.SECRETARY
12th OCTOBER 1893
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVI, ISSUE 89
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Hon.Secretary of the Wellington Camera Club notifies that the first annual meeting will be held in No. 11 Room, Exchange Buildings, to-morrow evening.
14th OCTOBER 1893
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 2031
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVI, ISSUE 91
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the Exchange Buildings last night. There was a good attendance.
The annual meeting was also held. The Treasurer reported that the receipts amounted to £23 2s 4d and the expenditure to £7 9s 6d, leaving a balance in hand of £15 12s 10d.
The Committee's report suggested that during the coming year the more experienced members should be requested to give lectures on photography. It also proposed the establishing of a question-box, and the abolition of popular voting at competitions, the awards to be made by a committee of judges to be elected for the purpose.
COMPETITION: Enlargements comprised the subject for competition. The first award fell to Mr. Taylor, and the second to Mr. W.F. Barraud. Mr. Barraud and Mr. H.E. Taylor head the list of prize-takers for the year, with 12 points each. Mr. Barraud took two first and three second awards, while Mr. Taylor took four first awards.
ELECTION OF OFFICERS: 1893 - 1894 |
PRESIDENT |
||||||
| Vice-President: Mr. W. Beswick |
Vice-President: Mr. H.E. Taylor |
Hon.Secretary: Mr. W.C. Stephens |
Hon. Treasurer: Mr. W.C. Stephens |
Committee: Mr. A.T. Bothamley |
Committee: Mr. T.M. Hardy |
Committee: Mr. F.B. Muir |
Committee: Mr. Charles Hulke |
At the close of the meeting the members present were photographed by aid of magnesium flash-light by Messrs Muir and Kitchen.
14th OCTOBER 1893
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 91
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club exhibition at the Exchange Hall was opened last night by Mr. W.T.L. Travers, who, though called upon at a late moment, kindly came in from the Hutt and delivered an interesting address on photography. He laid special stress upon the advantages of the platinotype and carbon processes, illustrating his remarks with references to the excellent results obtained by Messrs. J.A. Heginbotham and T. Pringle. Mr. Travers strongly advised members of the club to adopt one or other of these processes for utilizing the good negatives they could get in the field. He deprecated the practice of changing processes continually in deference to the advice offered by different works on photography. The best results would probably be obtained by adopting a process and keeping to it. Mr. Travers also spoke of experiments in color-photography, and congratulated the club on the improvement shown by its members. The Exhibition is open to visitors from 7pm to 10pm to-night and to-morrow night, and also from 2pm to 5pm on Saturday.
15th OCTOBER 1893
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 92
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance at the annual exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club last night. The exhibition will be open again to-night.
17th OCTOBER 1893
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 93
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club concluded on Saturday night.
20th OCTOBER 1893
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 96
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held in the Exchange Buildings to-night. We understand that the past year has been the most successful the club has experienced since its inauguration six years ago.
20th OCTOBER 1893
Page 16 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1129
21st OCTOBER 1893
Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 2037
CAMERA NOTES
KODAK
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
RECEIPTS |
EXPENDITURE |
BALANCE IN HAND |
||||||
| Subscriptions £22 16s 9d |
INTEREST 5s 7d |
Preliminary expenses £1 12s 3d |
Hire of Room £2 15s 6d |
Printing and Stationery £2 1s 6d |
Ruby Lamp 10s 6d |
Stamps 9s 9d |
TOTAL £7 9s 6d |
£1s 12s 1Od |
The President then read the following report of the Committee of Management:
The Committee of Management, in presenting the first annual report, congratulate the members of the Wellington Camera Club upon the satisfactory financial position in which the club stands at the close of its first year. The total receipts amount to £23 2s 4d, and the total expenditure to £7 9s 6d, including preliminary expenses, £1 12s 3d, leaving a balance in hand of £15 12s 10d. This balance will be reduced by the purchase of two albums, and a cupboard in which to store the books, stationery and other property of the club. The unpaid subscriptions of the club amount to £4 14s 6d, upon which, however, we place no reliance, and we recommend that all members whose subscriptions for the past year are unpaid at the end of this month should be struck off the roll.
Of course, to obtain the satisfactory position in which we now find ourselves a considerable amount of self-denial has had to be exercised, and the committee considered it necessary, and essential to the success of the club, that the operations for the first year should be conducted upon the most economical principles, and the funds of the club have been conserved not merely for the purpose of building up a reserve fund, but with the object of further increasing the usefulness of the club. The committee leave it entirely to the members and the incoming committee to decide how the funds of the club shall be spent, but they recommend that during the coming year the experienced members should be requested to give short lectures on photography, both from an artistic and technical point of view. As your committee have found that a good many of the junior members are shy of asking for information at the meetings of the club, they recommend the institution of a question box, into which any member may drop a question without signing his name, and which would be answered, if possible, by any of the members present. Your committee also suggest that the popular voting in competitions be abolished and a committee of judges appointed for the purpose.
In accordance with a resolution passed by the club, the committee instituted a series of monthly competitions, with very gratifying results. The prize, which is a copy of the club’s album, falls to Mr. H.E. Taylor, with four first awards, Mr. Barraud following close with two first and two second awards.
The full strength of the club is at present 58 members; 48 members paid their subscriptions and one member resigned.
The thanks of the club have been awarded to Mr. J.H. Kitchen for an enlargement presented by him of two elephants in Fillis Circus; to Mr. T.M. Hardy, for supplying a lantern and limelight, and thus affording members a very pleasant evening of an exhibition of lantern slides; also to Mr. Malcolm Ross, a visitor from Dunedin, for an exhibition of slides illustrative of the Alpine scenery of the Middle Island.
I am requested to state, owing to a clerical error, it is not yet decided who has won the competitions prize, Mr. Taylor or Mr. Barraud. The correct awards are — Mr. Taylor, four first awards; Mr. Barraud, two first and three second awards. As first awards get three points and second awards two points, Messrs Barraud and Taylor have tied with 12 points each. This matter will receive the attention of the Committee of Management at its first meeting.
At the close of the meeting the members present were photographed by Messrs Muir and Kitchen with the aid of flashlight.
I was much surprised that a vote of thanks to the President and committee for their services during the year was not moved, but, judging from the applause on the adoption of the committee’s report, the thanks were conveyed in another, if an indirect, channel.
A proposal is on foot for an excursion to some place of interest on the Prince of Wales Birthday, and I am informed the matter will be considered by the committee at their first meeting.
As evidence of the popularity of the late President of the Camera Club, I may state that he was almost unanimously returned as a member of the committee, although several members struck his name out of the voting lists, knowing that his return was a certainty.
6th DECEMBER 1893
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVI, ISSUE 135
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. Hulke will deliver a few remarks on the making of lantern slides at the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club on Friday evening.
6th DECEMBER 1893
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVI, ISSUE 135
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
MONTHLY MEETING, at Exchange Buildings
FRIDAY, 8th DECEMBER, at 8pm
Mr. Hulke will deliver a few remarks on the Making of Lantern Slides.
9th DECEMBER 1893
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVI, ISSUE 138
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the Exchange Buildings last night, the President, Mr. W.F. Barraud, in the chair.
COMPETITION: "Instantaneous Effects", and the judges gave first place to Mr. W. Parker ("Yachts"), and second place to Mr. W. Stephens for a picture of "Calves".
Mr. Hulke delivered an address on the making of lantern slides, which was much appreciated.
A large number of photographs were exhibited, the most noticeable being some portraiture by Mr. C.W.A. Stewart, an amateur visitor, and a panorama of Wellington, exhibited by Mr. William Stevenson, a professional photographer from Auckland. It was announced that the members would entertain their friends at a meeting of a social character, to he held on the 26th January.
11th JANUARY 1894
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVII, ISSUE 9
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club in No. 11 Room, Exchange Buildings, on FRIDAY EVENING, 12th January, at 8pm.
Mr. M'Kay will deliver a short address on "Photographic Lenses".
13th JANUARY 1894
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVII, ISSUE 11
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the Exchange Buildings last night, the President, Mr. W.F. Barraud, in the chair.
COMPETITION: "Flower studies". The judges gave first place to Mr. H.E. Taylor, and the second to Mr. Frank Denton.
Mr. M'Kay gave a short address on lenses, dealing more particularly with the tele-photographic lens, of which he had always considered himself the inventor, but he stated that several others had laid claim to the same invention.
The Hon.Secretary announced that Mr. Cohen had offered to give -- worth of photographic goods to the winner of the next competition, "Stream and Woodland".
2nd FEBRUARY 1894
Page 34 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1144
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club gave their first lantern slide exhibition last Friday at the Academy of Arts Building, Whitmore street. A large number of slides made by members of the club was exhibited, as also some very fine ones of English and Scottish scenery made by Messrs Valentine and Sons, the well-known Scotch photographers. Messrs Woodger and Hardy manipulated the lantern very successfully. Songs were sung by Miss Muir and instrumental selections were given by members of the club. During an interval light refreshments were provided for the guests, of whom there was a large number present.
10th FEBRUARY 1894
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVII, ISSUE 35
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in No. 11 Room, Exchange Buildings, last night, Mr. H.E. Taylor, Vice-President, in the chair.
COMPETITION: "Stream and Woodland", Mr. Frank Denton took first award and Mr. E. Daniel second.
The committee reported that it was decided to postpone the proposed photographic exhibition to about May or June. For the exhibition to be held in Auckland on the 1st March, members are requested to forward exhibits to Messrs. Barraud & Son, Lambton-quay, suitably framed, where they will be packed and forwarded at the expense of the club.
14th APRIL 1894
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 2181
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVII, ISSUE 88
20th APRIL 1894
Page 27 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the Exchange Buildings last evening, the President, Mr. W.F. Barraud, in the chair.
COMPETITION: “Shipping”, the first award falling to Mr. G.F. Smith, and the second to Mr. Frank Denton.
The President delivered a short address on “Composition”, which was listened to with much interest. Mr. McKay produced a camera fitted with the telescopic lens, his own invention and manufacture.
The Hon.Secretary handed round samples of plates sent out by a new firm in London for distribution.
It was announced by the Hon.Secretary that promises had been received to contribute 55 frames for a photographic exhibition to be held early in June.
2nd JUNE 1894
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVII, ISSUE 29
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A photographic exhibition is to be held under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club at the Academy of Arts next week. The Nelson exhibition which has just closed contained pictures sent from the Camera Clubs of Auckland, Christchurch, Dunedin, and Wellington, and the exhibits from all these places except Dunedin have been forwarded for the Wellington exhibition.
The Hon.Secretary of the Wellington Camera Club informs us there is an impression among the professional photographers in town that the club only admits amateurs as members. This is a mistake, and the club already contains two professional photographers who have been elected members under the rules.
4th JUNE 1894
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVII, ISSUE 130
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
FRIDAY AND SATURDAY
8th and 9th June
Friday, 2.30pm to 5.30pm - Admission 1s
Saturday, 10am to 10pm - Admission 6d
7th JUNE 1894
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 2226
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Nine cases of exhibits have come to hand from Christchurch, Dunedin and Nelson, for the exhibition to be held by the Wellington Camera Club, on Friday and Saturday next, in the Academy of Fine Arts. Those members of the local Club who have not yet sent in their exhibits are reminded that they must do so to-day.
7th JUNE 1894
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVII, ISSUE 133
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The Wellington Camera Club will open at the Academy of Arts at 2.30pm, to-morrow a very notable photographic exhibition. It will consist of the work, professional and amateur, of the members of the Camera Clubs of Auckland, Christchurch, Dunedin, Nelson, and Wellington, and includes some 700 to 800 pictures of all sizes, from the small Kodak to the imposing enlargement. Photography has of late deservedly become an exceedingly popular hobby throughout the colony, and with so much time, intelligence, and in some cases artistic feeling devoted to it, it was to be expected that admirable results would be shown. Few countries are more favorable to artistic photography than this, and many of the landscape, seascape, and figure studies now upon the wall's of the Academy Gallery are wholly admirable, and should be seen by everyone who is possessed of artistic sensibility. The exhibition will be open from 2.30pm to 5.30pm, to-morrow, and in the evening, when there will be a musical program, and from 10am to 10pm, on Saturday. The Exhibition will be opened by Mr. J. Duthie, M.H R.
JOHN DUTHIE
Born 28th February 1841 - Kintore, Aberdeenshire, Scotland
Died 14th October 1915 (aged 74)
Member of the New Zealand Parliament for City of Wellington
5th December 1890 to 14th November 1896
8th JUNE 1894
Page 1 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 2227
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
NEW ZEALAND ACADEMY OF FINE ARTS
8th and 9th JUNE
ADMISSION
Friday, 2.30pm to 5.30pm --- 1s.
Friday Evening, 7pm to 10pm --- 6d.
Saturday, 10am to 10pm --- 6d.
8th JUNE 1894
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 2227
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There will be opened at 2.30pm to-day by the Wellington Camera Club in the Academy of Arts a very fine collection of photographic prints, the exhibits being principally from Wellington, Christchurch, Auckland and Nelson. The works are mainly by amateurs, but there are some very fine specimens of professional art. There will bo between 700 and 800 pictures hung. The Wellington pictures are to the left of the entrance, those from Auckland, Nelson and Christchurch being to the right. At the back of the platform will be hung the unframed exhibits. The exhibition will be well worth a visit, as a good idea can be gained of the perfection to which photography has attained of recent years, especially among amateurs. This is the largest exhibition of its kind ever held in the Colony, and the Camera Club are to be complimented on the success which has attended their first attempt in this direction. It will be open to-day from 2.30pm to 5.30pm, and in the evening, when there will be a musical program. Mr. J. Duthie, M.H.R., has consented to perform the opening ceremony.
8th JUNE 1894
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVII, ISSUE 134
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
FIRST ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The Wellington Camera Club has every reason to feel gratified with the character of its first public exhibition, for it has gathered within the walls of the Academy of Arts a collection of photographs that bear mute but convincing testimony to the advance which has been made in amateur photographic art throughout the colony. And that Wellington is not behind hand in the race such work as that shown be abundantly by Mr. H.E. Taylor and Mr. W.F. Barraud amply testifies. The work of those gentlemen, and some other of the work in the Wellington section, will bear the most thorough inspection, and each successive visit will deepen the impression created. Besides amateur exhibits there is also in the Wellington section some professional work — notably that of Mr. F.B. Muir and Mr. Freeman - that is remarkable. Mr. Muir's enlargements are exquisite specimens of artistic work. And the Wellington exhibits, though an exhibition in themselves, are but a tithe of the interest of the Show, for much of the work sent from Auckland, Christchurch, and Nelson, which fills the other walls of the gallery, is admirable, and when it is remembered that it is amateur work, quite surprising.
The main body of the Wellington exhibits are on the eastern wall, and beginning at the southern end. The first frames to attract the eye are a set of still life and figure interiors by Mr. T.W. Pilcher. One of the views — a dining-room interior with a study of massed china — is a fine piece of work. Mr. A.D. Stewart has some very pretty landscape bits, toned, which make excellent pictures — one harvest scene especially. Mr. A. de B. Brandon has a frame of curious interest. It is a series of Kodak "snap shots". Two of them are lifelike groups at the Easter encampment, and others are "snaps" at some boys sports in Hobson-street. Two represent a jumping competition, in which the competitor is shown in the act of leaping, and the boys around are so affected by unconscious sympathy that nearly every one has his knees bent in the attitude of the spring, and one boy has one leg right off the ground, as an outward indication of his intense mental effort to help his friend over the tape. Near these are a number of views of exceptional interest, in that they establish for Mr. A. M'Kay, of the Government Geological staff, credit for the invention of the "tele-photographic lens", which Dallmeyer, one of the best-known lens makers, has now patented, and is exploiting as a new and great discovery. The function of the tele-photographic lens is, by a combination of lens and telescope, to bring distant objects nearer to the camera and there fix them on the plate.
It does for the vision of the camera what the telescope does for the operator's eye. There are quite a number of the pictures which Mr. M'Kay took with his lens eight years ago. In them houses which were 16 chains from the camera, middle distances which were several miles away, and in one case the Rimutakas, 16 miles away, are brought so close to the camera that it appears as though the houses were but on the other side of a street. In one distant view of the Jewish Cemetery, the Torpedo Station is distinctly shown in detail in the background. With an ordinary lens it would have been an almost indistinguishable speck on the plate. But fraught with scientific interest as are these old pictures, Mr. M'Kay does not confine his exhibit to them, and in the life-like and realistic manner in which he has depicted the central plant in his study of mountain daisies on the Kaikouras, he has achieved a success which is exceptional in the treatment of such a subject. Beside these, there is another interesting exhibit, in the form of an enlargement from a 5-4 Kodak plate, taken at 10.30pm by magnesium flash light. It is a group of the members taken at the first annual meeting of the Camera Club at the Exchange Buildings, and was taken by Mr. F.B. Muir, with excellent results.
Mr. William C. Stephens, the Club's Hon.Secretary, shows a good enlargement in the shape of a characteristic portrait of Mr. J.H. Pope, the Chief Inspector of Native Schools, engaged with his big telescope in his favorite study of astronomy, and he has also a very interesting frame, notable for a capital little study of "Three Men in a Boat". Mr. T.G. Wardrop shows characteristic Kodak "shots" of yachting scenes and of incidents at the Volunteer Encampment. Mr. W.R. Symons has several views, in which the pictorial is greater than the technical excellence, and Mr. A.T. Bothamley has a very large collection marked by great artistic and pictorial merit, and of very even technical quality. They embrace bush glimpses, excellently composed, and some very fine wave and sea studies. Some enlargements by Mr. F.B. Muir are a feature of the Exhibition. There is an admirable study of a laughing baby, "A Young Coquette", a bromide enlargement that with frame, is some 36 x 24. Then there is a life-like study of three children, entitled "Pickles", and some smaller photographs, notable amongst which is a picture of three girls, all of whom were before the camera when taken. There is no double printing and no "faking" of the negative. Yet one of the girls appears within a picture-frame, and so strong is the illusion that no one would take it for other than two living girls holding the presentment of a third in oils. Another picture in the same set is a study of three well-known Wellington ladies. It is beautiful work, both as to subject and execution. Mr. Muir has also a set of beautiful Southern lake views, which in contrast with the majority of the exhibits are as warm in tone as they are artistic in treatment.
Another professional exhibitor is Mr. E.W. Freeman, who shows two cases of excellent cabinet portraits, notable for the perfection of the "retouching" and manipulation of the negative. Mr. E.J. Halse has some interesting pictures in the half plate size adopted in the bulk of the exhibits. Mr. J.M. Hardy shows a series of admirable enlargements, chiefly artistic pictures of English cathedrals, souvenirs of work done during wanderings on historic English ground. One of the pictures, however, is colonial and of political interest, inasmuch as it is a fine representation of the Cheviot Homestead. Mr. Davis has a frame of views which, however, are not equal in merit to those around. They are interesting, but too darkly printed. Wholly admirable is much, of the work shown by Mr. H.E. Taylor, the winner of the Club's trophy for most points in the year's competition. His pictures are not only of great artistic merit, but they are of exceptionally good quality from the technical point of view, and the composition is admirable. They embrace an immense variety of subjects. Mr. F. Denton, another of the Club's prize winners, has some excellently composed and executed bush scenes — admirable little pictures some of them. But one of the very best things in the exhibition is in Mr. W.F. Barraud's large exhibit. It is an enlargement from a half-plate view of Ngaruhoe — a really remarkable picture, stamping the artist at once as one of the best amateurs in the colony. Many of the other pictures he shows are gems, his shipping studios being especially fine. Mr. Barraud is also one of the few amateurs to show portraits, and they are good portraits.
Mr. W. Beswick, another of the club's officers, has some very fine views, in which he is exceptionally fortunate in his effects of water and atmosphere. These are the main features of the Wellington section. There is great merit and great variety in the exhibits from the outside clubs, but we must reserve our notice of them until to-morrow. Meantime the exhibition, which will be open to-night and all to-morrow, should be visited by everyone who can admire beauty in nature and its pictorial reproduction, for though it was but a short time back the fashion to sneer at photography as a mechanical process, the improvements which have been made in its apparatus have elevated it into an art in which as much is dependent on the artistic sensibility of the operator as on the technical skill of the printer.
Mr. J. Duthie, M.H.R., declared the exhibition open at 2.30pm. He said that the Wellington Camera Club had been formed on the 25th November, 1892 at a meeting called by Mr. W.F. Barraud and Mr. Beswick. To the energy of Mr. Hulke, its first President, it owed much, and his work was ably carried on by the present President, Mr. W.F. Barraud. The club held monthly meetings, at which competitions were held, and members compared their work. Practical lectures were also delivered and discussions followed. The Club included professionals, and discouraged the sale of portraits or groups by its amateur members, so as to work in harmony with the professional members, from whom they received great assistance. They had only to look round on the 860 exhibits on the walls to see what great progress had been made in Wellington in so short a time, and they had, too, admirable contributions from Nelson, Auckland, and Christchurch. In portraiture the professionals excelled, but in scenery the amateurs were not far behind. The clear skies of New Zealand gave operators a great advantage over those in the Old Country. A glance from the daguerrotypes of 35 to 40 years ago, which were exhibited in a central case, to the Nelson bromides on the wall behind, would show the advance which has taken place in photography. The art of photography was refining in all its relations. It brought art to the masses, and provided improving recreation to those who practiced it. He wished prosperity to the Wellington Camera Club, and now declared the exhibition open. There are to be concerts in the Gallery this evening and to-morrow.
9th JUNE 1894
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVII, ISSUE 135
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
SECOND NOTICE
We noticed yesterday the exhibits in the Wellington section at the first annual exhibition of the Camera Club, but these were far from exhausting the interest which centers in the Academy of Art. Just to the right on entering, the Auckland exhibits begin, and in a place of honor is a set of beautiful bromide enlargements by Mr. R.B, Walrond, which form pictures combining great artistic with technical merit. The most taking of these are - one marked No. 32, a bush river scene in the North, with the shallow, log-choked stream stretching from foreground to distance, and an oval enclosed study of rock and bush. But the most perfect of Mr. Walrond's pictures — perfect as to composition and treatment — is an unframed study of kahikatea trees at the other end of the Gallery. Its only fault is too white a sky. Adjoining Mr. Walrond's bromides are some excellent views, of mountain creek scenery by Mr. J.F. Hill, and near these are the exhibits of Mr. Hy. Winkelmann, the well-known cello player. These include a large frame of very fine snap shots — Auckland yachts on every tack, and harbour scenes, with the Bean Hook lighthouse as an appropriate center. There are also very fine frames of picturesque scenery at the Great Barrier. Mr. G.R. Boulton, the Hon.Secretary of the Auckland Photographic Association which sends the exhibits, shows bromides of merit second only to those of Mr. Walrond. Another interesting Auckland exhibit is a series illustrative of Tennyson's "Brook". From the Auckland section the visitor passes on to the work of the Nelson Camera Club, though there is much of this in the unframed views at the far end of the room. Mr. C.Y. Fell is a very prominent exhibitor, and his pictures are of great merit. Most striking is a large bromide depicting a huge wave breaking over the New Plymouth Breakwater. It is a picture which would not rejoice Mr. E. Metcalfe Smith M.H.R., but the great wave, towering apparently 20 or SO feet above the work, has been "caught" in mid-air with most striking effect. Two portraits of the late Sir Harry Atkinson and one of Mr. Justice Richmond show much character, and are striking likenesses. A small picture, "Morning sunlight", is singular for the manner in which the trees stand out — the light and atmosphere appear to surround them. It is an example of the depth which can be attained with a sun picture. "All attention" — a study of cattle surprised on a bush track — is shown by Mr. A. Pitt. It is a very good picture, though short of the standard achieved by Mr. Fell and Mr. Walrond.
Mr. A.H. Patterson is a very large exhibitor, and many of his pictures are very fine. One of them is a striking bromide enlargement of the fine head of Father Damien, the leper martyr of Molokai. Mr. F.W. Thorpe is another meritorious exhibitor in this section, in which is also Mr. H. Brusewitz, one of the three known professionals showing in the exhibition. His view of the Whangamoa River, with its splendid atmosphere and reflections, is equal to any bromide landscape in the gallery. Its breadth and tone are admirable. Two other of his bromides, subject pictures, "I am fainting", and a little girl in Swiss costume, are admirable pictorially but not technically. A whole plate view, "In the Queen's Garden", Nelson, with its wonderfully depicted swans and water, and its fidelity of detail in the surrounding willows, is wholly admirable. Mr. F.S. Stephens shows a platinotype of a desolate gorge in the Spencer Ranges, which would serve as appropriate illustration of J. Ridd's youthful enterprise in "Lorna Doone". Mr. G.J. Startup shows some very fine "snapshots", but he also shows a series of excellent reproductions from negatives taken during the Taranaki war of 1865 which are of quite historic interest. It is regrettable that they are not all labeled, but they include redoubts, early war telegraphs, groups of recruits and militia, and of officers of the 50th Regiment, and a view of Brougham-street, New Plymouth, as it appeared in 1865. On the western wall, between the Nelson views and the unframed collections are the Christchurch Club's contribution, and in these the place of honor must be given to Mr. W. Burke, whose small frame of three interiors - the Christchurch Museum, the Post Office sorting room, and a library — are the most perfect in the exhibition. Mr. Burke has evidently an eye for quaint character and artistic effect, as his snap shots of swaggers show, and also his characteristic group in "An Anxious Moment" - a little camp of swaggers anxiously watching their mate who is down on his hands and knees blowing the feeble blaze which threatens to go out beneath their "billy". Mr. S. Page has a number of excellent bits got about the wharves and shipping of Lyttelton, one of the best of which is the picture of the Spanish training ship Nautilus. Mr. J. Tosswell is another good Christchurch exhibitor, his large frame of Continental views being very fine, especially so the wood and river scene, with its still water and atmosphere and wealth of detail. Mr. S. Hurst Seagar shows interesting views taken in New South Wales, and Mr. Beardsley a fine study of a nikau in the Christchurch Gardens.
These were the chief of the outside exhibits. Amongst miscellaneous items is the very large and beautiful bromide of Salisbury Cathedral, lent by Mr. T.M. Hardy, and signed "J.B.B.W.", — probably from a negative of Wilson, the well-known Edinburgh and Aberdeen landscape photographer. There is wonderful distance and atmosphere in this. We described yesterday Mr. A. M'Kay's singular tele-photographic views. He shows another interesting series of views taken with long exposures. All photographers a few years back (and many now) would have said that it was impossible to produce distinct views with such exposures as Mr. M'Kay has given these plates, and would have concluded that hills must have merged into sky and middle distance to distance. Yet these views have been given 20, 30, 40, and up to 60 exposures. One view from Lewisville-terrace over the harbour was given the latter number, still it is a distinct, well-produced, and well-defined picture, both as to foreground and distance. Another very interesting exhibit comes from Archdeacon Stock, and consists of a series of views of Wellington in 1860. There is the Government House corner, and the corner of Willis and Manners streets as they appeared then, and most interesting of all — Lambton-quay with the beach in front of the quaint little wooden shops. Another curiosity is a camera of 50 years ago, which appropriately is shown with the daguerreotype as a relic of the infancy of photographic art.
9th JUNE 1894
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 2228
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The Wellington Camera Club first annual exhibition of photographs was opened yesterday afternoon by Mr. J. Duthie M.H.R., in the gallery of the Fine Arts Association. The Club, he stated, was formed on the 25th of November 1892, at a meeting called by Mr. W.F. Barraud and Mr. Beswick. At the inception of the Club they were fortunate in securing Mr. C. Hulke as its first President. Mr. Hulke was a man of infinite energy, and he threw his whole heart and soul into any work he took in hand, and the Club was very much indebted to Mr. Hulke for his efforts. The following year Mr. Barraud was elected President, and he also had been of great assistance to the Club. The Club held monthly meetings, at which competitions were held, and members had an opportunity of comparing their work. Practical lectures on photographic processes were also delivered and discussions followed. The Club was not confined to amateurs, but included professionals, and discouraged the sale of portraits or groups by its amateur members, so as to work in harmony with the professional members. The Club now numbered 55 members. They had only to look round on the 800 exhibits on the walls to see what great progress had been made in Wellington in so short a time, and they had, too, excellent contributions from Nelson, Auckland and Christchurch. In portraiture the professionals excelled, but in scenery the amateurs were not far behind, and he felt sure they would be highly pleased with the views. The clear skies of New Zealand gave operators a great advantage over those in the Old Country. A glance from the daguerrotypes of 35 to 40 years ago, which were exhibited in a central case, to the Nelson bromides on the wall behind, would show the advance which has taken place in photography. The objects of the Club were deserving of the highest sympathy. The art of photography was refining in all its relations. It brought art to the masses, and provided improving recreation to those who practiced it. He wished success to the Club, and then declared the exhibition open.
The Exhibition attracted a good number of visitors last night. Several musical selections were given during the evening.
9th JUNE 1894
Page 4 - COLONIST, VOLUME XXXVII, ISSUE 7961
Page 2 - THAMES ADVERTISER, VOLUME XXVI, ISSUE 7838
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME XXXI, ISSUE 9533
Page 7 - STAR, ISSUE 4972
Page 6 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME LXXXI, ISSUE 10370
Page 2 - NORTH OTAGO TIMES, VOLUME XXXVII, ISSUE 7997
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9415
Page 1 - OAMARU MAIL, VOLUME XIX, ISSUE 5967
Page 1 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME XXV, ISSUE 137
Page 3 - TIMARU HERALD, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 5987
Page 3 - POVERTY BAY HERALD, VOLUME XXI, ISSUE 6998
Page 2 - WEST COAST TIMES, ISSUE 9854
Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10071
Page 7 - PRESS, VOLUME LI, ISSUE 8815
Page 9 - WAIKATO TIMES, VOLUME XLII, ISSUE 3424
11th JUNE 1894
Page 2 - GREY RIVER ARGUS, VOLUME XXXVI, ISSUE 7961
CAMERA CLUB EXHIBITION
The first annual exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club opened to-day, the collection of photographs being a most creditable one. There are a large number of exhibits from Auckland, Christchurch and Dunedin. A number of Nelson exhibits were also sent.
11th JUNE 1894
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVII, ISSUE 136
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
NEW ZEALAND ACADEMY OF FINE ARTS
Open from 10am to 5.30pm, and from 7pm to 10pm.
ADMISSION SIXPENCE
THIS EVENING
A number of Musical Items will be rendered by members and friends.
Piano kindly lent by Dresden Piano Company.
11th JUNE 1894
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 2229
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
THE EXHIBITS
In the second year of its existence the Wellington Camera Club makes its first public exhibition. And it is an exhibition of which all who are concerned in it must feel justly proud. To the public it has been quite a revelation in its way. People who are not accustomed to take more than a passing interest in photography are rather too much inclined to look upon the whole tribe of amateur photographers with a kind of benevolent indifference. They see them on Saturday afternoons and on holidays hurrying out of town with their cameras, and wonder that so much genuine enthusiasm should be wasted. They sometimes encounter them at family parties or at club gatherings taking “views”, and think they are conferring a favor in allowing themselves to be “taken". These are the popular notions regarding amateur photography. One visit to the Academy of Arts at the present time will serve to dissipate them. It will engender a feeling of respect for the amateur photographer, it will amply explain the enthusiasm he feels in the pursuit of his art, and it will show how richly that art repays with works of abiding beauty and perennial interest the devotion that it receives from its votaries.
The past and present of photography are forcibly illustrated at this exhibition. As one enters the hall he is confronted by a camera of fifty years ago — when dry plates were unknown, and the sitter’s patience was sorely tried by long exposures. This venerable relic is said to be the fetish of the Wellington Camera Club, and that it is compulsory with them to make deep obeisance to it. The past is also represented by a collection of daguerreotypes in a show-case at the end of the hall, by some views of Wellington in 1860 lent by Archdeacon Stock, and by some other views of Wellington in 1867 lent by Mr. W.H. Davis, who was the leading professional photographer of the nascent city in those days. An especial interest attaches to all these exhibits.
But our purpose is more particularly to deal with the present. Assisted by contributions from Auckland, Nelson and Christchurch, the Club has been able to cover the four walls of the building with landscapes, seascapes, portraits and interiors, embracing in method of production all the processes at present in vogue. Of course, the members of the Wellington Camera Club furnish more than half the exhibits, and comparison between the different clubs is made easy by the classification of the productions under the separate districts whence they come. The work of the local club starts from the left hand side on entering the hall, extends along the whole length of the eastern wall, and turns the corner at the end where the Nelson collection begins. Christchurch is sandwiched between two divisions of the Nelson collection, and Auckland occupies the northern half of the western wall and the space to the right of the door.
Mr. W.F. Barraud is the most notable exhibitor in the Wellington section. His work is prolific, and the standard of quality is most creditable. His bromide enlargements form one of the features of the exhibition They are the best of the kind to be seen there. One has but to look at Mr. Barraud’s enlargement from a half-plate view of Ngaruahoe (the North Island volcano) to recognize at a glance the superior quality of his work. It is singularly clear and distinct, the light being picked out most artistically, and every detail of the picture being brought into the fullest relief. Another fine enlargement by Mr. Barraud is a view of the Awatere Valley, with a flax swamp in the foreground and the river in the middle distance. There are also some excellent views of shipping, a clear picture of Parliament buildings and a set of 14 photographs arranged in four frames. Those include views on the Wanganui River. Three that are particularly worthy of notice are “Evening Mist, Lake Taupo”, “Harvesting” and “Breakers".
Mr. T.M. Hardy also contributes some fine specimens of enlargement, chiefly of views taken in England, as for instance Whitby Harbour, Kirkstall Abbey, Bolton Abbey and the old wall of the abbey. These last two views are remarkable for the skill and fidelity to nature with which the details are brought out. The view of Cheviot House is clear and well-defined but the effect of the picture is marred by a bare sky.
Mr. F.B. Muir is a professional photographer in Mrs Hermann’s establishment, and naturally enough his contributions consist chiefly of photographs. He is very successful in portraits of children as any one will readily admit who looks at his enlargement of “A Young Coquette”, a winsome little girl with merry, laughing face. The group of three little children, entitled “Pickles", is another case in point. There is also a photographic group of three young ladies, the head and bust of one of them being apparently set in a picture frame which one of her companions fields in her hand. It is a clever artifice. Mr. Muir has likewise some choice views of Lake Manapouri — Kodak enlargements - besides a capital grouping of the members of the Club at their first annual meeting. It is an enlargement from a Kodak plate taken at 10.30pm by magnesium flash light.
Mr. A.T. Bothamley is an industrious artist. He has, too, a keen eye for artistic groupings and effects and is careful of his light. He mounts his pictures, also, very neatly and simply. There are about 50 of his views on exhibition, printed on the old albumenised paper. They are conspicuous for their clear and well-arranged lights and their skillful treatment. The subjects are various views in Tory Channel, Queen Charlotte’s Sound, Wellington harbour; bush, river and sea pictures, and a series of three illustrative of pastoral life. One of the best is a sunset effect in Wellington harbour. There is a very nice view of Kapiti from the mainland, with the mast of a sunken vessel standing up out of the water in the foreground, and a sombre sky throwing a cold shade over the chopping sea. Mr. Bothamley has also an enlarged view of a yacht under sail, and heading towards the patent slip. It is entitled “ See How She Scoons”, and is a capital specimen of an instantaneous photograph.
Mr. W. Beswick is represented by 18 views, well-executed, carefully selected, and displaying good workmanship. They are printed on gelatino-chloride paper, familiarly known as P.O.P., which facilitates good detail work. The subjects have been found in Wellington harbour, on the railway line near Silverstream, at Wadestown, and Dunedin and Auckland. They are all marked by good, bold effects. The one entitled “By Purling Stream” is very attractive, and the Roman Catholic Cathedral at Dunedin is faithfully reproduced.
There is nothing finer in the exhibition than the Nikko paper-prints of Mr. H.E. Taylor, draftsman in the Surrey Office. They are soft and delicate, full of detail and admirably composed. It may be remembered that last year Mr. Taylor carried off the prize for the greatest number of points at the Club’s monthly competitions. His pictures are simply beautiful. They comprise views around New Plymouth, Wellington yachts and shipping, and views at Waikanae. This last series are inserted in a blue paper which detracts from their proper effect.
Mr. W.C. Stephens, the energetic Hon.Secretary of the Club, shows a first-class enlarged photograph of Mr. J.H. Pope (chief inspector of Native schools) seated in smoking cap and dressing-gown in front of his sidereal telescope. It is a speaking likeness. Mr. Stephens has also a variety of smaller works, all manifesting careful treatment. The little river study, “Three Men in a Boat", a picturesque sketch of the bush road, Kereru, the deserted Maori church at Silverstream, and a skillful reproduction from a steel engraving of Turner’s, “Oberwessel on the Rhine", are all deserving of notice.
Mr. F.J. Halse has a bromide enlargement of the Wadestown Bridge. It makes a very fair picture, but the lights are not so well managed as they are in the smaller original. Mr. Halse has also a frame containing nine interesting views, nicely composed, but rather sharply vignetted.
Mr. A. McKay, of the Government Geological Department, sends a number of views which possess a quite peculiar interest from the fact that they are specimens of the work produced by the aid of the "tele-photo lens”, which Mr. McKay claims to be his own invention, although Dallmeyer, the well-known lensmaker, has recently patented it as his own discovery. By an adaptation of the properties of the telescope to the lens, distant objects are brought into near perspective in the photographs, instead of being mere indistinct specks. The most attractive of all Mr. McKay’s pictures is his view of a clump of mountain daisies (olearia traversii) growing on the side of a rocky gorge. For clearness of outline and perfectness of detail this picture is a little gem.
Mr. Frank J. Denton has some very fair specimens of bush scenery, of which "The Bush Track, Kereru”, may be singled out for its judicious treatment of light and shade.
Mr. J.W. Davis (Newtown) shows two frames of pictures. The effect of one of them containing nine views is marred by the blueness of the cardboard surrounding them. The work, however, is creditable.
Mr. W. Parker has on view two admirable bromide enlargements in portrait work.
Mr. E.H. Freeman, a professional photographer, furnishes two frames of cabinet photographs, which are beautifully finished, the retouching being most artistically done. Light and shade are blended with the greatest delicacy, and the coloring is singularly soft and pleasing.
There are three frames of rather pretty views (Lake Taupo and Wanganui River) by Mr. W.R. Symons and two frames of platino-bromides (a new kind of paper) by Mr. T.Y. Wardrop.
Mr. H.W. Laing (stationmaster at the Lower Hutt) is represented by three views, among which an excellent picture of the Wanganui bridge cannot escape notice.
Mr. A.D. Stewart has two frames of views printed on Nikko paper. The effects are charming, and have been much admired. The vignetting, however, is rather sharp.
Mr. E.W. Daniell shows some very fair landscape pictures, and Mr. T.W. Pilcher jun., has produced some very nice work in interiors and groups.
Mr. A. de B. Brandon’s snap-shots with the Kodak are highly interesting.
Mr. W.H. Davis large views of early Wellington, to which we have already made reference, are objects of historic value, and they have been a center of attraction to visitors, and to old identities especially.
We are obliged by the limitations of space to deal very cursorily with the exhibits from other districts. Those from Nelson rank next to the Wellington exhibits in number. The work of Mr. C.Y. Fell (President of the Nelson Camera Club), Mr. A. Pitt and Mr. A.W. Patterson is particularly effective. Mr. Fell has a keen sense of humor which finds expression sometimes in the titles given to his pictures, and sometimes in the subjects selected for treatment. He sends, amongst many other works, four portraits of Mr. Justice Richmond, all very good likenesses, one of them, a Rembrandt in style, being especially noticeable. He has also a really capital bromide enlargement of an instantaneous view of the New Plymouth breakwater, with an immense wave breaking over.
Amongst Mr. Patterson's collection there are four Mattdruck prints displaying excellent tone, an admirable platino-type ("Moving Mists, Wakamarina"), bringing out the atmospheric effects into bold relief, and a large number of bromide prints remarkably well composed, and marked also by crispness of light. “Dancing on the Sands” is a pretty picture, and the view of the “Lion Rock, Awaroa Lagoon”, is very successful.
Mr. H. Brusewitz, a professional photographer, has sent in some capital bromide work, of which the view on the Wangamoa River is perhaps the best. His three interiors are likewise excellent.
The views of Mr. F.W. Thorp, Mr. Sclanders, Mr. Startup and Mr. F.S. Smith are characterized by faithful work and skillful treatment.
In the Auckland collection Mr. E. Walrond has some really choice bromide enlargements, and Mr. H.R. Arthur shows a series of very attractive views illustrative of Tennyson's “Brook". His "Last Gleam Of Sunlight" and “Bachelors Holiday" are also very effective pictures. Mr. G.R. Boulton (secretary of the Auckland Photographic Club) has on exhibition some capital bromide enlargements of bush Scenery, and Mr. H. Winkleman contributes a large frame of yachting pictures full of detail, and produced in really fine style.
Amongst the Christchurch collection Mr. S. Page’s bromide of a milkmaid at work is worthy of all praise. The execution is first-class. Mr. W. Burke’s views of interiors and character sketches — “On the Wallaby" for instance, are very attractive. Mr. J. Tosswell and Mr. S. Hurst Seager also show good work.
The exhibition was again well attended oh Saturday, especially in the evening, when a number of musical items were given by members and friends. Mr. Harton contributed a piano solo, Messrs Pytt-Jackson, Murrell and W.D. Lyon sang, and Messrs L. Cohen and F.B. Muir played selections on the flute and banjo. Miss Muir sang “Beauty’s Eyes” with very good effect. The exhibition will be open again today, and in the evening another musical program will be submitted.
12th JUNE 1894
Page 2 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXVIII, ISSUE 135
NELSON PHOTOGRAPHS IN WELLINGTON
The following notice of the Nelson contributions to the exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club is from the Wellington Evening Post: Mr. C.Y. Fell is a very prominent exhibitor, and his pictures are of great merit. Most striking is a large bromide depicting a huge wave breaking over the New Plymouth Breakwater, It is a picture which would not rejoice Mr. E. Metcalfe Smith M.H.R., but the great wave, towering apparently 20 or 30 feet above the work, has been "caught" in midair with most striking effect. Two portraits of the late Sir Harry Atkinson and one of Mr. Justice Richmond show much character, and are striking likenesses. A small picture, "Morning sunlight", is singular for the manner in which the trees stand out — the light and atmosphere appear to surround them. It is an example of the depth which can be attained with the sun picture. "All attention" — a study of cattle surprised on a bush track — is shown by Mr. A. Pitt. It is a very good picture, though short of the standard achieved by Mr. Fell and Mr. Walrond. Mr. A.H. Patterson is a very large exhibitor, and many of his pictures are very fine. One of them is a striking bromide enlargement of the fine head of Father Damien, the leper martyr of Molokai. Mr. F.W. Thorpe is another meritorious exhibitor in this section, in which is also Mr. H. Brusewitz, one of the three known professionals showing in the exhibition. His view of the Whangamoa River, with its splendid atmosphere and reflections, is equal to any bromide landscape in the gallery. Its breadth and tone are admirable. Two other of his bromides, subject pictures, "I am fainting", and a little girl in Swiss costume, are admirable pictorially but not technically. A whole plate view, "In the Queen's Garden", Nelson, with its wonderfully depicted swans and water, and its fidelity of detail in the surrounding willows, is wholly admirable. Mr. F.S. Stephens shows a platinotype of a desolate gorge in the Spencer Ranges, which would serve as appropriate illustration of Mr. J. Ridd's youthful enterprise in "Lorna Doone". Mr. G.J. Startup shows some very fine "snap-shot", but he also shows a series of excellent reproductions from negatives taken during the Taranaki war of 1865 which are of quite historic interest. It is regrettable that they are not all labeled, but they include redoubts, early war telegrams, groups of recruits and militia, and of officers of the 50th Regiment, and a view of Brougham-street, New Plymouth, as it appeared in 1865.
12th JUNE 1894
Page 3 - COLONIST, VOLUME XXXVII, ISSUE 7963
NELSON PHOTOGRAPHS AT THE WELLINGTON EXHIBITION
Although the Press Association in reporting the opening of the Wellington Photographic Exhibition omitted mention of any exhibits from Nelson, it would seem that the Nelson photographs were a feature of the Exhibition, Mr. J. Duthie M.H.R, who opened this, the first annual exhibition under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club, is reported by the 'New Zealand Times' to have said "They had only to look round on the walls to see what great progress had been made in Wellington in so short a time, and they had too, excellent contributions from Nelson, Auckland and Christchurch. In portraiture the professionals excelled, but in scenery the amateurs were not far behind, and he felt sure they would be highly pleased with the views. The clear skies of New Zealand gave operators a great advantage over those in the Old Country. A glance from the daguerreotypes of 35 or 40 years ago, which were exhibited in a central case, to the Nelson bromides on the wall behind, would show the advance which has taken place in photography". The Wellington 'Press' in noticing the exhibition says Mr. C.Y. Fell of Nelson, "has a very large collection, which includes many objects of interest to Wellington people, the subjects treated including a number of local celebrities and views. He has more than the average number of comic sketches".
15th JUNE 1894
Page 9 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1163
CAMERA NOTES
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The Wellington Camera Club first annual exhibition of photographs was opened on Friday afternoon by Mr. J. Duthie M.H.R., in the gallery of the Fine Arts Association. The Club, he stated, was formed on the 25th of November, 1892, at a meeting called by Mr. W.F. Barraud and Mr. Beswick. At the inception of the Club they were fortunate in securing Mr. C. Hulke as its first President. Mr. Hulke was a man of infinite energy, and he threw his whole heart and soul into any work he took in hand, and the Club was very much indebted to Mr. Hulke for his efforts. The following year Mr. Barraud was elected President, and he also had been of great assistance to the Club. The Club held monthly meetings, at which competitions were held, and members had an opportunity of comparing their work. Practical lectures on photographic processes were also delivered, and discussions followed. The Club was not confined to amateurs, but included professionals, and discouraged the sale of portraits or groups by its amateur members, so as to work in harmony with the professional members. The Club now numbered 55 members. They had only to look round on the 860 exhibits on the walls to see what great progress had been made in Wellington in so short a time, and they had, too, excellent contributions from Nelson, Auckland and Christchurch. In portraiture the professionals excelled, but in scenery the amateurs were not far behind, and he felt sure they would be highly pleased with the views. The clear skies of New Zealand gave operators a great advantage over those in the Old Country. A glance from the daguerrotypes of 35 to 40 years ago, which were exhibited in a central case, to the Nelson bromides on the wall behind, would show the advance which has taken place in photography. The objects of the Club were deserving of the highest sympathy. The art of photography was refining in all its relations. It brought art to the masses, and provided improving recreation to those who practiced it. He wished success to the Club, and then declared the exhibition open.
In the second year of its existence the Wellington Camera Club makes its first public exhibition. And it is an exhibition of which all who are concerned in it must feel justly proud. To the public it has been quite a revelation in its way. People who are not accustomed to take more than a passing interest in photography are rather too much inclined to look upon the whole tribe of amateur photographers with a kind of benevolent indifference. They see them on Saturday afternoons and on holidays hurrying out of town with their cameras, and wonder that so much genuine enthusiasm should be wasted. They sometimes encounter them at family parties or at club gatherings taking "views", and think they are conferring a favor in allowing themselves to be "taken". These are the popular notions regarding amateur photography. One visit to the Academy of Arts at the present time will serve to dissipate them. It will engender a feeling of respect for the amateur photographer, it will amply explain the enthusiasm he feels in the pursuit of his art, and it will show how richly that art repays with works of abiding beauty and perennial interest the devotion that it receives from its votaries.
The past and present of photography are forcibly illustrated at this exhibition. As one enters the hall he is confronted by a camera of fifty years ago — when dry plates were unknown, and the sitter's patience was sorely tried by long exposures. This venerable relic is said to be the fetish of the Wellington Camera Club, and that it is compulsory with them to make deep obeisance to it. The past is also represented by a collection of daguerreotypes in a show-case at the end of the hall, by some views of Wellington in 1860 lent by Archdeacon Stock, and by some other views of Wellington in 1867 lent by Mr. W.H. Davis, who was the leading professional photographer of the nascent city in those lays. An especial interest attaches to all these exhibits.
But our purpose is more particularly to deal with the present. Assisted by contributions from Auckland, Nelson and Christchurch, the Club has been able to cover the four walls of the building with landscapes, seascapes, portraits and interiors, embracing in method of production all the processes at present in vogue. Of course, the members of the Wellington Camera Club furnish more than half the exhibits, and comparison between the different clubs is made easy by the classification of the productions under the separate districts whence they come. The work of the local club starts from the left hand side on entering the hall, extends along the whole length of the eastern wall, and turns the corner at the end where the Nelson collection begins. Christchurch is sandwiched between two divisions of the Nelson collection, and Auckland occupies the northern half of the western wall and the space to the right of the door.
Mr. W.F. Barraud is the most notable exhibitor in the Wellington section. His work is prolific, and the standard of quality is most creditable. His bromide enlargements form one of the features of the exhibition. They are the best of the kind to be seen there. One has but to look at Mr. Barraud's enlargement from a half-plate view of Ngaruahoe (the North Island volcano) to recognize at a glance the superior quality of his work. It is singularly clear and distinct, the light being picked out most artistically, and every detail of the picture being brought into the fullest relief. Another fine enlargement by Mr. Barraud is a view of the Awatere Valley, with a flax swamp in the foreground and the river in the middle distance. There are also some excellent views of shipping, a clear picture of Parliament Buildings and a set of 14 photographs arranged in four frames. These include views on the Wanganui River.
Three that are particularly worthy of notice are "Evening Mist, Lake Taupo", "Harvesting" and "Breakers".
Mr. T.M. Hardy also contributes some fine specimens of enlargement, chiefly of views taken in England, as for instance Whitby Harbour, Kirkstall Abbey, Bolton Abbey and the old wall of the abbey. These last two views are remarkable for the skill and fidelity to nature with which the details are brought out. The view of Cheviot House is clear and well-defined but the effect of the picture is marred by a bare sky.
Mr. F.B. Muir is a professional photographer in Mrs Hermann's establishment, and naturally enough his contributions consist chiefly of photographs. He is very successful in portraits of children as any one will readily admit who looks at his enlargement of "A Young Coquette" a winsome little girl with merry, laughing face. The group of three little children, entitled "Pickles", is another case in point. There is also a photographic group of three young ladies, the head and bust of one of them being apparently set in a picture frame which one of her companions holds in her hand. It is a clever artifice. Mr. Muir has likewise some choice views of Lake Manapouri — Kodak enlargements — besides a capital grouping of the members of the Club at their first annual meeting. It is an enlargement from a Kodak plate taken at 10.30pm by magnesium flash light.
Mr. A.T. Bothamley is an industrious artist. He has, too, a keen eye for artistic groupings and effects and is careful of his light. He mounts his pictures, also, very neatly and simply. There are about 50 of his views on exhibition, printed on the old albumenised paper. They are conspicuous for their clear and well-arranged lights and their skillful treatment. The subjects are various views in Tory Channel, Queen Charlotte's Sound, Wellington harbour; bush, river and sea pictures, and a series of three illustrative of pastoral life. One of the best is a sunset effect in Wellington harbour. There is a very nice view of Kapiti from the mainland, with the mast of a sunken vessel standing up out of the water in the foreground, and a sombre sky throwing a cold shade over the chopping sea. Mr. Bothamley has also an enlarged view of a yacht under sail, and heading towards the patent slip. It is entitled "See How She Scoons", and is a capital specimen of an instantaneous photograph.
Mr. W. Beswick is represented by 18 views, well-executed, carefully selected, and displaying good workmanship. They are printed on gelatino-chloride paper, familiarly known as P.O.P., which facilitates good detail work. The subjects have been found in Wellington harbour, on the railway line near Silverstream, at Wadestown, and Dunedin and Auckland. They are all marked by good, bold effects. The one entitled "By Purling Stream" is very attractive, and the Roman Catholic Cathedral at Dunedin is faithfully reproduced.
There is nothing finer in the exhibition than the Nikko paper-prints of Mr. H.E. Taylor, draftsman in the Survey Office. They are soft and delicate, full of detail and admirably composed. It may be remembered that last year Mr. Taylor carried off the prize for the greatest number of points at the Club's monthly competitions. His pictures are simply beautiful. They comprise views around New Plymouth, Wellington yachts and shipping, and views at Waikanae. This last series are inserted in a blue paper which detracts from their proper effect.
Mr. W.C. Stephens, the energetic Hon.Secretary of the Club, shows a first-class enlarged photograph of Mr. J.H. Pope (chief inspector of Native schools) seated in smoking cap and dressing-gown in front of his sidereal telescope. It is a speaking likeness. Mr. Stephens has also a variety of smaller works, all manifesting careful treatment. The little river study, "Three Men in a Boat", a picturesque sketch of the bush road, Kereru, the deserted Maori church at Silverstream, and a skillful reproduction from a steel engraving of Turner's, "Oberwessel on the Rhine" are all deserving of notice.
Mr. F.J. Halse has a bromide enlargement of the Wadestown Bridge. It makes a very fair picture, but the lights are not so well managed as they are in the smaller original. Mr. Halse has also a frame containing nine interesting views, nicely composed, but rather sharply vignetted.
Mr. A. McKay, of the Government Geological Department, sends a number of views which possess a quite peculiar interest from the fact that they are specimens of the work produced by the aid of the "tele-photo lens", which Mr. McKay claims to be his own invention, although Dallmeyer, the well-known lens maker, has recently patented it as his own discovery. By an adaptation of the properties of the telescope to the lens, distant objects are brought into near perspective in the photographs, instead of being mere indistinct specks. The most attractive of all Mr. McKay's pictures is his view of a clump of mountain daisies (olearia traversii) growing on the side of a rocky gorge. For clearness of outline and perfectness of detail this picture is a little gem.
Mr. Frank J. Denton has some very fair specimens of bush scenery, of which "The Bush Track, Kereru", may be singled out for its judicious treatment of light and shade.
Mr. J.W. Davis (Newtown) shows two frames of pictures. The effect of one of them containing nine views is marred by the blueness of the cardboard surrounding them. The work, however, is creditable.
Mr. W. Parker has on view two admirable bromide enlargements in portrait work.
Mr. E.H. Freeman, a professional photographer, furnishes two frames of cabinet photographs, which are beautifully finished, the retouching being most artistically done. Light and shade are blended with the greatest delicacy, and the coloring is singularly soft and pleasing.
There are three frames of rather pretty views (Lake Taupo and Wanganui River) by Mr. W.R. Symons, and two frames of platino-bromides (a new kind of paper) by Mr. T.Y. Wardrop.
Mr. H.W. Laing (stationmaster at the Lower Hutt) is represented by three views, among which an excellent picture of the Wanganui bridge cannot escape notice.
Mr. A.D. Stewart has two frames of views printed on Nikko paper. The effects are charming, and have been much admired. The vignetting, however, is rather sharp.
Mr. E.W. Daniell shows some very fair landscape pictures, and Mr. T.W. Pilcher jun., has produced some very nice work in interiors and groups.
Mr. A. de B. Brandon's snap-shots with the Kodak are highly interesting.
Mr. W.H. Davis large views of early Wellington, to which we have already made reference, are objects of historic value, and they have been a center of attraction to visitors, and to old identities especially.
We are obliged by the limitations of space to deal very cursorily with the exhibits from other districts. Those from Nelson rank next to the Wellington exhibits in number. The work of Mr. C.Y. Fell (President of the Nelson Camera Club), Mr. A. Pitt and Mr. A.W. Patterson is particularly effective. Mr. Fell has a keen sense of humor which finds expression sometimes in the titles given to his pictures, and sometimes in the subjects selected for treatment. He sends, amongst many other works, four portraits of Mr. Justice Richmond, all very good likenesses, one of them, a Rembrandt in style, being especially noticeable. He has also a really capital bromide enlargement of an instantaneous view of the New Plymouth breakwater, with an immense wave breaking over it.
Amongst Mr. Patterson's collection there are four Mattdruck prints displaying excellent tone, an admirable platino-type ("Moving Mists, Wakamarina"), bringing out the atmospheric effects into bold relief, and a large number of bromide prints remarkably well composed, and marked also by crispness of light. "Dancing on the Sands" is a pretty picture, and the view of the "Lion Rock, Awaroa Lagoon," is very successful.
Mr. H. Brusewitz, a professional photographer, has sent in some capital bromide work, of which the view on the Wangamoa River is perhaps the best. His three interiors are likewise excellent.
The views of Mr. F.W. Thorp, Mr. Sclanders, Mr. Startup and Mr. F.S. Smith are characterized by faithful work and skillful treatment.
In the Auckland collection Mr. E. Walrond has some really choice bromide enlargements, and Mr. H.R. Arthur shows a series of very attractive views illustrative of Tennyson's "Brook". His "Last Gleam of Sunlight" and "Bachelors Holiday" are also very effective pictures. Mr. G.R. Boulton (secretary of the Auckland Photographic Club) has on exhibition some capital bromide enlargements of bush scenery, and Mr. H. Winkleman contributes a large frame of yachting pictures full of detail, and produced in really fine style.
Amongst the Christchurch collection Mr. S. Page's bromide of a milkmaid at work is worthy of all praise. The execution is first-class. Mr. W. Burke's views of interiors and character sketches — "On the Wallaby" for instance — are very attractive. Mr. J. Tosswell and Mr. S. Hurst Seager also show good work.
The exhibition was again well attended on Saturday, especially in the evening, when a number of musical items were given by members and friends. Mr. Harton contributed a piano solo, Messrs Pytt-Jackson, Murrell and W.D. Lyon sang, and Messrs L. Cohen and F.B. Muir played selections on the flute and banjo. Miss Muir sang "Beauty's Eyes" with very good effect.
JOHN DUTHIE
Born 28th February 1841 - Kintore, Aberdeenshire, Scotland
Died 14th October 1915 (aged 74)
Member of the New Zealand Parliament for City of Wellington
5th December 1890 to 14th November 1896
15th JUNE 1894
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVII, ISSUE 140
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The Wellington Camera Club Photographic Exhibition was re-opened this afternoon at 3pm. His Excellency the Governor, accompanied by Major Elliot A.D.C., inspected the exhibits this morning, and was received by the officers of the club, Messrs. Barraud, Beswick, Taylor, and Stephens. His Excellency expressed himself as so pleased with what was to be seen there that he would again visit the exhibition, with a party from Government House. The exhibition will be open this evening, and all day to-morrow. A musical program will be gone through on both evenings.
15th JUNE 1894
Page 15 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1163
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
A photograph which attracted a large amount of attention at the Wellington Camera Club exhibition was one among the Nelson exhibits, taken by Mr. Fell. The photograph was of a group taken after the marriage of Mr. Kissling and Miss Richmond, and shows the bride and bridegroom, and the bridesmaids, and best man. The bride and bridegroom are standing under the large bell, made of white flowers, which was so ably described with other particulars of the wedding by my Nelson correspondent, "Sleepy Hollowite", some time ago.
16th JULY 1894
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1163
Page 2 - Nelson Evening Mail, Volume XXVIII, Issue 134
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The Marlborough Daily Times in an account of the opening of the Art and Industrial Exhibition at Picton says: "The Nelson Camera Club sent one hundred photographs — landscape, sea views, and portraits, Messrs Patterson, Startup, Pitt, Fell, Smith, Sclanders and Brusewitz were the contributors; all were much admired, but those of Messrs C.Y. Fell and Brusewitz excited most attention, some of them being superbly beautiful. No greater triumph of the art of photography have ever come under the notice of the Picton public than these pictures so kindly lent by the Nelson Camera Club. Scarcely less beautiful are those contributed by the Wellington Camera Club — the work of such masters as Messrs Muir, Freeman, Barraud, Bottomly, Stevens, Halse, Taylor, Denton and Hardy. To refer to their work separately would be a long undertaking. We must, however, particularize the large portrait of a child executed by Mr. Muir. It is lifelike and a superb work of art. Mrs Sutor (Nelson) again sent a most interesting collection of photographs to the number of upwards of 40. Mr. Kirkwood, a rising Nelson artist, exhibited three oil-paintings of George Sound, Mercury Island and Te Anau, which elicited much admiration. Mrs Blundell of Nelson most kindly sent her series of paintings by Tate, representing Musicians, Servants and Trades, a contribution appreciated to its fullest extent by the Committee.
10th SEPTEMBER 1894
Page 5 - PRESS, VOLUME LI, ISSUE 8894
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The first annual exhibition under the auspices of the photo section of the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, was opened in the Art Gallery, Armagh street, on Saturday evening, and will continue to the 15th September. The rapid strides made in photography during the last few years, and the popularity which it has gained, is manifested in the collection of pictures which are now on view. The exhibition is really a wonderful one, and was quite a revelation to those who visited it on the opening night. It is the largest of its kind ever held in the colony, the number of pictures being close upon a thousand. The work on the whole is really excellent, and some of the exhibits are almost equal to the best work produced through the camera. The Committee, and especially the two Hon.Secretaries, S. Page and W. Burke, are deserving of every credit for the successful results of their efforts in arranging the exhibition.
In addition to the local exhibitors, the Nelson Camera Club, the Auckland Photographic Club, the Wellington Camera Club, the Dunedin Photographic Society, and the Hokitika Society are well represented, and there is also a fine loan collection. The Christchurch section, as might be expected, is the largest, and is perhaps distinguished from the others in having a larger proportion of small pictures. There are nearly 200 frames, and about twice that number of pictures. These are entirely by members of the photographic section of the Philosophical Institute, and a considerable portion of the work is by amateurs who took up photography during the last twelve months. The Christchurch work, as a whole, is of very good average, and some of it is particularly excellent.
Auckland, has a very nice collection, comprised in forty-two frames, mostly single pictures. They consist chiefly of beautiful landscapes and are very good indeed. The Dunedin exhibitors have shown great skill and artistic taste in selecting the tones which best represent their objects. There is a good variety of subjects and the work is excellent. The Wellington exhibits, which number nearly sixty, are, as a whole, about the best in the exhibition. The work is very high class, both artistically and technically. The pictures sent from Hokitika are chiefly illustrative, of the fine scenery of the West Coast. They are deeply printed and are characterized by richness and depth. The Nelson exhibits are notable for their delicacy, and are in direct contrast to those from Hokitika. Cold tones have been largely adopted, and the work is generally very fine. The work of each Society seems to have a special character. The delicacy of the Nelson pictures, the vigor of those from Hokitika, the artistic excellence of the Wellington exhibits, and the special tones of those sent from Dunedin form an interesting study to those who are engaged in the art.
The loan collection is an excellent one, and prominent among them are the pictures kindly lent by Messrs P. Cunningham, W. Easton, Standish and Preece, J. Spiller, C.M. Phillips and E.W. Roper, Messrs Kempthorne, Prosser and Co. and Mr. Beardsley have interesting exhibits of photographic requisites. There was a good attendance at the opening of the exhibition on Saturday evening. The ceremony of formally opening it was performed at 8pm by his Lordship Bishop Julius. Mr. H.R. Webb, President of the photo section of the Philosophical Institute, presided and spoke of the great success that had attended the association of the Christchurch Photographic Society with the Philosophical Institute. His Lordship referred to the rapid strides that the science, or art of photography had made during the last thirty years. He then related some of his own experiences of thirty-two years ago, showing the difficulty which then attended the taking of a picture, especially a daguerreotype. Photography had now become an art, but could no longer be called "the black art". Through its means they could bring reproductions of the best pictures in the galleries of the old world, and of the most glorious buildings of antiquity into every home. It had, moreover, become the handmaid of every branch of science, notably astronomy. Photography furnished a hobby into which people of both sexes could profitably throw their energy in leisure tune. It was a pursuit that was delightful from a recreative point of view, and educational in many ways. His Lordship was loudly applauded at the close of his address, and on the motion of Mr. F.S. Malcolm, seconded by Mr. Preece, a hearty vote of thanks was passed to him. The exhibition was then declared open.
Later on a number of excellent slides sent from Auckland, were shown through Mr. Beardsley's lantern. The descriptions of the views did not come to hand, and Mr. W. Burke was therefore unable to do more than mention the name upon each. Mr. Ignaz von Gottfried showed some very fine slides illustrative of the halftone process and photographic doubles.
The exhibition will be open to-day from 2pm to 5pm and 7pm to 10pm. In the evening the Nelson slides will be shown, and the descriptions will be given, by the Rev. F.W. Isitt. It may be mentioned that each visitor to the exhibition will be presented with an illustrated catalog, which has been printed and got up in the Press office and is a unique specimen of work.
10th SEPTEMBER 1894
Page 3 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME LXXXII, ISSUE 10447
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The exhibition promoted by the members of the photographic section of the Philosophical Institute was opened in the Art Gallery on Saturday evening, when there was a very good attendance.
At 8pm, Mr. H.R. Webb, President of the section, addressed the audience. He congratulated the members of the section on making such a splendid show of pictures. Five years ago a few of those in the room met in a building in Manchester Street and decided to form a Photographic Society. During the first few years the Society made very little progress, and the members thought it would be a wise thing if they could affiliate with the Philosophical Institute. The Institute kindly agreed to allow the Society to form a section, and since the time of affiliation the membership had steadily increased. Some few months ago the section resolved to hold an exhibition similar to those held by the Nelson, Wellington, Auckland and other photographic societies in the colony, and thanks to the manner in which the members went to work, they were able to hold an exhibition which exceeded his anticipations. He desired to thank the committee and the honorary secretaries, Messrs S. Page and W. Burke, for the manner in which they had worked to make the exhibition a success.
The Right Rev Dr Julius said it gave him great pleasure to be present at the opening ceremony of such a splendid exhibition. When he came into the gallery he was surprised to see such a fine collection of pictures. He referred to the progress that had been made in photography during the past thirty years. Photography was a true art, and he did not know of any branch of science which had not turned photography to its use. By the aid of photography the whole of the skies were being carefully mapped out, and he could not think of any more valuable recreation for old and young. It was one of the best and most wholesome recreations of the present day, and he could not recommend to his friends a more cheerful, delightful and educational pursuit. He had much pleasure in declaring the exhibition open.
On the motion of Mr. F.S. Malcolm, seconded by Mr. A.E. Preece, a hearty vote of thanks was passed to Bishop Julius for his able and interesting address.
During the evening a number of slides by the members of the Auckland Photographic Club were shown and described by Mr. W. Burke, Mr. Gottfried showed several slides, illustrating the “half-tone” process and photographic “doubles”.
The exhibition will be open from 2pm to 5pm, and 7pm to 10pm to-day. In the evening the Nelson Camera Club slides will be described by the Rev F.W. Isitt.
THE EXHIBITS
The extent to which photography, as a “hobby”, has gained ground amongst us, and the skill with which many persons ride that “hobby”, are exemplified in very striking and attractive fashion in the excellent exhibition now open in the Art Gallery. Some four hundred frames, containing over twelve hundred pictures taken by amateur photographers, have been gathered from well-nigh all parts of the colony at the behest of the photographic section of the Canterbury Philosophical Institute. The history of that section is interesting. Two years ago the Christchurch Photographic Society, founded about three years earlier, was apparently in articulo mortis, and the dozen members remaining to it, acting on a happy inspiration, threw in their lot with the Philosophical Institute. The section thus formed has prospered exceedingly, and now numbers a hundred members, the great majority of whom are enthusiastic workers. In June last preliminary steps were taken towards holding the present exhibition, and circulars requesting co-operation were sent out to kindred societies in other parts of the colony. The result is a collection of photographs which, for general excellence and variety of subjects, style and treatment, is deserving of very great praise. The Auckland Photographic Club, the Wellington Camera Club and Nelson Camera Club, the Dunedin Photographic Society, and a society formed at Hokitika, through the instrumentality of Mr. James Park, of canoeing fame, specially to exhibit on the present occasion, have contributed work; the Christchurch amateur photographers make a fine display, and there is a loan collection of great interest. The Selection Committee has been properly strict in carrying out its duties, and there is nothing on the walls which does not possess very considerable merit. The exhibits are arranged according to the localities from which they have been sent, the name of each, in large letters, being placed over each group.
The Auckland pictures, some fifty in number, are on the wall at the southern end of the gallery. The amateur photographers of the northern provincial district excel in landscape work, and their enlargements are very fine.
The Dunedin Photographic Society, whose exhibits are also on the south wall, sends about fifty pictures, including some exceedingly artistic figure studies and landscapes, and good enlargements.
The Wellington photographs, on the eastern wall, are admirable in technique, and possess high artistic merit. There are about one hundred and twenty of them, principally landscapes and sea pieces.
The forty pictures from Hokitika consist, as might be expected, of views of the splendid mountain and forest scenery of the West Coast, and of mining operations.
The Nelson Camera Club sends about seventy exhibits, which are hung on the east and north walls. They comprise particularly good outdoor portraits, and some un-retouched portraits of great interest, among them those of the late Sir Harry Atkinson and Mr. Justice Richmond. The Nelson landscapes and sea pieces are very fine.
The Canterbury photographs occupy part of the north and the whole of the west wall. They are in great variety, portraits, Alpine scenes, landscapes, sea pieces — the members of the section have apparently ranged through the colony in search of subjects. Their merit is very high. As, however, it is purposed to deal with the pictures more in detail in a future article, there is no need to do more now than to refer to one or two of the salient features of the exhibition.
The loan collection is excellent; one of its most attractive features is the fine display of Chinese, Japanese and Indian photographs lent by Mr. E.W. Roper. Deeply interesting, also, is a collection of the first negatives made in Canterbury, taken by the late Dr Barker and lent by E.W. Seager. Other features of the loan collection must be left for future comment.
Messrs Standish and Preece have a splendid exhibit of portraits. Mr. Beardsley shows optical lanterns, a 15in by 12in camera, hand cameras, lenses and other photographers requisites. An interesting feature of his exhibit consists of two photographs of the Rhodes Convalescent Home, taken from the same spot — one with the ordinary lens and the other with the tele-objective lens, whereby the object photographed is enormously magnified. The very fine and complete collection of photographers requisites exhibited by Messrs Kempthorne, Prosser and Co. is well worthy the attention of visitors.
11th SEPTEMBER 1894
Page 5 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME LXXXII, ISSUE 10448
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
THE EXHIBITS
The amateur photographers of New Zealand have reason to be proud of the specimens of their work now gathered together in the Art Gallery. The variety of printing processes employed is noticeable, as is also the taste shown in adapting these to the varying natures of the subjects. Albumen printing has, apparently, almost gone out of fashion, nearly all the pictures in the exhibition being on some kind of gelatin paper. The rage for enlargements, which has, it would seem, only just affected Christchurch amateurs, has evidently had possession of those in other parts of the colony for a longer time, if one may judge from the proportion of enlargements in these collections. Nearly all of the enlargements shown are developed on bromide paper. Exhibitors from outside Canterbury have, as a rule, devoted their time more to the composition and detail of individual pictures than to producing a large number of photographs. The taste displayed in mounting and framing is generally good, though there are a few striking examples to the contrary.
The first items to come under notice are those of the Nelson Camera Club. Grey tones prevail among them; they are mostly bromide prints and platinotypes. As a rule they are artistic in character, and their technique is good. Mr J. Sclanders has four picture's — three landscapes and one, the best, a sylvan scene, entitled; “Confidences”, the pose of the figures graceful and natural. One of the best of Mr F.W. Thorp’s exhibits is “A Grove of Cabbage Trees”. He has an effectively arranged group of dairy cattle, but the color is not very good. Mr C.Y. Fell’s work has the merit of decision of character. He sends a large number of exhibits, marked by soft and delicate effects and by admirable lighting. “Arched Walks of Twilight Groves” is a very striking study of poplars. In No. 30 he has an effective picture of the New Plymouth breakwater, and an enlargement of this photograph is very fine. His portraits are artistic and full of character. Among the best are one of Justice Richmond, and another (in “Rembrandt” light) of the late Sir H.A. Atkinson. Mr A.H. Patterson has a fine cloud effect in “Morning Mists”, but the vignetting is stiff and the mounting somewhat dirty. Four prints of river scenes are creditable, the delicate effect of the light being especially good. Mr A. Pitt shows two outdoor portraits, the detail of which is good, and is the more creditable because the subject, a lady, was attired in a white dress. In another the position is stiff, and the effect of the lighting of the face is harsh. This exhibitor’s landscapes are, as a rule, bold, well balanced pictures, and he has a very effective group of cattle. The Nelson collection - comprises an excellent outdoor portrait, retouched, to which no name has been attached.
The pictures of West Coast scenery and mining operations sent from Hokitika have the merits of decision and boldness, but many of them are too dark in tone. Mr. W.H. Bismer’s view of the island in Kanieri Lake is good; the foreground is well represented, the distant hills are soft, and the island stands out effectively. There is a well-composed picture of Lake Ianthe, but its foreground is a little dreary. Mr Brown’s study of ferns is somewhat harsh and “chalky”. Mr King’s, views of mining operations and bush scenery are interesting, but the color is bad. Mr J. Park’s views of the Hokitika Gorge are very fair; those of the Kanieri Lake are over-printed. The collection, which was got together somewhat hurriedly, may be taken as an earnest of very good things to come.
The collection sent by the Auckland Photographic Club, though small, is one of the best in the exhibition. Mr G.R. Boulton’s enlargements of landscapes are taken from admirably - chosen points; and the atmospheric effects are particularly good. His “Bullock Team” is a very artistic study. The color of “A Bachelor’s Holiday” is bad. “In the Museum, Auckland”, is a successful photograph of an interior. In “Moonlight, Auckland Harbour”, Mr R.B. Walrond has one of the best and most artistic pictures in the exhibition, and the tone, a brown sepia, is most effective. An enlargement of a study of tree-ferns is soft and full of admirably expressed detail. "White Clematis” is one of the prettiest flower studies on the walls, the detail is well rendered and the tint very, pleasing. One of the best of Mr H. Winkleman’s exhibit is "Still Waters Run Deep”, a landscape of bold treatment. “The Billy’s Boiling” has a spotty effect, and the boy who occupies the center of the picture is too evidently “having his photo taken”. "The Trysting Place”, a girl standing on a rustic bridge in the bush, is capital, the light is good, the pose of the figure natural and the detail excellently represented. ”Sunrise on the Waitemata” is a "well-balanced”, well-printed landscape. Mr T.F. Hill’s studies of scenery are good as to light,and clear and decided in treatment. Mr H. Arthur’s “series illustrating Tennyson’s 'Brook'," is good in conception, and the photographs composing it are full of well represented detail. A bromide enlargement, "Auckland Law Courts from the Domain in Winter” is very good indeed, the detail of the leafless branches and the light being admirable.
The exhibit of the Wellington Camera Club is principally composed of small pictures, mostly of great merit. Mr W.F. Barraud’s enlargements are, as a rule, clear and sharp in detail, and altogether very fine. One of the best is a view of the volcano, Ngauruhoe. The foliage in his bush scenes is sharply rendered, and the light is, as a rule, admirably effective. "The Craters of Tongariro”, and "Ngauruhoe and Toka Anu”, are perfect gems. Mr A.T. Bothamley’s Maori portraits are good, and his series of sea-coast views are noticeable for some good cloud and wave effects, but the tone is too brown to be pleasing. Mr F.A. Vaughan shows well finished, clean work. “On the Shore”, and "At Oriental Bay”, are capital figure studies, the poses are natural, and the treatment is bold and decided. “Silent Friends” is a well-balanced group of empty boats. “A Materialized Spirit” has an interest peculiarly its own, for it was an "exhibit" in the recent prosecution of the Hacketts for alleged imposture by means of so-called spiritual manifestations. By the help of a magnesium flash Mr Vaughan took an instantaneous photograph of one of the “spirit forms”, which, to the unbelieving eye, appears to be nothing but a white sheet violently agitated by a hand discreetly kept out of view. Mr F.M. Hardy's bromide enlargement of Cheviot House is good, and has been taken from an artistically chosen point, but the absence of clouds in the sky mars the effect. Mr A.D. Stewart shows two frames of "Mosaics”, one of six landscapes and seascapes, and the other of five views. The pictures are mostly pretty little vignettes, clear and bold in treatment. In one or two instances, however, the vignetting has not been very well done. One of the most praiseworthy of Mr W.R. Symons exhibits is a series of three views of the Upper Hutt, well-balanced pictures, the distance effectively rendered, and the reflections in the water particularly good. Mr E.H. Freeman sends two frames, each containing eight portraits. The poses are natural, the pictures well-lighted, and the printing is excellent. Mr W.C. Stephens four matt surface views of mountain, bush and river scenery are clear and decided in treatment. A couple of artistic and effective landscapes are exhibited by Mr J.W. Davis. Mr F.J. Denton’s four views are noteworthy for the excellent atmospheric effect and pleasing tone. He also sends one of the prettiest little studies in the exhibition — a child standing under an apple tree. A group of cattle is effective, and, altogether Mr Denton shows some of the best work in the section. Mr W. Beswick’s twelve unframed prints of buildings, landscapes, etc., copied, are good in color and treatment, though the foregrounds are rather dark. Mr R. Leckie’s bromide print of Waiwetu bridge is chiefly noteworthy for the admirable cloud effects, but the picture is a thoroughly good one.
A prominent feature of the Dunedin collection is the artistic character of many of the exhibits. They are highly effective studies, well composed and excellent in treatment. Some of the best enlargements in the exhibition are to be found among them. One of the finest of all is No. 9, "The Prohibitionist”, by Mr Roberts. It represents a boy drawing water from a tap. The pose of the figure is admirable, and the accessories, bucket, watering pot, etc., are arranged with such taste as to add greatly to the effectiveness of the picture. The technique is of a very high class. No. 1, a view in Cannibal Bay, is in an original style, the reflection in the water is admirable, but the mounting is not in keeping with the picture. Mr Roberts’s other work shows great merit, but the foregrounds are rather "fuzzy” in one or two of his enlargements. In No. 16 Mr W. Livingston has a group of children by the seaside, very well arranged, and the effect of the ripple on the water has been accurately caught. No. 29, "Crossing the Stream”, is a highly effective genre study, with sylvan surroundings, artistic in composition and admirable in technique. This exhibitor shows other very good work, but the above mentioned are, perhaps, the best specimens of his productions. Mr R.E. Fletcher has a boldly treated photograph of a well arranged group of fossickers, and also an enlargement of the same subject. The foreground in the latter is wanting in clearness. In No. 20, a mining scene, Mr Fletcher has treated a somewhat difficult subject very successfully. Mr Malcolm Ross's Alpine photographs are naturally of great interest, and are, as a rule, of much merit also. His child portraits are also good, natural in pose and well taken. Mr R.A. Ewing’s sea piece, No. 11, is a good bold picture, which would have been better had he not had the ship right in the center. Mr W. Williams has, in No. 21, one of the best cloud studies in the exhibition. In No. 26 the light is good, but the color is objectionable, and the picture is practically killed by the frame and mounting. It must not be supposed that the pictures above mentioned are all of the best in the various collections touched upon. There are many others of equal merit, which cannot be particularized here. Suffice it to say that the proportion of really good things is very large, and that the collections will well repay close examination.
14th SEPTEMBER 1894
Page 3 - PRESS, VOLUME LI, ISSUE 8898
THROUGH CAMERA LAND
THE PHOTOGRAPHIC SECTION EXHIBITION
(By OUR SPECIAL REPORTER)
There is no division or department of art in which such marked progress has been made of late years as in photography. From the tedious and difficult process of Daguerre to the present "Touch the button, and we do the rest" is a great step. Then it was confined to a few, and but imperfectly comprehended or understood even by them. Now our wives, daughters and sweethearts have a detective or snap short camera, and are as deft at taking as any artist. So it is scarcely to be wondered at in a country like this so favorable for photography that the first exhibition of the Photo. Section of the Philosophical Institute, now open in the Art Gallery, should have brought together such a large and so eminently creditable a show of pictures. To wade through each division merely dealing with each individual picture would result in a "bald and unconvincing narrative", besides being productive of weariness to the reader. Therefore in the present notice of the exhibits it is intended to journey generally through "Camera Land" as represented by them, stopping here and there to note the many noticeable reproductions of the landscape, the bit of sea, the rugged mountain, or the fearsome Alpine crevasses and glaciers which go to make up the scenery of our country. In doing so it must be understood that the pictures selected to be referred to do not comprise all the excellence of the respective divisions in themselves, but have been so selected because they please one, and are in their way typical. It may at once be said that the whole or the pictures are well worth careful inspection. The different clubs who have been brought together in that true comradeship which is the soul of art, have given us, like true hosts, of their best, and the result is an exhibition reflecting great credit, not only on the members of the section concerned in getting it up, but also on the artiste who have sent in their works.
The different localities, it is interesting to notice, have each sent typical works. Thus we have in the Hokitika exhibits the forest primeval and the general appearance from the scenes selected of newness and a refreshing absence of the stiffness and primness of civilization. Compare that with our own primly respectable street views, etc. Then in the Wellington and Auckland views we have that distinctive North Island character which stamps the difference in crossing Cook's Straits. Nelson again has a more English appearance, whilst Dunedin presents yet another phase. So it is that in the gathering together of works from all parts of the colony we see the marked distinction in the scenery and surroundings of each.
Commencing our tour with Wellington, it may be noted how even the exhibits of the Wellington Camera Club are. They mainly consist of seascapes, studies of bush, and some excellently taken Maori portraits. Mr A.D. Stewart's landscapes and seascapes have all the delicacy and refinement of steel engravings, and are charming. Mr Barraud's collection includes all kinds of subjects, in the treatment of which he has been most successful. That of "Disploded Rocks" and "Breakers" in the other frame specially deserve praise. The scenery frame by the same artist is a charmingly bright and sharp exposition of photography. There is a delicacy of treatment which as well as the other pictures by Mr Barraud is worth careful study. Mr Bothamley has a very good collection of landscapes, mainly from the Taranaki district. These are excellently finished, and the details come out sharply. His Maori portraits, too, are well done, especially that of the old and new style Maori, in which one of the chiefs is dressed in European garb, and the other in the dignity of a dogskin and flax mat, and all the appearances of a Rangatira Maori. Mr Vaughan sends a very excellent collection, all of which show considerable artistic ability. The one which strikes the observer as possessing the charm of naturalness is "A Likely Spot". Mr Freeman has been most successful in the poses in his frame of portraits, and the pictures are well taken. There is nothing so important in a portrait as an easy and natural position, and Mr Freeman has been fortunate enough to get that in this frame. Mr Stewart sends a frame of views which have been well finished, and taken with considerable success. They include the well known McNab's gardens, a pretty view of Ross Creek, and a couple of views in Wadestown. One of the most striking of the collections in the Wellington division of the exhibition is illustrative of our Wonderland. This is a magnificent view of Ngauruhoe from a distance, and one of the crater. Though not particularizing the remainder of the exhibits from Wellington, it may be said generally that all are of a high standard of excellence.
From Wellington to Auckland is a natural and easy transition. Here, too, all the artists have done exceedingly well. It is not only that the manipulation of the pictures is good but the selection of the bits of scenery to illustrate has been made with a keen artistic perception of the beautiful. Mr Boulton's seascapes are full of talent; they are soft and yet the details come out sharply and well. As an instance of this, "Coast Scene, Great Barrier", "At the Hutt", and "Bush Creek, Manukau Harbour" may be noted. The same artist has sent a nice frame of six prints illustrating the beautiful scenery round the harbor of Manukau. Two of the most interesting of the Auckland collection will be found in Mr Walrond's "Moonlight, Auckland Harbour", and "A Tree Fern Study". The same artist has a picture, "White Clematis", which is worth more than a passing glance. Mr T.F. Hill's "Views of Bush road and Creek Scenery" commend themselves to one not only from their excellence, but as a pleasing relief from the monotony of our scenery here. Mr H. Winkleman shews a keen sense of humor as well as an artistic eye for a pretty bit of bush scenery in his "The Billy's Boiling". In his other two pictures "A Good Shot" and "The Trysting Place", Mr Winkleman has been most successful in giving us not the mere stiff pose of a photograph but a lifelike reproduction. The localizing — if one may be permitted to use the term — of Tennyson's "Brook" by illustrating it by New Zealand pictures has the charm of novelty, and when, as is the case with the pictures which Mr Arthur sends to make this new departure, there is added artistic work, the departure from the beaten track becomes the more enjoyable. All the series are excellently finished, and as lantern illustrations of popular songs are now fashionable perhaps we shall yet see these pretty pictures in the sphere of entertainment.
Nelson has been the home of art and of artists from time immemorial almost. We must not forget that Nelson gave us John Gully and J.C. Richmond. As in the wider and more ambitions domain of painting Nelson has come to the fore, so in photography the Nelson Camera Club worthily upholds the artistic reputation of their district. As has been already said there is about the scenery of Nelson that quiet beauty which is noticeable in England, and looking at some of the landscapes, more particularly those on the Maitai, it is hard to believe that it is not some bit of Kent or Devon. Mr Sclanders, pictures of the "Tunnel at Belgrove" and Norris Gully will have special interest for the enthusiastic advocates of the Midland Railway. Apart from that the pictures are admirably done. Mr Fell's pictures stand out even in such good company. His "Arched Walks" and "Endeavour Inlet", for instance, are two splendid examples of totally different subjects, but both treated with much artistic ability. A Nelson collection without a picture of Mr Justice Richmond would indeed be incomplete, and Mr Fell sends two or three, the best of which is the one in which the Judge is taken in his robes. The expression and pose of this is good. A very fine picture indeed is an enlargement by Mr Fell of "New Plymouth Breakwater", the breaking wave and spray overhead being most successfully reproduced. This is one of the most telling pictures in the exhibition, and it is also one of the most difficult to take, but the difficulties have been very successfully surmounted by Mr Fell. Whenever anything abnormal is discovered in Nature it is generally assigned to the Evil One. Mr Thorp's picture, "The Devil's Boot", is a case in point. It is a good reproduction of a singular piece of Nature's handiwork, but anyone must have a vivid imagination to suppose that even the personage alluded to would want so gigantic a foot covering. Mr Fell has been very successful in reproducing Sir Harry Atkinson in "his habit as he lived". The same artist has a pretty little study in "Endeavour Inlet", in which the dark background of the bush which clothes the mountain to the water's edge throws up in strong relief, the white sails of the boats. Mr Thorp sends a fine study of rocks and ferns "At Takaka", and McPitt's "Safely Over" is a pretty natural picture. The same artist sends a number of other pictures which are worthy of inspection.
From the quiet, peaceful, homelike scenery of Nelson, it is a great change to the land of shaggy wood and mountain torrent of Westland. Here we are face to face with Nature in her sublimest mood, as expressed in the snow-capped Southern Alps, the bush clad hills, and the rushing torrent, and great scope is afforded to the photographer in a land of such natural beauty. Mr Park sends some very good pictures of "The Franz Josef Glacier", which gives one an idea of the difficulties which beset the Alpine explorer. Some pretty views in the Hokitika Gorge, a place which makes one long to throw pen and ink to the wind and go there, are sent by Mr Park. The remainder of the Hokitika exhibits show up well.
In the course of our wanderings we now come to the last stage in the journey — Dunedin. Mr Malcolm Ross, an Alpine explorer and photographer of some considerable reputation, has soma capital pictures in the land of eternal snow. One of the most effective of these is "Summit of De La Beche", which, perhaps more than any of the pictures Mr Ross has sent, brings home to us the majesty of this grand scene. In "Follow My Leader" Mr Ross also gives an idea of the hardships and perils of mountain climbing, which, no doubt, is one of its greatest attractions to those who follow it. The picture is artistically finished, and the position selected is the best that could be to give a distinctive character to the pleasure. Amongst the pictures of the Dunedin Photographic Society calling for more than ordinary praise are those sent by Mr R.E. Fletcher. In the one in which the fossickers are anxiously watching the panning out of the sample of dirt, the positions are easy and natural, and the result is a success. Two other very excellent pictures by the same artist are "A Dip in the Briny", the water in which is excellently done, and "Crossing the Shotover". Quite in a different style, but equally artistic, is "Digging Dusty Diamonds", a flashlight photo of men at work in a coal mine. The whiteness of the apparel contrasted with the somberness of the coal, and the weird appearance generally, make the picture standout in bold relief amongst the others of the section. Mr. W. Livingston sends a good study, "Clearing after the Storm", and some equally artistic pictures.
The journey outside of Canterbury is now concluded, and it only remains to be said how much the Canterbury Club owes to the hearty co-operation of the other provinces.
19th OCTOBER 1894
Page 31 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1181
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the Exchange Buildings on Friday. Eighteen new members were elected, including two ladies. Mr. Frank Denton took first and second awards for "animal life", and first award for lantern slides, Mr. Taylor taking second awards.
24th OCTOBER 1894
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVIII, ISSUE 99
25th OCTOBER 1894
Page 1 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 2343
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVIII, ISSUE 100
26th OCTOBER 1894
Page 1 and 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 2344
Page 2 and 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVIII, ISSUE 101
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Second Annual Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held in No. 11 Room, Exchange Buildings, on FRIDAY, 26th October, at 8pm.
26th OCTOBER 1894
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 2344
AMUSEMENTS, MEETINGS
Exchange Buildings — Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, at 8pm.
26th OCTOBER 1894
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 2344
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The report to be laid before the second annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club to-night shows that the Club is still in a flourishing condition. The receipts for the year—including a balance brought forward, £l5 12s 10d, and £3 2s 4d, balance from the exhibition account — amount to £44 1s. The expenditure amounts to £20 0s 9d, leaving a balance in hand of £24 0s 3d. For some time past the Club has been prepared to receive lady members, but none came forward until the last monthly meeting, when Lady Augusta Boyle and Miss Holroyde submitted their names, and were duly elected. As it is well known there are a number of lady photographers in the city, it is hoped a few more will join the Club, and thus qualify themselves to show some of their work at the next exhibition. The annual meeting is to be held to-night in No. 11 room. Exchange Buildings.
26th OCTOBER 1894
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVIII, ISSUE 101
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club is to be held to-night in No. 11 room, Exchange Buildings. The statement of receipts and expenditure shows a balance in hand of £24 0s 3d, including £3 2s 4d from exhibition account. The club now numbers 73 members, compared with 59 members in October last year. Although the club admits lady members, none presented themselves until last monthly meeting, when Lady Augusta Boyle and Miss Holroyde were duly elected.
The committee has ordered an optical and enlarging lantern, a lantern slide camera, and two flash lamps, for the use of members.
Mr. Frank Denton comes out top of the list in the monthly competitions, and Mr. H.E. Taylor second. The subject for next month's competition is "Anticipation".
27th OCTOBER 1894
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 2345
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVIII, ISSUE 102
2nd NOVEMBER 1894
Page 34 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1183
CAMERA CLUB
The annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the Exchange Buildings last night, there was a good attendance. Mr. Barraud (President) occupied the chair.
The annual report which was submitted to the meeting stated that the Wellington Camera Club was in a flourishing condition. The membership now numbers 73, being an increase of 14 since last year. During the year the monthly subjects of competition had been continued, with the result that Mr. F. Denton came out at the top of the list with 35 points, Mr. H.E. Taylor being second with 27 points. Lectures were given during the year by Messrs Hulke, McKay, W.F. Barraud, Muir and Riley. The report regretted that these lectures were not better attended. The photographic exhibition in June last was an unqualified success. A lantern slide, two flash lamps and an optical and enlarging lantern have been ordered for the use of the members.
ELECTION OF OFFICERS: 1894 - 1895 |
PRESIDENT |
|||||||
| Vice-President: Mr. W. Beswick |
Vice-President: Mr. H.E. Taylor |
Hon.Secretary Treasurer: Mr. H.G. Snodgrass |
Committee: Mr. Hardy |
Committee: Mr. Denton |
Committee: Mr. Daniels |
Committee: Mr. W.F. Barraud |
Committee: Mr. Freeman |
Committee: Mr. Muir |
Several slight alterations were made in the rules.
The Presidents and secretaries of the Auckland, Nelson and Christchurch societies were elected honorary members of the Club in recognition of the valued support afforded by these societies.
15th DECEMBER 1894
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 2385
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVIII, ISSUE 143
21st DECEMBER 1894
Page 10 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1190
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club took place in the Art Gallery last night — the President (Mr. W. Beswick) in the chair. More than usual interest was centered in the competitions.
COMPETITION: "STREAM AND WOODLAND": Mr. George Crichton secured first honors, with Mr. W.C. Stephens second.
COMPETITION: "CURIOSITY": Mr. W.F. Barraud was first, and Mr. George Crichton second.
Four new members were elected, bringing the membership to over 90. Next month the subjects for competition will be "Instantaneous Effects" and "Caught in the Act".
21st DECEMBER 1894
Page 26 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1190
A suggestion has been made that the "Wellington Agricultural and Pastoral Association", Wellington Poultry Society, Wellington Horticultural Society, Wellington Kennel Club, Wellington Art Club and Wellington Camera Club should amalgamate and hold one big united show annually, instead of each club and society holding a lot of separate small shows as at present. I am afraid the suggestion is too big to be carried out, though a show such would be produced would be very interesting.
19th JANUARY 1895
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2413
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance at the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club at the Academy of Fine Arts last night.
COMPETITION: "Caught in the Act”, Messrs F. Denton and W.F. Barraud took first and second places, Mr. Denton also taking first for "Instantaneous Effects”, and Mr. G. Crichton second.
A number of photographs were exhibited, and an interesting discussion ensued. Seven new members, including three ladies, were elected.
25th JANUARY 1895
Page 12 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1195
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance at the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club at the Academy of Fine Arts on Friday.
COMPETITION: "Caught in the Act", Messrs F. Denton and W.F. Barraud took first and second places, Mr. Denton also taking first for "Instantaneous Effects", and Mr. G. Crichton second.
A number of photographs were exhibited, and an interesting discussion ensued. Seven new members, including three ladies, were elected.
9th FEBRUARY 1895
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2431
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLIX, ISSUE 34
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance at the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club last night, at the Academy of Fine Arts.
COMPETITION: “Breaking Wares”, Mr. W.F. Barraud took first place and Mr. Pringle second.
COMPETITION: "Shipping”, Mr. T. Pringle took first and second awards.
The President (Mr. W. Beswick) read a paper on “Lenses”.
9th March 1895
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2455
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLIX, ISSUE 58
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held at the Fine Arts Gallery last night. There was a fair attendance of members. The President read an interesting paper on composition.
COMPETITION: "Landscape”, in which Mr. Crichton received first and Mr. Pringle second awards.
COMPETITION: “Illustrations of a Poem”, in which Mr. Pringle was placed first, and Mr. Barltrop second.
The President in announcing the awards spoke very highly of the quality and appropriateness of the pictures shown.
11th APRIL 1895
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME XXXII, ISSUE 9791
ART SOCIETY'S EXHIBITION
The exhibition of the Auckland Society of Arts was very largely attended yesterday afternoon. There must have been fully 300 present. "Afternoon tea" was dispensed by the lady members and friends of the Society, there being a profusion of refreshments. In the evening there was also a good attendance. Hunter's string band performed a series of choice musical selections. The following was the program: Grand march, "Defiance;" valse, "Summer Regent;" selection, "Martha;" concert piece, "Heimmeh;" gavotte, "Bright and Bewitching;" valse, "Gondoliers;" selection, "LaCigale;" barn dance, "Alabama Coon;" polka, "Garden Party;" galop, "Never Stop".
To-night, at half-past eight, the art union will be drawn, and as the tickets are only 2s 6d each, and there is a wide range of pictures from which to select the prize money, there should be a successful drawing. The Exhibition re-opens at half-past twelve to-day, and will be open as usual on the two holidays — Good Friday and Easter Monday. In the notice of the Society's art competitions yesterday, the bronze medal for the second best work in the whole of the competitions (in color), a study of still life, was inadvertently accredited to Mr. J. Dickson, instead of Mr. Claude E. Hemus, to whom it was awarded.
To-day we give a notice of the
AUCKLAND PHOTOGRAPHIC CLUB
EXHIBITION
The photographs shown by the Auckland Photographic Club in the southern annexe, in conjunction with the Society of Arts Exhibition, are well worthy of a visit. Both in number and quality, the exhibits are ahead of last year's work. Another feature, we notice with pleasure, is the large increase in the number of exhibitors.
Dr. Campbell, President of the Club, has two sunrise studies, perfect gems in their way. Unfortunately they are not framed, and consequently they do not so well show off as they should. E.W. Payton, vice-President, shows some half-dozen enlargements of high merit, the most noticeable of which are "Kaimarua Creek", "Schooner Drying her Sails", and "A Cool Retreat". R.R. Walrond, vice-President, is not so largely represented as usual, but the quality atones for lack of quantity. His bromide enlargement, entitled, "Early Morning", is the best in the Exhibition. "Shipping, Freeman's Bay", a whole plate print, is a well-chosen subject, and the tone (a rich brown) most appropriate. Charles Hemus exhibits but one picture, which, however, is deserving of more than passing notice. The subject is "Little Red Riding Hood", and the little maiden who aptly assumes the title role has been most happily and ably treated. J.R. Hanna (vice-President) has a large frame of portraits, all excellent. The center one is a large photo, of Prince Franz Joseph of Battenberg, and is a capital likeness. This exhibit worthily upholds Mr. Hanna's high reputation. H. Utting is represented by a large frame of cloud studies, a frame of South Sea Islands views, a frame of stereoscopic views, and a capital panoramic view of Onehunga. This collection is well worth inspection. G.R. Boulton has four bromide enlargements and eight framed whole plate pictures. This exhibitor's work is not up to his usual standard. H. Arthur is a small contributor this year, having only four half plate views. They are, however, capitally treated. T.J. Hill is a large exhibitor of framed half-plate views and studies, showing more than ordinary talent. H. Evans has two frames of quarter-plate bromides, tastefully mounted. His work has greatly improved since last year. M. Trenwith exhibits the framed hand-camera pictures for which he got the first prize at the Sydney Exhibition last year. He has also a number of snap-shot views and three enlargements, one of which, entitled "Surprised", is a capital thing. C.F. Bell, another of our leading snap-shotists, has a frame of yachting studies of high merit. His enlargement of the Viking and Volunteer starting for the Champion Race at last Regatta is a fine picture.
We now come to members who are showing for the first time. Miss Girdler, with two dozen mounted half-plate views, deserves praise for the artistic and technical skill brought to bear on her subjects. It is a pity there are not more lady exhibitors. Photography is an art eminently suited to the fair sex. F. Wiseman has a nice frame of half-plate pictures, well varied in subject. His work is painstaking and conscientious. W. Sibbald has an enlargement entitled "Harvesting", which is very good in its way, but the horse and cart have too much prominence in the picture. E. Best is represented by a frame of a dozen quarter-plate prints. As a new exhibitor, his work is excellent. F.C. Stubbs has some mounted half-plate views of fair merit, but as prints lacking in vigor. R. Arthur shows a number of small mounted views. He is making marked progress in his work. W. Wiseman has a frame of halt-plate views, chiefly of yachting scenes. They exhibit care and skill in manipulation.
The Wellington Camera Club exhibits have been, we understand, prepared at very short notice, and are sent more out of compliment to the Auckland Club than as specimens of what Wellington can turn out. F. Denton has two frames of half-plate views of very fair merit. T. Pringle was five enlargements, which show him to be possessed of some technical skill. E.H. Freeman is represented by two frames of portraits of varying merit, well treated. E.W.Daniel has three enlargements of yachts, which are deserving of praise. R. Hardieshaw shows four mounted pieces representing Government Life Insurance Buildings, and interior views, which denote care in preparation. T.M. Hardy has one frame calling for no special comment.
15th APRIL 1895
Page 3 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME XXVI, ISSUE 89
SOCIETY OF ARTS EXHIBITION
FINAL NOTICE
The Art Exhibition, at the Choral Hall, was well patronized throughout Saturday. In the evening Hunter's String Band played a number of selections. The Exhibition finally closes this evening, when no doubt, there will be a large attendance of visitors. The pictures will remain as decorations for the artists ball, on Wednesday evening.
PHOTOGRAPHIC CLUB
The work exhibited by members of the Auckland Photographic Club in the anteroom, form no inconsiderable part of the attractions at the Choral Hall. A larger number of photographs are shown this year, and the work on the average is really excellent.
The President of the Club, Dr. Campbell, shows two fine sunrise studies, and H. Utting has an equally interesting series of cloud land views, also an admirable panoramic representations of Onehunga and a shield of scenes from the Islands. The subjects are well chosen, and the work thoroughly satisfactory. It is almost needless to praise the work of such veteran photographers as Mr. Charles Hemus and Mr. J.R. Hanna; their names alone guarantee excellence. Mr. Hemus only shows one picture, a really capital representation of one dear in childhood's days — "Little Red, Riding Hood". Mr. Hanna's contribution is a shield of framed photos of various types, including one of Prince Franz Joseph of Battenberg. Included in the collection are some excellent photographs of children of tender years, a branch of the art in which Mr. Hanna is exceptionally successful. Mr. Payton's exhibits display the artist's faculty for choosing good subjects. "A Cool Retreat" is a really pretty picture, and his other enlargements are also good. Mr. R.R. Walrond although not exhibiting as largely as usual, shows excellent work.
A bromide enlargement, "Early Morning", and a whole plate print in rich brown, "Shipping in Freeman's Bay", are first-class specimens of the photographic art. The latter is all the more pleasing because when viewing the picture, the onlooker does not have that unpleasant olfactory sensation inseparable from the original. Mr. Walrond also shows a fine view of the beach at Point Chevalier. Mr. G.R. Baulton'a contributions to the exhibition this year include four bromide enlargements and eight framed whole plate pictures. His views of bush scenery in the Waikomiti district are very interesting to those who know that locality. Mr. W.S. Evans shows a series of small views, which are well executed, and Mr. H. Arthur's four half-plate views are good specimens of photographic work.
A large exhibitor is Mr. T.J. Hill, and his series of views are well chosen and capitally treated. Mr. C.T. Bell shows a number of snap shot views that should captivate the hearts of yachtsmen, and Mr. C.F. Best and Mr. W. Wiseman also compete in the same line. Some fine specimens of New Zealand scenery are included in Mr. E. Best's exhibits, the work being very satisfactory. Mr. M. Trenwith's hand camera views, for which he obtained first prize last year at the Sydney exhibition are very fine. He also shows another capital picture entitled "Surprised". Amongst the new exhibitors who give good promise are, Miss Girdler, who shows 24 well executed halt plate views, Misses F. Wiseman, W. Sibbald, F.C. Stubbs, and R. Arthur. The series of views forwarded by the Wellington Camera Club add to the success of the exhibition. Those who sent work are: F. Denton, T. Pringle, E.H. Freeman, E.W. Daniel, R. Hardie, and T.M. Hardie. The Australian Art Photo Company show some fine colored photographs which add materially to the general effect of the display under the auspices of the Auckland Photographic Club.
19th APRIL 1895
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2489
AMUSEMENTS, MEETINGS
Fine Arts Academy — Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, at 8pm.
19th APRIL 1895
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLIX, ISSUE 92
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual Monthly Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held at the Fine Arts Academy, Whitmore - street, THIS EVENING (Friday), 19th April, at 8pm.
H.G. SNODGRASS
HON.SECRETARY
20th APRIL 1895
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2490
26th APRIL 1895
Page 30 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1208
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club took place at the Fine Arts Academy last night. A large muster of members were present. The chair was occupied by Mr. Beswick, the President. It was decided to postpone the competition subjects, “Flowers” and “Chrysanthemums”, until next meeting. The President announced the dates for the various clubs exhibitions, that of the Wellington one being from the 5th to 13th July next. Mr. Muir read a paper on “Enlarging" which brought forth a good deal of discussion, several members describing their experiences. Two new members — Miss Donnelly and Mr. F. Harcourt — were elected.
11th MAY 1895
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2508
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLIX, ISSUE 111
17th MAY 1895
Page 38 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1211
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club met on Friday at the Fine Arts Academy, when upwards of 40 members were present.
The competition subjects were judged, with the following results:
FLOWER STUDIES: F. Denton, 1 and 2.
CHRYSANTHEMUMS: F. Harcourt, 1; H.E. Taylor, 2.
MARINE SUBJECT: F. Harcourt, 1; T. Pringle, 2.
ARCHITECTURE: G. Crichton, 1; T. Pringle, 2.
Mr. T.M. Hardy gave a descriptive lecture on the management of the Club’s optical lantern, recently imported, after which a number of slides, made by the members, were shown on the screen. Three new members, Messrs McNiccol, Bambury and Maddox, were elected. The Club will be represented at the Nelson Club’s exhibition, which takes place on the 22nd May.
21st JUNE 1895
Page 33 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1216
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club meeting at the Fine Arts Gallery last week took the form of a limelight entertainment to members and their friends. Slides were shown by Messrs Beswick, Pringle, Mackay, Freeman, Muir, Barltrop, Crichton, Denton, Taylor, McNicoll, Daniel, Vaughan, Keyworth, Hardy and Herbert. The audience greatly appreciated the pictures, and were cordial in their applause.
22nd JUNE 1895
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2543
28th JUNE 1895
Page 35 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1217
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wanganui Camera Club first exhibition was opened on Thursday afternoon, and is very successful. There are exhibits from all parts of the Colony. The Wellington Camera Club is very largely represented, Messrs W.F. Barraud, G. Crichton, Pringle, W.C. Marchant, H.E. Taylor, T.M. Hardy, G. Hardy, W. Beswick, F.W. Pilcher (jun.), Easton Taylor and P. Denton having sent pictures, all of which have received very complimentary notice.
3rd JULY 1895
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME L, ISSUE 3
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club second annual exhibition is to be opened on Friday evening by Sir Robert Stout. It will be the largest photographic exhibition yet held in New Zealand, as over 1000 pictures have been entered. Members who have not yet received their tickets should apply to the Hon.Secretary
SIR ROBERT STOUT KCMG
Born 28th September 1844 - Lerwick, Shetland, Scotland, United Kingdom
Died 19 July 1930 (aged 85) - Wellington, New Zealand
13th PREMIER OF NEW ZEALAND
16th August 1884 to 28th August 1884
3rd September 1884 to 8th October 1887
3rd JULY 1895
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME L, ISSUE 3
4th JULY 1895
Page 1 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2553
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME L, ISSUE 4
5th JULY 1895
Page 1 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2554
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME L, ISSUE 5
THE SECOND ANNUAL
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
OF THE
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Assisted by
KINDRED CLUBS OF NEW ZEALAND
Will be opened by
SIR ROBERT STOUT K.C.M.G., M.H.R.,
On FRIDAY, the 5th JULY, At 8pm,
IN THE ACADEMY OF FINE ARTS
Whitmore-street.
Open daily from 10am to 4pm, and from 7pm to 10pm
Admission:
To opening ceremony --- 2s
All other days --- 1s
H.G. SNODGRASS
GEORGE CRICHTON
Hon. Secretaries
4th JULY 1895
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2553
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The members of the Wellington Camera Club have been hard at work for some time past preparing for their second annual exhibition, which is to be opened by Sir Robert Stout to-morrow evening in the Academy of Fine Arts. This exhibition is one of a series being held in the various centers in the Colony, and each club supplies its quota towards the show. Members who have not received their tickets are requested to apply to the Hon.Secretary
5th JULY 1895
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2554
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Those who attended the photographic exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club last year will be pleased to learn that the Club, encouraged by its former success, has decided to make the exhibition an annual affair. Sir Robert Stout is to open the second exhibition to-night, at 8pm, at the Academy of Fine Arts. The Club is assisted by the kindred societies in Auckland, Nelson, Hokitika, Wanganui and Christchurch, and a very fine collection of views is to be shown. No doubt there will be a crowded attendance of the public this evening, and on the days on which the exhibition remains open.
5th JULY 1895
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME L, ISSUE 5
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The opening of the Photographic Exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club takes place this evening in the Art Gallery. Special arrangements have been made to make the ceremony a success. During the evening musical items will be rendered, and a number of limelight lantern views by members of the club will be exhibited. A handsomely illustrated catalog has been prepared and will be ready for distribution this evening.
6th JULY 1895
Page 2 - OAMARU MAIL, VOLUME XX, ISSUE 6300
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the Wellington Camera Club exhibition pictures are shown from Nelson, Auckland, Christchurch, Wanganui, and West Coast of the South Island. There is a large increase on last year, and also a general improvement.
6th JULY 1895
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME L, ISSUE 6
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
President: Mr. W. Beswick; Vice-Presidents: Messrs. G.F. Smith and William C. Stephens; Hon.Secretary and Treasurer: Mr. H.G. Snodgrass; Committee: Messrs. W.F. Barraud, T.M. Hardy, E.H. Freeman, F. Denton, E.W. Daniel, and F.B. Muir; Exhibition Secretaries: Messrs. H.G. Snodgrass and G. Crichton; Musical Committee: Messrs. F.B. Muir and H.E. Taylor; Catalog Committee: Messrs. W.C. Stevens and G. Criohton; Hanging Committee: Messrs. F. Denton, W.F. Barraud, and F.B. Muir.
The second annual exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club was opened in the Academy of Fine Arts building last evening by Sir Robert Stout, who was received at the entrance by the President (Mr. W. Beswiok), and the various office-bearers. Sir Robert, who was introduced by the President, said he understood that the Wellington Camera Club had only been in existence barely three years. He noticed from the list of Presidents which had been handed to him that it had been exceedingly fortunate in its officers. First it had Mr. Hulke, who was a most enthusiastic man, and whose knowledge of chemistry must have been of great use to the members. Then there was Mr. Barraud, who came of a family of artists, and who must have been of immense service to the Club. And now the office of President was filled by Mr. Beswick, whose energy was acknowledged by all the members. One thing which struck visitors to an exhibition like the present was the immense stride which had been made in photography, not only from a scientific but also from an artistic point of view. He recollected hearing it said that photography, would kill art, and it was only after many years that John Ruskin stated that the photographer might be an artist. We found that not only in pictures of various things but also in landscapes everything depended upon the artistic eye of the photographer. One man might see a picture where another man might not see anything. A photographer must not only be a scientific man, but if he was to be a successful photographer he must have an artist's eye. If one looked round the room he would find many beautiful pictures. He hoped the club would be taken up by many young men who wanted an outlet for their energy. It had been said that every man should have a hobby, and he did not know of any more pleasant study than that of photography. Young women might also take it up with advantage. He had much pleasure in declaring the exhibition open.
The exhibition is a very creditable one. The works include exhibits from Auckland, Christchurch, Nelson, Wanganui, and Westland, and there are many first-class artistic productions on view.
The Wellington section contains over 200 exhibits, the number of entries being much larger than at the last exhibition. There are 56 exhibits from Wanganui, 26 from Auckland, 88 from West Coast (64 from Hokitika and 24 from Greymouth), 36 from Nelson, and 71 from the photographic section of the Philosophical Institute, Christchurch.
During the evening Minifies String Band played a number of selections, and refreshments, supplied by Mr. J. Godber, were served round. A number of slides, prepared by members of the Club, were shown on a screen by the aid of a limelight lantern belonging to the Club. Slides were contributed by Messrs. H.E. Taylor, G. Crichton, T. Pringle, E.W. Daniel, F. Harcourt, and T.M. Hardy.
The Exhibition will be open again this evening when vocal and instrumental selections will be given.
The catalog is quite an artistic production. The title page was designed by Mr. H.E. Taylor, and both he and Mr. G. Crichton, who compiled the catalog, are deserving of great credit for the manner in which their respective tasks have been executed.
SIR ROBERT STOUT KCMG
Born 28th September 1844 - Lerwick, Shetland, Scotland, United Kingdom
Died 19 July 1930 (aged 85) - Wellington, New Zealand
13th PREMIER OF NEW ZEALAND
16th August 1884 to 28th August 1884
3rd September 1884 to 8th October 1887
6th JULY 1895
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2555
12th JULY 1895
Page 13 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1219
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The second annual exhibition under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club was opened in the Academy of Fine Arts last night.
The following are the officers of the Club: President, Mr. W. Beswick; vice-Presidents, Messrs G.F. Smith and William C. Stephens; Hon.Secretary and treasurer, Mr. H.G. Snodgrass; committee, Messrs W.F. Barraud, T.M Hardy, E.H. Freeman, F. Denton, E.W. Daniel, and F.B. Muir; exhibition secretaries, Messrs H.G. Snodgrass and George Crichton; musical committee, Messrs F.B. Muir and H.E. Taylor; catalog committee, Messrs W.C. Stephens and George Crichton; hanging committee, Messrs F. Denton, H. Freeman, and F.B. Muir.
Sir Robert Stout, who was introduced by the President (Mr. W. Beswick), opened the exhibition, and, in doing so, said he understood that the Club had been only about three years in existence, but he noticed that it had been exceedingly fortunate in its Presidents, at all events. Mr. Hulke, the first President, they all knew as a most enthusiastic scientific man, whose special bent for chemistry would be of great service in dealing with photography. Then they had Mr. Barraud, who came of a family of artists, and who must also have been of immense service to the Club; and now they had Mr. Beswick, whose energy he thought every member of the Club would at once acknowledge. The fact that struck one most forcibly in connection with photography was the enormous advance made in it, not only from a scientific, but also from an artistic point of view. For many years the idea obtained that a photographer could not be an artist, and it was only after many years that, for example, John Ruskin said a photographer might be an artist. That great teacher saw represented in a photograph by an English photographer a scene in actual life, and he said that the placing and the whole outlook of the picture were such as only an artist could have carried out. He ventured to say that in that room there were pictures that were artistic and things of beauty, and he hoped this Club would be joined by many of their young men and women who wanted an outlet for their energy and for their artistic abilities, and he felt sure that if they did so they would go through life more easily and more pleasantly than if they only tried to live the humdrum existence that perhaps most of them had to put up with. He had much pleasure in declaring the exhibition open.
The exhibition was very well attended during the evening by the public. The proceedings were enlivened by the playing of Minifie’s band, and a good supply of refreshments was handed round to the visitors.
The exhibition will be opened to-day, from 10am to 4pm, and from 7pm to 10pm.
A REVIEW OF THE PICTURES:
The exhibition is in every respect an advance on that of last year, and the manner in which the, arrangements have been carried out reflects great credit on the various officials who have been working hard for some time past to ensure its success. This year amateurs from Wanganui and the West Coast of the South Island, who were not represented last year, have sent a quantity of exhibits. Auckland, Nelson and Christchurch exhibits are below the number sent in 1894. Wellington exhibitors have about doubled their contribution, the number of enlargements in proportion to prints has greatly increased, and the work both technically and artistically shows signs of great improvement. The catalog of exhibits also merits a word of praise. The block on the outside is the work of a member of the Club, upon whom it reflects great credit, and some very interesting photo blocks, being reproductions of some of the exhibits, are also capitally done.
The Auckland contribution includes a picture of shipping by Mr. R.B. Walrond, which is generally, considered to be the best picture in the exhibition. It is a sepia toned enlargement, on Whatman’s drawing paper, salted; from an artistic point of view it is really excellent, and the composition is all that could be desired. There are also some very excellent silver prints, noticeable among which is a frame of quarter-plates by Mr. Trenwith, which won the first prize at the Sydney Railway Institutes competition held recently. Mr. T.F. Hill’s silver print “Good-bye" is a very cleverly conceived, picture, and the same gentleman is responsible for a very pretty set of quarter-plate yachting scenes. Mr. G.R. Boulton, Hon.Secretary of the Auckland Club, has some nice enlargements of good silver prints, the figure subject, “A Game of Euchre”, being very prominent. The same exhibitor’s enlargement, "By the Wayside", is also worthy of mention.
The feature of the Wellington exhibits is the number of bromide enlargements. Mr. F.B. Muir’s two exhibits — "Lyra” (a sepia-toned bromide) and a “Study from Uncle’s Will", the latter being a very fine portrait of Mrs Harry Marshall — are amongst the best. Both are life-size pictures, and are really splendid pieces of work. “Dear Doggie”, a study of child and dog, and “Queen of My Hearth” are also prominent amongst Mr. Muir’s exhibits. Mr. R.J. Hardie Shaw shows a collection of bromide enlargements, amongst which are some excellent reproductions of pictures of the Government Life Insurance Buildings. There is also an excellent picture of a bust of the late Mr. Henry Blundell. Mr. Shaw also exhibits, some very good silver prints, instantaneous effects, illustrating athletic sports and “Reminiscences of the Rifle Association Meeting”. Mr. W.F. Barraud shows a good collection of bromide enlargements. His “For London Direct: s.s. Gothic” is one of the best. Amongst Mr. F. Denton’s exhibits, which consist largely of enlargements, is “Caught in the Act", an excellent indoor study. He has also some very good silver prints, amongst which the most striking are the “Tuataru at Home" and “Preparing for Lunch". Mr. Denton also shows a picture, “Shearing”, in which the operator is cleverly included. Mr. T.M. Hardy has five capital bromide enlargements, and the best of them is “Eventide" an excellent picture. Eight bromide enlargements are shown by Mr. W.C. Marchant. The best are “Kaiwhara Stream” and a locomotive. Mr. A.D. Stuart exhibits some excellent silver prints, “Early Spring on the Avon” being the most noticeable. Mr. G. Crichton exhibits 15 pictures, the best being “the Hutt River” and “A Stream and Woodland". Mr. Crichton also shows some views of the Manawatu Gorge and Lyell’s Bay. Mr. H.E. Taylor is to be warmly commended for his "Cattle Study” And "Getting Under Weigh”. His “Study in Drapery” and “The Skirt Dancer” are also good. Mr. A. de B. Brandon shows three prints illustrating convalescents. Mr. A.B. Keyworth’s two frames of half-plate views of "In and Around Wellington” also command attention. A nice collection of views illustrating the poem “Forest Hymn” is shown by Mr. T. Pringle. Mr. G.F. Smith has devoted his attention to the wharf and shipping, and has produced some excellent views. Mr. H.G. Snodgrass best effort is “Cosmia", a flower study. Life in Cuba is depicted in some silver prints shown by Mr. F.W. McLean; a specially-toned bromide enlargement of a Cuban planter's house is worthy of mention. Mr. W.C. Stephens exhibits include a very effective enlargement of the corridor of the General Post Office, Sydney. Mr. W.C. Chatfield, for a beginner, is to be complimented on some excellent quarter-plate snapshots of views in and around Island Bay. “Chummie”, an enlargement, a fine study of a dog by Mr. B. McNicol, is a capital picture. Mr. E.H. Freeman shows some excellent photographs, the light and posing being particularly striking. Several good matt prints are exhibited by Mr. L.T. Herbert. A few interesting pictures are shown by Mr. G.W. Barltrop, and Mr. H.W. Laing exhibits views of country scenery. A very good cloud effect at Picton is exhibited by Mr. F. Harcourt. Two or three picnic groups are shown by Mr. T.W. Pilcher junr. Mr. E.W. Daniels showed several pictures of yachts, and Mr. F.A. Vaughan exhibited local views.
In the Hokitika section Mr. James Park, of the Westland Camera Club, is the largest exhibitor with a number of silver prints, which include some rather pretty pictures of Alpine scenery, notably Mount Evans from Cave Camp, Ice Peak (a good photograph of a difficult subject), a pretty effect on Lake Ianthe, and some good pictures of scenery on the Mahinapha River. The silver prints and Bromides sent by Mrs Glery include four pretty views of Hokitika Gorge and some other tastefully chosen pieces of local scenery. Mrs Roberts silver prints are of very fair merit. Mr. W.H. Brown sends a number of silver prints, which include a pretty sunlight effect on the Orangipuki Creek, and Mrs Kendall is also an exhibitor of half plate silver prints.
The Greymouth section includes a large collection of views by Mr. J.W. Richmond, among the best of which are two enlargements of the yacht Mahina. Mr. R.F. Bell has a good number of pictures, including an enlargement of the ship Rangitikei at Greymouth, and a nice rural subject entitled "The Dairyman’s Coos”. Mr. P.J. Easson sends eight 5 x 4 silver prints, which show a great deal of promise.
In the Nelson Camera Club section Mr. A.H. Patterson has a good selection, the pick of which are some bromide enlargements from quarter-plate, illustrating the flax-milling industry and several other remarkably well executed subjects. Mr. A.J. Glasgow, amongst others, has a frame of four half-plates, two of them being pictures of swans, one a hen and her brood, and the other breaking waves, all of which are excellent. Mr. F.W. Thorp sends several specimens, about the best being a bromide enlargement, “On the Motueka River".
The Christchurch exhibitors are represented chiefly by direct silver prints, Mr. Walter Burke has nine pictures illustrative of the life of the "sundowner”. All of them carry out his idea excellently, perhaps the best being "To Cut or Not to Cut”. Mr. E. Beardsley has on view a large number of full-plate pictures, all of which are good, both artistically and technically, the best being the pastoral and woodland studies, one of them. “In the Meadows", ranking very high as a picture. Mr. F.S. Malcolm has a couple of nice pictures and a few good silver prints. Mr. L. Jacobson goes in for woodland scenes, in which he succeeds very well. His collection also includes a fine exterior of the porch of the Christchurch Museum. Mr. Cunningham sends several bromide half-plates, which are very good, and Mr. F.N. Sinclair has a couple of fine studies of a cat. Mr. W.C. Large has a few good photos., including a fine beach scene, and Mr. H. Larkin has a largo number of half-plate views, which are also very good. One of the best exhibits in the Christchurch collection is “Museum Gates” by Mr. J. Gottfried, while Mr. J.D. J’Anson’s study of “The Old Mill" is also of great artistic merit.
A very good collection of photographs comes from Wanganui, but the exhibits are greatly marred through not being framed. Mr. A. Elliott has 19 pictures, all of which are very good, amongst the best being "Safely Towed In”. Mr. Elliott also exhibits some excellent cloud studies, and a few copies which show great technical merit. Mr. W. Brown is a small exhibitor, but sends some very good work; and Mr. W.H. Partington shows a number of excellent bromide enlargements, descriptive of the beautiful scenery up the Wanganui River. Mr. D. Meldrum, a hand-camera worker, has a frame of 25 snapshots, which are very good, and also a few creditable nikko enlargements. Mr. C.W. Babbage exhibits 20 whole-plate views of varied subjects.
SIR ROBERT STOUT KCMG
Born 28th September 1844 - Lerwick, Shetland, Scotland, United Kingdom
Died 19 July 1930 (aged 85) - Wellington, New Zealand
13th PREMIER OF NEW ZEALAND
16th August 1884 to 28th August 1884
3rd September 1884 to 8th October 1887
8th JULY 1895
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME L, ISSUE 8
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
SECOND ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The dictum that a photograph cannot also be a work of art is long since exploded, and provided artistic instinct guides the camera, it is now fully recognized that it possesses great possibilities of picture-making. The second annual exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club shows abundantly the advance which has been made by our photographic amateurs in the processes of picture-making and in the development of the artistic sense — there is one study of boats, by Mr. Walrond, of Auckland, for instance, which might appear in any black and white or monochrome exhibition in the world, and stand comparison with the productions in these media of any artist. There are, of course, examples of distorted perspective and faulty composition, and other photographs of the type which first brought odium upon the photographer, and which show a complete lack of the faculty of picture-making and seem to have been produced by the camera having dropped somewhere by accident and "gone off"; but these are in the minority, and the majority show excellent work both technically and artistically. The comparison, mutual help, and internal competition of the Camera Clubs, as well as their rivalry in such exhibitions as this where the work of the various clubs is brought together and contrasted, is evidently bearing good fruit.
The great feature of this year's exhibition is the immense number of enlargements and the degree of excellence which they show. The most striking picture in the room is a splendid sepia-toned enlargement of Miss Constance Hatherly playing her harp. It is a beautiful picture, technically and artistically admirable, and is said to be the largest picture of its kind produced here — 26 x 42 inside measurement. It is by Mr. F.B. Muir, who also shows a companion picture of Mrs. Harry Marshall, in "Uncle's Will", which is also very fine work. A pair of bromide enlargements of a kitten, shown by Mr. Muir, are much the finest studies of their kind in the Exhibition. Mr. A. De B. Brandon shows two frames, one of which (122) incloses three prints illustrating "Convalescence". Of these the interior on the right of the picture is exceedingly clever. Mr. Hardie Shaw is a very large exhibitor, and shows some very fine pictures. Two studies of Miss Gurr in a "skirt dance" are artistic pictures in black and white, though technically they are not equal to some of his other work. Another very striking exhibit of Mr. Shaw is a series of very large and very fine bromides of the Government Insurance Buildings, mainly interiors, and he shows some very interesting "instantaneous" views at the Friendly Societies Sports, in which he has been singularly successful in getting clear print even of the racing cyclists. He is also successful in an enlargement of the bust of the late Mr. Henry Blundell, and in a portrait study "Evelyn".
Mr. H.E. Taylor has two of the most beautiful landscape studies in the Exhibition — exquisite pictures of willow bordered river and cattle, and a "nikko" enlargement entitled "Getting Under Way", is one of the finest pictures shown. Mr. George Crichton also has some very beautiful landscapes, notably two bromide enlargements of scenes on the Hutt River (25 x 23), which make admirable pictures. No. 22, a study of surf, is likewise decidedly good. Mr. G.F. Smith is a large exhibitor, whose finest effort is the interior of the K Shed on the wharf — on example of exceedingly good work on a most difficult subject. Mr. Vanghan (182) has a good example of "picture-making" in a study of Te Aro foreshore. Mr. Frank J. Denton is a large exhibitor, and shows some clever work. It includes a singularly picturesque view of Wellington, taken from the residence of Mr. Denton.
"Caught in the Act" is a very clever subject picture depicting a young lady caught by two companions smoking a cigarette. It is full of life, and technically and artistically very fine work. Another striking picture is a study of an amateur barber at work, in which the "barber" was Mr. Frank J. Denton, who operated camera and scissors simultaneously. In "Early Spring on the Avon" (16) Mr. Arch. Steward shows particularly artistic work in the print on the right of the frame. Mr. E.W. Daniel is a large exhibitor of marine studies. One fine example is a picture of the yacht Waitangi, while in 148 (H.M.S. Pylades) he has been peculiarly successful in securing "movement" in the water. Mr. T.M. Hardy shows clever and artistic work in his poetic picture "Eventide", showing the island of Mana from the Plimmerton beach — an enlargement from a half-plate. He has also a series of artistic enlargements depicting English river scenery. Mr. W.F. Barraud has in 77 a beautiful study — "Drifting out to Win", — of a yacht mirrored in the gently rippling water. "Little Miss Muffit", too, is a most artistic picture. Mr. W.C. Stephens has made an interesting study of the pillared corridor of the Sydney Post Office. There is a very fine flower study by Mr. H. Snodgrass (127), and Mr. F. Denton has also a good example (67). Mr. W.C. Chatfield, who only took up photography a couple of months back, has been successful in getting some interesting little prints which show what can be done by a beginner. Mr. F.W. M'Lean sends a number of very attractive views of Cuban life and character. Mr. W.C. Marchant exhibits a pretty study on the Kaiwarra stream (9) and a clever bit of work in a portrait taken in a conservatory (8), which, however, is faultily retouched. Mr. Freeman has some admirable portraits, remarkable for the singular skill with which they are "retouched" and their fine quality. Mr. G.R.N. Ibbetson shows good work in two frames of portraits. Mr. D. M'Niccol shows an attractive study of a dog — "Chummie", and Mr. L.T. Herbert exhibits a good deal of work showing even quality, which suffers from being unframed. Mr. J.W. Davis has some characteristic bush scenery, and Mr. Thomas Pringle some fine examples of English cathedral sketches in transfer type process on opal. Mr. F. Harcourt shows a striking cloud study taken at Picton during the Easter storms. Messrs. Bartrop, Keyworth, Laing, Cooke, Daniels, and Pilcher are also contributors to the exhibition, but some of the leading exhibitors of last year, such as Messrs. Hulke, Bothamley, Wardrop, and M'Kay, are unrepresented. We will deal with the "Foreign" exhibits to-morrow.
8th JULY 1895
Page 4 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME XCIV, ISSUE 10700
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the Wellington Camera Club Exhibition, pictures are shown from Auckland, Christchurch, Nelson, Wanganui and the West Coast of the South Island. There is a large increase on last year, and also a general improvement.
8th JULY 1895
Page 1 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2556
9th JULY 1895
Page 1 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2557
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
SECOND ANNUAL EXHIBITION
THE FINE ARTS ACADEMY
Whitmore street.
MUSICAL PROGRAMME TO-NIGHT
Open Daily from 10am till 4pm, and 7pm till 10pm.
Admission 1s.
H.G. SNODGRASS
GEORGE CRICHTON
Hon. Secretaries
9th JULY 1895
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME L, ISSUE L
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
THE "FOREIGN" EXHIBITS
We yesterday noticed the local exhibits at the very attractive show of the Wellington Camera Club. Two-thirds of the wall space is taken up by the exhibits of other clubs. The Auckland Camera Club sends a small collection, in which only four exhibitors are represented, but so admirable is the work shown that it must be given pride of place.
Mr. Walrond last year sent some very artistic work. This year he excels himself. His "Up for Repairs" (10) is the finest sun-picture in the room, a delicate and wholly admirable pictorial study.
Mr. G.E. Boulton has a number of very fine examples, and Mr. M. Trenwith a frame of very clever "snapshots", which was awarded first prize at the Exhibition of the New South Wales Railway Institute, Sydney.
Mr. T.F. Hill shows a number of clever snapshots also. The Westland Camera Club — Hokitika and Grey mouth branches — put in a welcome first appearance, and though the work is of course far from the standard of the Auckland exhibit, it shows promise. In the Hokitika section Mr. James Park is very largely represented — 28 examples. Of these, Mahinapna Creek (28) is the best of a good average collection. This section is especially interesting from the fact that it includes the work of three ladies — Mrs. Kendall, Mrs. Clery, and Mrs. Roberts. They show interesting work, tastefully displayed.
Mr. W.H. Brown sends a number of pictures. The characteristic of the Coast work is the attractive nature of the scenery which is depicted — almost exclusively through the medium of "silver prints", as are the Greymouth exhibits. The Greymouth branch is represented by three exhibitors, Messrs. J.W. Richmond, R.F. Bell, and P.J. Easson. Mr. Riohmond's exhibits are mainly marine plates and enlargements, of which two of the yacht Mahina and one of the Rangitikei, all bromide enlargements, are the best. There is a lack of brilliancy in the coast work.
The contribution of the Nelson Camera Club this year is not equal to that of last year, either in number or quality. It yet contains some fine things, notably "On the Motueka River", by Mr. F.W. Thorpe, — a platinotype print, and "The Swans" (15), Mr. A.J. Glasgow. Nos. 11, 13, and 14 of Mr. Glasgow are good "silver prints". Mr. A.H. Patterson shows many pictures notable for originality in choice of subject — a series of flaxmill pictures contain the best work. Mr. John Glasgow has four "Snap shots" of foreign scenes. The platinotype process appears to be an especial favorite in Nelson.
The exhibit of the Christchurch Philosophical Institute, as a whole, is hardly up to that of last year. Mr. E. Beardsley has some fine "meadow" scenes, of which No. 5 is an especially good example, and has attracted much attention. Mr. L. Jacobsen has some good studies, the best of which is the Christchurch Museum (10).
Mr. Walter Burke, whose studies of "Swagger" life were such a feature of last year's exhibition, send a number of characteristic pictures of the life of the vagrants and the roadside. They are very clever, though they do not keep up to the level of his former works. Mr. Gottfried has a good bromide of the Christchurch Museum gates and their surroundings. Messrs. F. Sinclair, F.S. Malcolm (who evidences originality in choice of subject), and W.C. Large show notable pictures, and Messrs. G. Cunningham, H. Larkin, and H. Clark complete the section, which is notable for the comparative absence of enlargements, and also for the better exhibition of the pictures, which are mostly shown on the "one picture one frame" principle, instead of suffering by being framed in groups.
In the Wanganui section, on the other hand, a large proportion of the pictures are unframed, and suffer in consequence. Mr. A. Elliot is a large exhibitor, showing 19 subjects, which includes some very fine cloud studies and and studies of Shipping — two of the latter (14 and 10) and one of the former (13) making particularly good pictures, but effect is taken from many of them by the use of white, instead of toned mounts. Mr. W.H. Partington is represented by good work on Waugaui river scenery, notably Nos. 8 and 5. Mr. F.F.C. Huddlestone has 18 views in two frames, of which the best is a sea and sky subject, "No. 11" in frame No. 32 Mr. D. Meldrmn shows characteristic hand camera work, and Mr. C.W. Babbage shows 20 subjects, chiefly Wanganui River scenes, but they are not up to exhibition standard. Mr. G.S. Robertson is another exhibitor. There is one large landscape bromide (30) which was not worthy of exhibition. For so young a club, however, Wanganui makes a very creditable show, which we may expect to see improved on annually.
Taking the exhibition as a whole, the quality of the work and the methods of showing it have greatly improved, especially in the Wellington section, and there is a tendency to exhibit only the best. Outside exhibitors like those of Christchurch and Nelson do not appear to have taken the pains to prepare their exhibits which made those sections so notable last year.
10th JULY 1895
Page 1 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2558
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
SECOND ANNUAL EXHIBITION
THE FINE ARTS ACADEMY
Whitmore street.
LIMELIGHT VIEWS TO-NIGHT
Open Daily from 10am till 4pm, and 7pm till 10pm
Admission 1s.
H.G. SNODGRASS
GEORGE CRICHTON
Hon. Secretaries
11th JULY 1895
Page 1 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2559
REDUCTION OF PRICES
SECOND ANNUAL EXHIBITION
of the
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
IS NOW OPEN AT THE
THE FINE ARTS ACADEMY
Whitmore street.
Open Daily from 10am till 4pm, and 7pm till 10pm
Admission SIXPENCE.
H.G. SNODGRASS
GEORGE CRICHTON
Hon. Secretaries
12th JULY 1895
Page 13 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1219
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The second annual exhibition under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club was opened in the Academy of Fine Arts last night week.
The following are the officers of the Club: President, Mr. W. Beswick; vice-Presidents, Messrs G.F. Smith and William C. Stephens; Hon.Secretary and treasurer, Mr. H.G. Snodgrass; committee, Messrs W.F. Barraud, T.M Hardy, E.H. Freeman, F. Denton, E.W. Daniel, and F.B. Muir; exhibition secretaries, Messrs H.G. Snodgrass and George Crichton; musical committee, Messrs F.B. Muir and H.E. Taylor; catalog committee, Messrs W.C. Stephens and George Crichton; hanging committee, Messrs F. Denton, H. Freeman, and F.B. Muir.
Sir Robert Stout, who was introduced by the President (Mr. W. Beswick), opened the exhibition, and in doing so, said he understood that the Club had been only about three years in existence, but he noticed that it had been exceedingly fortunate in its Presidents, at all events. Mr. Hulke, the first President, they all knew as a most enthusiastic scientific man, whose special bent for chemistry would be of great service in dealing with photography. Then they had Mr. Barraud, who came of a family of artists, and who must also have been of immense service to the Club; and now they had Mr. Beswick, whose energy he thought every member of the Club would at once acknowledge. The fact that struck one most forcibly in connection with photography was the enormous advance made in it, not only from a scientific, but also from an artistic point of view. For many years the idea obtained that a photographer could not be an artist, and it was only after many years that, for example, John Ruskin said a photographer might be an artist. That great teacher saw represented in a photograph by an English photographer a scene in actual life, and he said that the placing and the whole outlook of the picture were such as only an artist could have carried out. He ventured to say that in that room there were pictures that were artistic and things of beauty, and he hoped this Club would be joined by many of their young men and women who wanted an outlet for their energy and for their artistic abilities, and he felt sure that if they did so they would go through life more easily and more pleasantly than if they only tried to live the humdrum existence that perhaps most of them had to put up with. He had much pleasure in declaring the exhibition open.
The exhibition was very well attended during the evening by the public. The proceedings were enlivened by the playing of Minifie's band, and a good supply of refreshments was handed round to the visitors.
REVIEW OF THE PICTURES:
The exhibition is in every respect an advance on that of last year, and the manner in which the arrangements have been carried out reflects great credit on the various officials who have been working hard for some time past to ensure its success. This year amateurs from Wanganui and the West Coast of the South Island, who were not represented last year, have sent a quantity of exhibits. Auckland, Nelson and Christchurch exhibits are below the number sent in 1894. Wellington exhibitors have about doubled their contribution, the number of enlargements in proportion to prints has greatly increased, and the work both technically and artistically shows signs of great improvement. The catalog of exhibits also merits a word of praise. The block on the outside is the work of a member of the Club, upon whom it reflects great credit, and some very interesting photo blocks, being reproductions of some of the exhibits, are also capitally done.
The Auckland contribution includes a picture of shipping by Mr. R.B. Walrond, which is generally considered to be the best picture in the exhibition. It is a sepia toned enlargement, on Whatman's drawing paper, salted; from an artistic point of view it is really excellent, and the composition is all that could be desired. There are also some very excellent silver prints, noticeable among which is a frame of quarter-plates by Mr. Trenwith, which won the first prize at the Sydney Railway Institute's competition held recently. Mr. T.F. Hill's silver print "Good-bye" is a very cleverly conceived picture, and the same gentleman is responsible for a very pretty set of quarter-plate yachting scenes. Mr. G.R. Boulton, Hon.Secretary of the Auckland Camera Club, has some nice enlargements of good silver prints, the figure subject, "A Game of Euchre", being very prominent. The same exhibitor's enlargement, "By the Wayside", is also worthy of mention.
The feature of the Wellington exhibits is the number of bromide enlargements. Mr. F.B. Muir's two exhibits — "Lyra" (a sepia-toned bromide) and a "Study from Uncle's Will", the latter being a very fine portrait of Mrs Harry Marshall — are amongst the best. Both are life-size pictures, and are really splendid pieces of work. "Dear Doggie", a study of child and dog, and "Queen of My Hearth" are also prominent amongst Mr. Muir's exhibits. Mr. R.J. Hardie Shaw shows a collection of bromide enlargements, amongst which are some excellent reproductions of pictures of the Government Life Insurance Buildings. There is also an excellent picture of a bust of the late Mr. Henry Blundell. Mr. Shaw also exhibits some very good silver prints, instantaneous effects, illustrating athletic sports and "Reminiscences of the Rifle Association Meeting". Mr. W.F. Barraud shows a good collection of bromide enlargements. His "For London Direct: s.s. Gothic" is one of the best. Amongst Mr. F. Denton's exhibits, which consist largely of enlargements, is "Caught in the Act", an excellent indoor study. He has also some very good silver prints, amongst which the most striking are the "Tuataru at Home" and "Preparing for Lunch". Mr. Denton also shows a picture, "Shearing", in which the operator is cleverly included. Mr. T.M. Hardy has five capital bromide enlargements, and the best of them is "Eventide" — an excellent picture. Eight bromide enlargements are shown by Mr. W.C. Marchant. The best are "Kaiwhara Stream" and a locomotive. Mr. A.D. Stuart exhibits some excellent silver prints, "Early Spring on the Avon" being the most noticeable. Mr. G. Crichton exhibits 15 pictures, the best being "The Hutt River" and "A Stream and Woodland". Mr. Crichton also shows some views of the Manawatu Gorge and Lyell's Bay. Mr. H.E. Taylor is to be warmly commended for his "Cattle Study" and "Getting Under Weigh". His "Study in Drapery" and "The Skirt Dancer" are also good. Mr. A. de B. Brandon shows three prints illustrating convalescents. Mr. A.B. Keyworth's two frames of half-plate views of "In and Around Wellington" also command attention. A nice collection of views illustrating the poem "Forest Hymn" is shown by Mr. T. Pringie. Mr. G.F. Smith has devoted his attention to the wharf and shipping, and has produced some excellent views. Mr. H.G. Snodgrass best effort is "Cosmia", a flower study. Life in Cuba is depicted in some silver prints shown by Mr. F.W. McLean; a specially-toned bromide enlargement of a Cuban planter's house is worthy of mention. Mr. W.C. Stephens exhibits include a very effective enlargement of the corridor of the General Post Office, Sydney. Mr. W.C. Chatfield, for a beginner, is to be complimented on some excellent quarter-plate snapshots of views in and around Island Bay. "Chummie", an enlargement, a fine study of a dog by Mr. D. McNicol, is a capital picture. Mr. E.H. Freeman shows some excellent photographs, the light and posing being particularly striking. Several good matt prints are exhibited by M. L.T. Herbert. A few interesting pictures are shown by Mr. G.W. Barltrop, and Mr. H.W. Laing exhibits views of country scenery. A very good cloud effect at Picton is exhibited by Mr. F. Harcourt. Two or three picnic groups are shown by Mr. T.W. Pilcher junr. Mr. E.W. Daniels showed several pictures of yachts, and Mr. F.A. Vaughan exhibited local views.
In the Hokitika section Mr. James Park, of the Westland Camera Club, is the largest exhibitor with a number of silver prints, which include some rather pretty pictures of Alpine scenery, notably Mount Evans from Cave Camp, Ice Peak (a good photograph of a difficult subject), a pretty effect on Lake Ianthe, and some good pictures of scenery on the Mahinapua River. The silver prints and bromides sent by Mrs Clery include four pretty views of Hokitika Gorge and some other tastefully chosen pieces of local scenery. Mrs Roberts silver prints are of very fair merit. Mr. W.H. Brown sends a number of silver prints, which include a pretty sunlight effect on the Orangipuki Creek, and Mrs Kendall is also an exhibitor of half plate silver prints.
The Greymouth section includes a large collection of views by Mr. J.W. Richmond, among the best of which are two enlargements of the yacht Mahina. Mr. R.F. Bell has a good number of pictures, including an enlargement of the ship Rangitikei at Greymouth, and a nice rural subject entitled "The Dairyman's Coos". Mr. P.J. Easson sends eight 5x4 silver prints, which show a great deal of promise.
In the Nelson Camera Club's section - Mr. A.H. Patterson has a good selection, the pick of which are some bromide enlargements from quarter-plate, illustrating the flax-milling industry, and several other remarkably well executed subjects. Mr. A.J. Glasgow, amongst others, has a frame of four half-plates, two of them being pictures of swans, one a hen and her brood, and the other breaking waves, all of which are excellent. Mr. F.W. Thorp sends several specimens, about the best being a bromide enlargement, "On the Motueka River".
The Christchurch exhibitors are represented chiefly by direct silver prints. Mr. Walter Burke has nine pictures illustrative of the life of the "sundowner". All of them carry out his idea excellently, perhaps the best being "To Cut or Not to Cut". Mr. E. Beardsley has on view a large number of full-plate pictures, all of which are good, both artistically and technically, the best being the pastoral and woodland studies, one of them, "In the Meadows", ranking very high as a picture. Mr. F.S. Malcolm has a couple of nice pictures and a few good silver prints. Mr. L. Jacobsen goes in for woodland scenes, in which he succeeds very well. His collection also includes a fine exterior of the porch of the Christchurch Museum. Mr. Cunningham sends several bromide half-plates, which are very good, and Mr. F.N. Sinclair has a couple of fine studies of a cat. Mr. W.C. Large has a few good photos., including a fine beach scene, and Mr. H. Larkin has a large number of half-plate views, which are also very good. One of the best exhibits in the Christchurch collection is "Museum Gates" by Mr. J. Gottfried, while Mr. J.D. J'Anson's study of "The Old Mill" is also of great artistic merit.
A very good collection of photographs comes from Wanganui, but the exhibits are greatly marred through not being framed. Mr. A. Elliott has 19 pictures, all of which are very good, amongst the best being "Safely Towed In". Mr. Elliott also exhibits some excellent cloud studies, and a few copies which show great technical merit. Mr. W. Brown is a small exhibitor, but sends some very good work; and Mr. W.H. Partington shows a number of excellent bromide enlargements, descriptive of the beautiful scenery up the Wanganui River. Mr. D. Meldrum, a hand camera worker, has a frame of 25 snapshots, which are very good, and also a few creditable nikko enlargements. Mr. C.W. Babbage exhibits 20 whole-plate views of varied subjects.
SIR ROBERT STOUT KCMG
Born 28th September 1844 - Lerwick, Shetland, Scotland, United Kingdom
Died 19 July 1930 (aged 85) - Wellington, New Zealand
13th PREMIER OF NEW ZEALAND
16th August 1884 to 28th August 1884
3rd September 1884 to 8th October 1887
8th AUGUST 1895
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME L, ISSUE 34
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual monthly meeting of the
Wellington Camera Club
has been postponed to Friday, 16th August.
H. SNODGRASS
HON.SECRETARY
16th AUGUST 1895
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2590
AMUSEMENTS, MEETINGS
Dresden Rooms — Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, at 8pm.
16th AUGUST 1895
Page 1 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2590
16th AUGUST 1895
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME L, ISSUE 41
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Annual Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held at the Dresden Piano Rooms, this evening, at 8pm instead of the Art Gallery.
H.G. SNODGRASS
HON.SECRETARY
17th AUGUST 1895
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2591
23rd AUGUST 1895
Page 20 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1225
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held at the Dresden rooms last night.
STATUARY: Mr. Crichton, first; Mr. F. Denton, second.
INTERIORS: Mr. Gifford, first; Mr. Thomas Pringle, second.
Mr. H. Easton Taylor read a paper entitled “Hints from my Note-Book”, which was well received. Two now members were elected.
14th SEPTEMBER 1895
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2615
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held at the Academy of Fine Arts last night, the President in the chair.
The awards in the competition subjects were as follow:
ENLARGEMENTS: Mr. F. Denton, first; Mr. W.C. Marchant, second.
CLOUD STUDIES: Mr. F. Denton, first; Mr. H. Gamble, second.
A report was received of the Nelson exhibition recently held, at which, owing to a misunderstanding as to date, the club was not represented. The Christchurch exhibition takes place on the 18th September, to which the club will send exhibits, which must be left at Messrs Barraud and Sons by noon on Monday next.
The rest of the evening was spent in examining stereoscopic cameras and a number of excellent stereoscopic slides, the work of Mr. A. McKay.
12th OCTOBER 1895
Page 9 - PRESS, VOLUME LII, ISSUE 9235
PHOTOGRAPHY
The monthly meeting of the Photographic Section of the Philosophical Institute was held on Wednesday evening in the hail of the Chamber of Commerce. In the absence of the President Mr. I. Von Gottfried was voted to the chair. Owing to the absence of the judge at the last monthly meeting there were two sets of competitive subjects to be adjudged. One of the features of the evening was the exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club pictures, which were unfortunately received too late for the annual exhibition held last week. Of the thirty or forty frames received it is not possible within this space to notice more than a few.
W.F. Barraud sends a beautiful bromide enlargement entitled "Drifting Out". It Is a picture of a yacht drifting out from its moorings and is very delicate in tone rendering and general appearance. The reflections in the water are especially good. The mounting and framing suit the subject and will be found to be most unobtrusive.
H. Easton Taylor sends an enlargement on Nikko paper of a three-master getting under weigh. The composition of this picture is excellent and judging by the enlargement the negative must be technically perfect.
A small print on gelatin-chloride of Wellington Harbour by G.G. Smith, is of great interest. The harbour is shown full of steamers and sailing vessels, and the water has been very well rendered. Unfortunately the broad white margin between the dark grey mount and the print catches the eye first and detracts from the merits of the photograph.
The "Bush Barber", by Denton, is a very good bromide enlargement, good from the technical point of view and from the pictorial. The poses are natural even down to the little black kitten sitting at the foot of the victim in the hands of the tonsorial artist.
"After the Storm, Picton Harbour", by F. Harcourt, loses much by being too dark. Judging by the glitter on the water the original negative was taken against the sun on a brilliant day, in spite of the clouds and there should have been a better opportunity to give a picture with a better gradation.
A bromide enlargement of Hutt River is well composed as a picture, but the effect is somewhat marred by the figure in the foreground being awkwardly placed.
E.W. Daniels sends an enlargement of seven and a half diameters from a hand-camera shot of the yacht Waitangi. The enlargement is effective at a certain distance, but will not bear close inspection. The plan of placing small print from original negative below enlargement is pretty, and looks much like an artist's proof on an etching.
F. Denton, amongst other things, sends a bromide enlargement of a bouquet of flowers. Bromide enlargements seem very popular with our Wellington cousins, seeing that the majority of pictures sent consist of this favorite form of printing. This picture is one of a vase of wild flowers, which are so arranged as to give an air of abandon. The effect is very pleasing, though, on close examination, it will be found that the colors of the flowers have been poorly translated into the grey of the bromide print. Space forbids the criticism of the other pictures, which were far the most part excellent.
An interesting feature of the evening was the announcement by one of the Secretaries of an annual medal given by Mr. I. Von Gottfried for certain photographic results obtained by the members of the section. Full particulars as to conditions, will be given at the next general meeting. The meeting was brought to a close by a smart passage of arms between two of the members and a vote of thanks to those who assisted in the usual hard work of the unpacking, cataloging and hanging the photographs at the late exhibition.
19th OCTOBER 1895
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2644
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the Fine Arts Academy last evening. About 35 members were present.
The report and balance sheet were read and adopted. They showed that the total assets of the Club are of the value of £53 8s 2d. The retiring President. Mr. W. Beswick, resigned the chair to Mr. A. de B. Brandon, the incoming President, who in a few well-chosen words returned thanks for the honor done him.
ELECTION OF OFFICERS: 1895 - 1896 |
PRESIDENT |
||||||||
| Vice-President: Mr. A. McKay |
Vice-President: Mr. J. McLellan |
Hon.Secretary: Mr. F. Denton |
Treasurer: Mr. T.M. Hardy |
Committee: Mr. G. Crichton |
Committee: Mr. Thomas Pringle |
Committee: Mr. E.H. Freeman |
Committee: Mr. E.W. Daniells |
Committee: Mr. A.B. Keyworth |
Committee: Mr. W.C. Stephens |
A number of alterations were made to the rules, one in particular for the purpose of admitting non-residents in the city at a reduced subscription. One new member, Mr. J.G. Raine, was elected. A hearty vote of thanks was passed to the retiring officers.
19th OCTOBER 1895
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME L, ISSUE 96
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There were 49 members present at the annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, held in the Academy of Fine Arts last evening. The report and balance-sheet showed the club to be in a flourishing state. There is now a membership of 108, and the assets are valued at over £50.
Mr. W. Beswick, in resigning the position of President in favor of Mr. A. de B. Brandon, congratulated the club on the great increase in membership during the year, and urged the desirableness of allowing the judges to take away the photographs in connection with the monthly competitions, so as to be able to make a thorough examination before giving their awards. His opinion was that it was a mistake to expect the judges to be able to properly discharge their duties if they were obliged to make their awards the same evening as the photographs were presented.
Mr. Brandon returned thanks for his election to the Presidency. A suggestion by Mr. G. Crichton that a New Zealand Photographic Association should be established was referred to the committee.
It was decided to allow non-residents of the city to become members at a reduced subscription. A vote of thanks was passed to the retiring officers.
21st OCTOBER 1895
Page 2 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXIX, ISSUE 249
A magic lantern entertainment will be given in the Congregational Church on Tuesday evening under the auspices of the Young People's Guild by Mr. George Barltrop, who is a member of the Wellington Camera Club. The subject will be "Glimpses of the World, or from Nelson to the North Pole", he having been fortunate enough to secure two slides of Arctic scenes. A few comic slides will be shown, and also "The Soldier's Dream". There will be no charge for admission, but a collection will be made.
21st OCTOBER 1895
Page 3 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXIX, ISSUE 249
22nd OCTOBER 1895
Page 2 - COLONIST, VOLUME XXXVIII, ISSUE 8385
CONGREGATIONAL CHURCH YOUNG PEOPLE'S GUILD.
LIMELIGHT ENTERTAINMENT
by
Mr. GEORGE BARLTROP
Member of the
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
TO-NIGHT (Tuesday), at 7.30pm
Admission Free. Collection.
22nd OCTOBER 1895
Page 2 - COLONIST, VOLUME XXXVIII, ISSUE 8385
Page 2 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXIX, ISSUE 250
LIME LIGHT ENTERTAINMENT
A limelight entertainment is announced to be given at the Congregational Church to-night by Mr. George Barltrop, in connection with the Young People's Guild. Mr. Barltrop being a member of the Wellington Camera Club, the entertainment should be very interesting. The subject will be "Glimpses of the World, or from Nelson to the North Pole". Besides two Arctic scenes, a number of comic slides will be shown, and also the "Soldier's Dream". Admission will be free, but a collection will be made.
9th NOVEMBER 1895
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME L, ISSUE 114
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Members and Friends will hold a Picnic on MONDAY, the 11th, at Day's Bay. Steamer leaves Queen's Wharf at 10am.
FRANK DENTON
HON.SECRETARY
21st NOVEMBER 1895
Page 2 - WAIRARAPA DAILY TIMES, VOLUME XVI, ISSUE 5187
CLUBBING A HOBBY
Amateur photographers have multiplied in number and the man with a camera may be seen at every corner, especially where there are tit-bits of scenery. The Wellington Camera Club which was formed a few years ago by a few enthusiastic photographers now has a roll of 108, and is steadily increasing. Next week the Club expects to open its own club-room, where the members may see the recent photographic journals and publications and meet for mutual improvement and the cultivation of the "taking" hobby. During the summer months competitions are held and prizes awarded, and thus the interest of the members is always kept simmering. The judges of the work at the monthly competitions are invariably judged by the competitors, and the awards are fair or otherwise according to the success or failure of the individual who expresses an opinion. To cause an extra attraction a photographic competition was held in connection with the Kennel Club's Show, when dog photos were plentiful. The award of the judges, though accepted as correct, has not pleased some of the competitors, one of whom appears to be particularly displeased with the results. The Camera Club is doing good work, and there is no doubt the club has been instrumental in raising the level of amateur photographers so far as this city is concerned.
28th NOVEMBER 1895
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME L, ISSUE L
29th NOVEMBER 1895
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 2678
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club has made arrangements with the Chess Club for the use of No. 11 Room, Exchange Buildings, where the monthly meetings of the Club will in future be held. The room is open daily to members, who may resort there to read the photographic periodicals which are laid on the table. A small library is to be provided.
30th NOVEMBER 1895
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME L, ISSUE L
2nd DECEMBER 1895
Page 2 - HAWKE'S BAY HERALD, VOLUME XXX, ISSUE 10165
W. BESWICK
Mr. W. Beswick, who has for many years been second clerk in the Accounts Branch of the General Post Office, has been promoted to the position of Senior Money Order Clerk at Napier, for which place he leaves forthwith. Mr. L. Ledger succeeds him in the head office. Mr. Beswiok at one time took an active part in athletics in Wellington as Hon.Secretary of the original Amateur Athletic Club. He is an ex-President of the Wellington Camera Club.
11th DECEMBER 1895
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME L, ISSUE 140
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
MONTHLY MEETING of the Wellington Camera Club, TO-MORROW EVENING, Thursday, No. 11 Room, Exchange Buildings.
8th JANUARY 1896
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LI, ISSUE 6
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
THE Monthly Meeting will be held in the Club's Room, No. 11, Exchange Buildings, on THURSDAY, 9th January, at 8pm.
A full attendance is requested.
FRANK J. DENTON
HON.SECRETARY
10th JANUARY 1896
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVIII, ISSUE 2713
16th JANUARY 1896
Page 35 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1246
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in No. 11, Exchange Buildings, last night, Mr. McLellan, the vice-President, taking the chair.
The result of last month’s competitions was as follows:
THREE VIEWS IN BOTANIC GARDENS: Mr. H. Gamble, 1st; Mr. Marchant, 2nd.
THE BEST PHOTOGRAPH TAKEN AT THE CLUB PICNIC: Mr. Crichton.
The Club is making arrangements to be represented, if possible, at the coming exhibition to be held in Launceston, Tasmania, in March.
The Chairman, in the name of the Club, wished Mr. W.G. Hutchison, who leaves for England next week, bon voyage. The subjects for next month’s competitions are river or creek scenery and yachting.
14th FEBRUARY 1896
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVIII, ISSUE 2743
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LI, ISSUE 38
20th FEBRUARY 1896
Page 33 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1251
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in No. 11 room. Exchange Buildings, last night, 24 members being present. This room is now open every day to members of the Club, and on every Thursday until 10pm.
The winners of last month’s competitions were as follow:
STREET SCENES: Mr. Gifford, 1.
SEASCAPES: Mr. Marchant, 1; Mr. Barltrop, 2.
The next month's subjects are “Home Portraiture” and “Landscape”.
17th MARCH 1896
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LI, ISSUE 65
AN ART PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
It has frequently been said that a photograph is not a picture, and that little of the artistic faculty is necessary in order to take a good photograph. Such statements would not apply to the exhibition of photographs by leading English photographers which will be held at the Wellington Camera Club room, Exchange Buildings, on Wednesday and Thursday evenings. The collection is a loan one, sent through New Zealand for the purpose of showing the latest developments of photographic art in England.
The largest and perhaps most striking of the pictures is by H.P. Robinson, and is entitled "Storm Clearing Off". The light and cloud effects of this study of a bleak moor, in the foreground of which is a flock of sheep, are splendid. Another large study, two girls picking forget-me-nots in a blossom filled garden, is a beautiful specimen of camera work. "A Primrose by the River's Brim", the work of Ralph W. Robinson, is perfectly charming in composition and execution. John H. Gear shows a vigorous and humorous picture entitled "Sermon-time Forty Winks". Two reproductions that give effects as fine as etchings are the work of J.B. Wellington. An "impressionist" picture entitled "Benfleet Ford" is a fine example of the beauty to be found in a common subject. The effect of this picture is delightfully soft. W. and D Downey send several well-known reproductions of art studies. Quaint child studies come from the camera of Hall Edwards, the best of which, entitled "The Mystery of Life", pictures a naked child contemplating a dead bird. J.H. Coath also contributes some humorous poses of children. Charles Job has a fine, excellently wrought out, mezzotype, entitled "Evening". The exhibition includes the best work of many other English photographers, and though small, should certainly be visited by all interested in photography or art. A small admission charge has been made by the Camera Club in order to defray expenses.
14th MAY 1896
Page 28 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1263
WELLINGTON KENNEL CLUB
A meeting of the committee of the Wellington Kennel Club was held on the 7th May.
A letter from the Hon.Secretary of the Wellington Camera Club was read, enclosing rules to be inserted in the conditions for the photo competition to be held in conjunction with the show. The Hon.Secretary was instructed to reply thanking the club for the attention shown to the matter, and state that the rules would be incorporated in the conditions, and to ask them to be good enough to submit the names of half-a-dozen gentlemen for the committee to select three from, who would act as judges in the photo competition.
It was agreed to add another class for the photographers to be called "subject pictures".
12th JUNE 1896
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LII, ISSUE 16
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At last night's meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, 24 members were present, including one lady.
The winners of last month's competitions were:
NATIVE FOLIAGE: Mr. Barltrop 1st and Mr. Harcourt 2nd.
REFLECTIONS: Mr. Harcourt 1st and 2nd.
18th JUNE 1896
Page 13 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1268
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the Exchange Hall on Thursday last, the President, Mr. A. de B. Brandon, in the chair, and there were about twenty members present.
After the routine business the members were asked by the Chairman to inspect some prints which Mr. Travers had brought down. The competition for last month was "Native Foliage", and Mr. Travers, who is one of the judges, considered that the prints entered were very indifferent specimens of our native foliage, and since last meeting took the opportunity of going out with his camera to show that it was quite possible to get within a short distance of Wellington pictures of native foliage superior to those exhibited. And he succeeded. The locality chosen was Belmont, and the two prints he showed were very good. In addition he showed us some prints out of his collection — some forty altogether — and those who did not see these missed a treat. I have seen some good reflections, but none better than one he showed us, "Diamond Lake". One member asked how Mr. Travers succeeded in getting objects quite some four miles distant in focus with those not more than the same number of yards distant from the camera, and he was told that the result was not due to anything on the operator's part, but was the result of the very fine lens he possessed. It is a double meniscus, manufactured by Ross, and I understood Mr. Travers to say that be had had it in use for thirty years. Anyway, the work done by it is of the first water. Mr. Travers also had photos that he had taken while touring in other parts of the colony; among others one of the Pink and White Terraces, and another of the Accommodation House at Otira Gorge, which was recently swept away. The explanations given with each of the prints were very interesting and instructive, and in almost every one there was some point about which he would give his hearers a "tip".
"A great many people have the notion", said Mr. Travers, "that to take a picture of running water you must use a shutter. Now, this is a delusion". And holding up a print of a running stream, he explained that he had given that plateau exposure of four seconds, and the "water feature" could not be found fault with. "The ripple", he said, "on a stream is quite constant, and you can make no mistake if you give a decent exposure". He also showed us three lovely transparencies of the Niagara Falls.
I think that it would be of great benefit to the younger and less experienced members of the Club if Mr. Travers — and other gentlemen who have had such an amount of experience and practice — could be prevailed upon to come down and talk to us for an hour occasionally.
The Club lantern not being available, Mr. Norton kindly placed his lantern at the disposal of the Club, and slides by Messrs Thomas Pringle, Harcourt, and a beautiful set of English slides, lent by Mr. Travers, were shown.
Mr. Gifford also explained the method of using an exposure-meter that he has constructed, but owing to my not being able to reproduce the drawings in this column, I cannot give a description of the ingenious meter.
The next meeting will be held on July 9th, when the subjects for competition are Enlargements, Flowers and Opals, it is also intended, so the Hon.Secretary intimated, to have a lantern exhibition at every meeting, if the members will only bring along their slides to be tested. Now, members, don't be bashful.
18th JUNE 1896
Page 13 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1268
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
NOTES
I congratulate you, Mrs Helyer. You are the first lady member of the Wellington Camera Club, and also the first lady in Wellington, to exhibit the result of your experimenting in the lantern slide branch of photography. And very creditable specimens they were too. Persevere and you labors will be rewarded by the amount of pleasure that your studies will give your friends.
10th JULY 1896
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LII, ISSUE 40
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held last night, 23 members (including three ladies) being present. The club lantern was placed at the disposal of members for an hour, the principal exhibitors being Mrs. Helyer, Messrs. Gifford, Barltrop, Crichton, Vaughan, and Tustin. The winner of the competition for architectural subjects was Mr. Gifford, who took first and second awards. The conditions of the competition in connection with the Kennel Club's Show were read, and valuable prizes are offered.
16th JULY 1896
Page 12 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1272
NOTES
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held on Thursday last, Mr. A. McKay being in the chair. Mr. A.C. Gifford secured first and second awards for Architecture and Mr. Hardy put through lantern slides by Mrs Helyer and Messrs Denton, Crichton, Vaughan, Gifford and Barltrop.
Two months ago Mrs Helyer had the honor of being the first lady to exhibit a lantern slide in the Club. At this meeting Mrs Helyer’s slide was pronounced to be the best, technically, that was shown.
Mrs Mestayer is the first lady member of our Club to enter a print for competition, and a very good specimen it was too, although it could hardly be called an architectural subject. Mrs Mestayer has set the other lady members a good example, and we all hope that the next time she enters she will be more successful.
Mr. Malcolm Ross has been waited on by our Hon.Secretary, and he has promised, if his engagements permit, that he will give us an evening at the Club room. We all look forward to this.
13th AUGUST 1896
Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1276
HAWKE'S BAY CAMERA CLUB
NOTES
The Hawke’s Bay Club is holding an exhibition this month. It is a pity some of their energetic members are not in the Wellington Camera Club.
27th AUGUST 1896
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVIX, ISSUE 2909
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVIX, ISSUE 2909
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LII, ISSUE LII
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LII, ISSUE LII
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A LANTERN Evening, conducted by Mr. W.D. Lyon, will be given TO-NIGHT (August 27th), at 8pm, in the Club Room, No. 11, Exchange Buildings.
Open to members, who may each invite two friends.
FRANK J. DENTON
HON.SECRETARY
28th AUGUST 1896
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LII, ISSUE 82
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
An exhibition of photographic slides was given at the Exchange Buildings last night, under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club. Mr. W.D. Lyon was the exhibitor, and showed a variety of very fine colored slides, which he humorously commented upon. The audience awarded him a hearty vote of thanks.
3rd SEPTEMBER 1896
Page 12 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1279
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
On Thursday evening an exhibition of photographic slides of English manufacture in connection with the Wellington Camera Club was given in the Club-room, Exchange Buildings, by the oxyhydrogen light in a triple lantern of excellent power. The exhibitor was Mr. W.D. Lyon, who explained the advantages which his triple lantern possessed, and showed, by a variety of views some of the most celebrated places in the Old World, beginning with the source of the Thames, and extending to far-distant climes. Some of the coloring was very false, reminding one of Chinese paintings, but it was quite a change from our black and white tones, and the audience appreciated the innovation.
Mr. Lyon is a punster of the first water, and his "descriptive remarks" kept his audience in a very merry mood from start to finish. Here are some specimens: I told a friend I was going to exhibit my lantern at the Camera Club. He replied that I wanted a good club for showing it. I explained that I understood the Camera Club was a good one — a large one in fact. To this be retorted that the bigger the club the better.
11th SEPTEMBER 1896
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LII, ISSUE 94
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held last night. The prizes for the previous month's competitions were awarded as follows:
SHIPPING: W.G. Tustin, 1; F. Harcourt, 2.
CLOUDS: P. Harcourt, 1 and 2.
BEST COPY OF COLORED PICTURE: A.C. Gifford, 1 and 2.
24th SEPTEMBER 1896
Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1282
NOTES
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The pictures sent in for the competition in connection with the dog show for prizes offered by the Wellington Kennel Club numbered fifty-four. There were five sections and the Weekly Press Company, Christchurch, presented a gold medal to the exhibitor scoring most points. This was won by Mr. Harry Gamble. The following are the results:
PHOTO OF DOG OR DOGS (IN SHOW POSITION, FROM A FANCIER’S POINT OF VIEW): H. Gamble, 1, F.J. Denton, 2 and 3.
PHOTO OF DOG OR DOGS (IN ANY POSITION, FROM AN ARTIST’S POINT OF VIEW): H. Gamble, 1; George Crichton, 2; F.J. Denton, 3.
BEST ENLARGEMENT IN CLASS A: H. Gamble, 1; F.J. Denton, 2 and 3.
BEST ENLARGEMENT IN CLASS B: H. Gamble, 1 and 2; F.J. Denton, 3.
SUBJECT PICTURES: W.C. Chatfield, 1,2, and 3.
The judges in the photographic competition were Messrs R.L. Mestayer and F.B. Muir, and both these gentlemen and all the prize-winners are members of the Wellington Camera Club. Now, as there are some competitors who are not members of the club, it would be advisable for the Kennel Club on future occasions to obtain judges outside the club. Both Mr. Mestayer and Mr. Muir are well qualified to do the duty asked of them, but on account of there being an impression in photographic circles outside the Club, that the club is run by a clique, it is a pity that a coincidence like I have pointed out should occur, and unassociated photographers would give general satisfaction.
There is a movement on foot among the Wellington photographers to form an association, the chief object of which will be the regulation of prices. The profession has sunk very low when a photographer has to offer a dozen cabinet photographs for half the usual price, and this is what it has come to in Wellington.
All photographers know that it is impossible to turn out even a second-class photo at such rates. Patrons of these firms will find that in a short time their images will begin to disappear off the paper, and will wonder what is the matter. Cheap and nasty photography!
On dit that one of our Wellington amateurs is about to blossom forth into a “pro”. At the prices mentioned above, it does not seem a very favorable time to start, but he has his scale, and lower it he won’t. There is always room for an artist, and I wish him success, and look forward to seeing something out of the ordinary every-day work, for there is a great lack of originality here. One has only to look through foreign publications for evidence of this.
I am exceedingly glad to be able to say that Mr. George Hutchison’s Photographic Copyright Bill has been passed into law. Pirates, beware! for the penalty has been fixed at £5.
The admirers of the most permanent of all photographic printing processes will be pleased to hear that Messrs Barraud and Son will shortly have a shipment of carbon paper. Carbon printing is based upon the fact that a mixture of gelatin with any alkaline bichromate is rendered insoluble in water by the action of light. By incorporating certain coloring matters consisting of carbon with various other pigments, an image in these colors can be obtained by exposure under a negative. The colors obtainable are warm black, engraving black, standard brown, standard purple, portrait brown, portrait purple, sepia, red chalk and special transparency tissue for lantern slides.
A new collodio-chloride printing-out paper has been introduced in Europe which permits of the single or double transfer of the image from the paper on which the image is obtained to any desired support. It is in all respects similar to the gelatin transfer paper of Liesegang, which already obtains popularity in Germany. Such a paper offers an easy means for the production of lantern slides, transparencies or photographs for decorative purposes.
The August number of the Photographic Times (New York) is to hand. This illustrated monthly magazine, devoted to the art, science and advancement of photography, is as usual profusely illustrated, while its reading matter is up to date and written by the best known authorities on the various subjects. Among others there are articles on “The Progress of Photography, and the Processes of Photo-Mechanical Printing”, “Types of Panoramic Cameras”, “Orthochromatic Photography with Ordinary Plates”, “Finishing Photographs”, “A Shutterless Camera”, the continuation of the articles on “Naturalistic Photography” and “Photographic Maxims”, and Editorial Notes, in fact the variety of subjects is almost unlimited. There is also included another sixteen pages of the “Encyclopedic Dictionary of Photography”, the whole comprising the largest of photographic monthlies.
29th SEPTEMBER 1896
Page 3 - DAILY TELEGRAPH, ISSUE 7875
CAMERA CLUB'S EXHIBITION
The Camera Club's exhibition, in Messrs Hoadley and Co.'s rooms, continues to attract numerous visitors. We continue our criticism of the exhibits:
WELLINGTON:
Mr. Gifford is the largest contributor in this section. On the whole his work is also the most noteworthy of the exhibits received from this club. We certainly prefer this gentleman's studies of "Still Life" and "Architecture" to his portrait studies and groups, which are painfully hard in tone, and in nearly every instance unpleasantly depict self consciousness on the part of the sitter. Much more pleasing are "Play" and "Out", skillful snapshots of cricketing incidents, and Nos 18 and 19, of children fishing in a creek, also snapshots. Mr. Denton's frame of six landscapes (No. 7) is quite spoilt by a most aggressive looking cloud appearing in one of them. His "Figure Subjects" (No. 8) and "Flower Studies" (No. 6) are deserving of notice. In ("Outward Bound") Mr. M'Lean has a pleasing marine study, whilst Mr. Barraud's ("Sailing Out to Win") is technically a good bromide picture of a yacht, but possessing little merit. "Arthur River — Milford Sound", exhibited by Mr. Pearce, is also a good bromide, and deserving of some praise from an artistic point of view. Messrs Hardy and Freeman also exhibit, but their work calls for no spacial mention.
NELSON:
The exhibits sent by this club are both numerous and varied, and in one or two instances reach a high order of merit. To begin with Mr. Brusewitz. This gentleman devotes himself almost exclusively to portraiture. Two excellent studies of male heads (Nos 79 and 80) stand out prominently from the rest of his exhibits, most of the others bearing too close a resemblance to the conventional type of posing to please us, although otherwise exhibiting most careful manipulation. This worker also exhibits three colored photographs (Nos. 22, 23, and 24), admittedly well done, but nevertheless having no claim to be recognized as works of art. Mr. Fell has a large number of exhibits — mostly unframed — covering almost every branch of the photographic art. No. 41 ("Sunrise, Nelson") just falls short of being a charmingly luminous landscape by reason of the straight line of fencing and telegraph wire which cross the foreground of the picture. In No. 89 ("Judge Richmond") and No. 90 ("Sir H.A. Atkinson") we have two powerful portraits but considerably marred, we think, by the unpleasant tone in which they are printed. A Bartolozzi red would, we venture to think, have certainly been an improvement on the uranium toning adopted by the exhibitor. Several landscapes by this same gentleman are good technically, and Nos. 88 and 106, are amusing. Of Mr. Pitt's work we prefer the three studies of the "Schooner Falcon" (Nos. 27, 27a, and 28, 27a being perhaps the best). Mr. Redworth has some good technical work, but hard in tone, and artistically of no interest. The best of Mr. Glasgow's studies of animal life is "Hen and Chicks" (No. 48). The "Frenagraphs" (No. 5.) by Mr. Deck are good as snapshots, and his two platinotype pictures (Nos. 53 and 54) are worthy of notice. Lack of appropriate clouds spoils Mr. Catley's landscapes, as the enameled surface does that of Mr. Gibbs exhibits.
3rd OCTOBER 1896
Page 4 - DAILY TELEGRAPH, ISSUE 7879
THE CAMERA CLUB'S EXHIBITION
THE ENGLISH COLLECTION
The Wellington Camera Club are to be congratulated in having secured for their present exhibition a most interesting collection of pictures by leading Home workers. To those already initiated into the mysteries of the photographic art the collection affords a splendid opportunity for studying the style and methods adopted by recognized masters, and will without doubt be of inestimable service to such in helping them to improve their own work, whilst to the ordinary visitor the pictures shown in this section will come as a revelation as to what can be accomplished by the camera when in the hands of those possessing the requisite technical and artistic knowledge.
Perhaps the most notable picture in the collection is Mr. H.P. Robinson's "Storm Clearing Off". This gentleman, who is regarded as one of the greatest of photographic workers, is in this picture represented at his best. The scene depicted is a wild and bleak English moorland over which has just passed a raging storm of wind and rain. In the foreground is a stretch of water, and beyond a number of sheep who are apparently just moving off after herding together for protection during the storm. The heavy clouds are now separating, and rays of sunshine are stealing over the landscape, dispelling the darkness. The storm-riven clouds and moisture laden atmosphere are rendered in a most masterly way, and the pictorial effect is unsurpassed by any picture in the exhibition.
"Forget-me-nots", "A Merry Tale", and "Carolling" are out-door studies by the same master, pictorially beautiful and full of "atmosphere", whilst "When the day's work is done" and "Dawn and Sunset" are examples of in-door gerre work showing consummate knowledge of the principles governing composition.
Mr. Ralph Robinson has inherited much of the talent of his distinguished father, and in "A Primrose by the River's Brim" he has a most harmonious picture, the group appearing therein being most skilfully posed.
A picture that runs Mr. H.P. Robinson's great work very close in point of popularity is "Evening" by J.B. Wellington — another great name in the photographic world. The picture in question has on several occasions been medaled at Home exhibitions, and the thoughtful composition and masterly chiaro oscuro make it, we think, the most pleasing landscape in the room. "Still Delight" — the companion work to the above — is another example of this master's power in dealing with masses of light and shade.
"Berleet Ford" represents a stretch of dreary desolate sandy beach — about as unpromising a subject for a photograph possible to imagine — yet as rendered by Mr. Horsley Hinton it assumes a beauty of its own which will appeal to most people who will recognize in it one of the artistic successes of the collection.
"Across the Sands" and "A Quiet Nook" by Mr. Lafosse are simple unaffected studies of country life presented in a sepia tone which suits them admirably.
"The Brook", J.H. Avery, is a lovely landscape study, soft in detail, poetical in composition, and exquisite in tone.
"Sunset in the Pool", is a pleasing study of a sunset effect on water, as also is Mr. Job's "Evening", the fleecy clouds in the latter picture being particularly well rendered. "A Country Road" — a snow scene — also by Mr. Job will well repay inspection.
Mr. Lyddell Sawyers four pictures exhibit all the well known characteristics of this justly celebrated worker. The Rembrandtesque effect in "The Boatbuilders" is exceedingly fine, whilst "In the Twilight" we have a love episode most charmingly presented. "Winchester Cathedral" by Mr. Gear is undoubtedly the best architectural work in the exhibition and his picture (No. 163) of the old villager dozing during sermon time is a particularly pleasing one.
Mr. Cadby's "Reflections" is a well conceived figure study, but considerably marred, we think, by the heavy wooden appearance of the model's right leg.
Dr Hall Edwards also exhibits two figure studies (Nos. 193 and 202) undoubtedly clever in technique, but otherwise not particularly attractive.
Mr. Guy Wilkinson's four contributions are, of course, good in composition and sentiment, "Sand Dunes" being perhaps the best.
"Sleepy Hollow" is the most noteworthy of Mr. Gale's work, although it is difficult to make a selection when each picture possesses special merits of its own.
A simple, harmonious little landscape study is Mr. James "Spring's Golden Blossoms", which at a short distance might easily be mistaken for a water color drawing, the same remark applying to Mr. Lintop's "Homestead".
Mr. Lee's work (Nos. 191 and 192) is most praiseworthy, the former, which bears the title "Evening of Life", being a very fine study.
Mr. Welford — the Apostle of the Hand Camera - exhibits four pictures taken with that popular form of camera, good certainly, but not the best examples of his work.
The portraits of children by J.H. Coath are fair examples of studio work, whilst Messrs Downey's figure studies are too well known to call for special comment.
10th OCTOBER 1896
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LII, ISSUE 119
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club is convened for Monday evening next.
13th OCTOBER 1896
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LII, ISSUE 121
15th OCTOBER 1896
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVIX, ISSUE 2951
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. Malcolm Ross will deliver a lantern lecture on "Mountaineering" at a meeting of the Wellington Camera Club on Thursday evening.
13th OCTOBER 1896
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LII, ISSUE 121
15th OCTOBER 1896
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVIX, ISSUE 2951
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
LANTERN EVENING
Mr. MALCOLM ROSS will lecture on “Mountaineering",
Club Room, No. 11, Exchange Buildings,
THIS EVENING (Thursday), 16th October 1896, at 8pm.
Members may invite friends.
BUCKLEY JOYCE
HON.SECRETARY
22nd OCTOBER 1896
Page 13 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1286
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The fourth annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the Club room, Exchange Buildings, on Monday, October 12th, Mr. A. de B. Brandon in chair. There were about thirty members present.
The report and balance-sheet were read and adopted.
The report stated that there had been twelve ordinary meetings, four lantern evenings and there had been an average attendance of twenty-two. During the year eleven members had been struck off in accordance with Rule 4, seven had resigned, and twenty-five new members had been elected. There are now 110 active and seven honorary members.
There were twelve contact prints and twelve enlargements sent to the Melbourne and afterwards to the Launceston Exhibitions. At the Launceston Exhibition the Club was awarded second prize. Messrs F.J. Denton and A.C. Gifford were also successful in obtaining prizes.
Twenty frames and also some slides were sent to the Hawke's Bay Club Exhibition which has just been held.
The English Portfolio was also on exhibition at the Club room for a week and was inspected by a good number of members and friends.
In the monthly competitions the committee complain that the number of entries were very small, and in some cases there were no entries at all. The competitions were really confined to two or three members. During the year there had been developing competitions and also lantern slide competitions, the medal offered in this branch for the best set of three slides being won by Mr. G.W. Barltrop. In the print competition the silver medal was won by Mr. A.C. Gifford, who came first with 230 points; Mr. F. Harcourt obtained second place with 201 points and also wins a medal.
In the competition "Architecture", Mrs Mestayer was highly commended. The committee also regretted that the question-box, which should prove of great value to young members, had fallen into disuse.
The Club's Bulletin had been made a leading feature of the year. It was issued monthly, and gave members information about the doings of the Club, competitions, etc., and was greatly appreciated.
The income for the year was £62 0s 4d and the expenditure £48 7s 7d. There is a balance in hand at present of £l3 12s 9d.
ELECTION OF OFFICERS: 1895 - 1896 |
PRESIDENT |
||||||||
| Vice-President: Mr. A. McKay |
Vice-President: Mr. J. McLellan |
Hon.Secretary: Mr. B. Joyce |
Treasurer: Mr. T.M. Hardy |
Committee: Mr. G.W. Barltrop |
Committee: Mr. F.J. Denton |
Committee: Mr. A.C. Gifford |
Committee: Mr. F.B. Muir |
Committee: Mr. E.H. Freeman |
Committee: Mr. William C. Stephens |
The President, in thanking members for the honor they had conferred upon him in re-electing him, said he regretted that the past year had been slow; but that in a club formed for a special purpose, such as this one, there must needs be times of interest and periods during which members had attacks of the "slows", the waves of interest were large at one time and very small at other times. During his term it had been a succession of small waves, but he hoped that during the incoming year there would be larger ones. Another thing he noticed with regret was the absence of original communications to the Club. During the year the only member who favored the Club in this way was Mr. A.C. Gifford, who exhibited an exposure meter which he had worked out for use in the Southern Hemisphere. He knew he was asking a good deal when he asked for these communications, but he did not think he was asking too much.
There was considerable discussion over the question as to whether those members who had failed to pay their subscription should have their names published in the Bulletin. During the discussion the Hon.Secretary said he would like to explain that each member had been asked personally six times before his name had been removed from the syllabus and then published. A motion "That it be an instruction to the committee to discontinue publishing defaulters names in the Bulletin", was negatived by a large majority.
As the Club room is used so little by the members the committee were recommended to consider the advisability of continuing to rent the same.
The Hon.Secretary was instructed to convey the thanks of the Club to the judges, Messrs W.T.L. Travers, W.C. Stephens and F.B. Muir, for the valuable assistance they had given to the Club during the year. The committee were also recommended to suitably acknowledge the services rendered to the Club by the Hon.Secretary, Mr. Frank J. Denton, to whom belongs the credit of the very satisfactory financial position of the Club.
On Thursday, October 16th, Mr. Malcolm Ross, the well-known journalist and Alpine climber, entertained the members of the Club and their friends, to the number of about sixty, by showing, by the aid of the Club's fine lantern, some of the views he had taken on his different trips. The majority of the slides were made by Mr. Ross, and are the finest I have seen for a long time. He showed some sixty altogether, giving us views of Lake Wakatipu, Queenstown, Mount Hart, Mount Balloon, the McKinnon Pass, the lovely lakes Te Anau and Manapouri, the Bowen Falls, Lake Wanaka. Then he took us up to the Hermitage at Mount Cook, giving us an idea of the dreary two days coaching en route, and then treated us to some fine views of the Tasman Glacier and other views in the neighborhood of Mount Cook, giving his audience some idea of what a mountaineer has to go through in his travels. Mr. Malcolm Ross was one of the party who were the first to "top" Mount Cook some little time back. After having apologized for keeping us so long (an hour and three quarters) Mr. Ross said that he might at some future time give us another evening, when, he will have a much larger attendance I am sure.
22nd OCTOBER 1896
Page 13 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1286
NOTES
The Wellington Camera Club is to be congratulated on the very satisfactory report of the year's work. Out of the 110 members on the roll only 14 are in arrears. Mr. Frank Denton is undoubtedly the best Hon.Secretary that the Club has had, and I am sorry that his health would not permit him to again accept office, and the meeting did well in electing him a member of the committee. The duties of a Hon.Secretary of a club like this are at any time arduous, and taking office when the Club was, really in a bad way, Mr. Denton has worked harder than his strength would allow, but it must be very gratifying to him to know that his labors have been attended with such success.
I am glad that members took the stand they did about the "black list". Any person who enjoys the privileges of the Club, who takes all he can get, and is then mean enough to refuse to pay his sub. ought to be posted.
There was considerable discussion over the amateur status. The Dunedin Society, which is strictly amateur (?), refused to send any work along to our last exhibition because they would not show with "pros". As one of the "pros", at Monday night's meeting pointed out, the Dunedin Club is defeating the very object it is aiming at. Where "pros", are admitted to membership in a club, their presence has a restraining influence on the amateur selling his work for very shame's sake, if not for anything else. I, for one, would have to leave the Wellington Camera Club if this amateur bunkum is introduced. We are not all millionaires, and, therefore, if we take a group, say, of a picnic party at which we are present, cannot afford to give away twenty or thirty prints. We should not attempt to get behind the definition that a professional is one "who engages in any business or calling for subsistence".
It is a great pity that after the committee taking the trouble to arrange for Mr. Malcolm Ross lecture more members did not roll up. There were not more than a dozen present, although the friends came in good force. At all events they missed a treat. There were some beautiful cloud studies, which alone were worth going to see, although they had been colored falsely, and it is to be hoped that on the occasion of Mr. Ross next evening members will come and see what can be done in this interesting branch of photography, and go and do likewise.
There was a cry for "new blood" on the committee, with the result that four new men were put on.
22nd OCTOBER 1896
Page 13 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1286
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The fourth annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the Club room, Exchange Buildings, on Monday, October 12th, Mr. A. de B. Brandon in chair. There were about thirty members present. The report and balance-sheet were read and adopted.
The report stated that there had been twelve ordinary meetings, four lantern evenings and there had been an average attendance of twenty-two. During the year eleven members had been struck off in accordance with Rule 4, seven had resigned, and twenty-five new members had been elected. There are now 110 active and seven honorary members.
There were twelve contact prints and twelve enlargements sent to the Melbourne and afterwards to the Launceston Exhibitions. At the Launceston Exhibition the Club was awarded second prize. Messrs Frank J. Denton and A.C. Gifford were also successful in obtaining prizes.
Twenty frames and also some slides were sent to the Hawke's Bay Club's Exhibition which has just been held.
The English Portfolio was also on exhibition at the Club room for a week and was inspected by a good number of members and friends.
In the monthly competitions the committee complain that the number of entries were very small, and in some cases there were no entries at all. The competitions were really confined to two or three members. During the year there had been developing competitions and also lantern slide competitions, the medal offered in this branch for the best set of three slides being won by Mr. G.W. Barltrop.
In the print competition the silver medal was won by Mr. A.C. Gifford, who came first with 230 points; Mr. F. Harcourt obtained second place with 201 points and also wins a medal.
In the competition "Architecture", Mrs Mestayer was highly commended.
The committee also regretted that the question-box, which should prove of great value to young members, had fallen into disuse.
The Club's Bulletin had been made a leading feature of the year. It was issued monthly, and gave members information about the doings of the Club, competitions, and was greatly appreciated.
The income for the year was £62 0s 4d and the expenditure £48 7s 7d. There is a balance in hand at present of £l3 12s 9d.
The following office-bearers were elected for the ensuing year: President, Mr. A. de B. Brandon (re-elected); vice-Presidents, Messrs J. McLellan and A. McKay (re-elected); treasurer, Mr. T.M. Hardy (re-elected); Hon.Secretary, Mr. B. Joyce; committee, Messrs G.W. Barltrop, Frank J. Denton, A.C. Gifford, W.C. Stephens, F.B. Muir and E.H. Freeman.
The President, in thanking members for the honor they had conferred upon him in re-electing him, said he regretted that the past year had been slow; but that in a club formed for a special purpose, such as this one, there must needs be times of interest and periods during which members had attacks of the "slows", the waves of interest were large at one time and very small at other times. During his term it had been a succession of small waves, but he hoped that during the incoming year there would be larger ones. Another thing he noticed with regret was the absence of original communications to the Club. During the year the only member who favored the Club in this way was Mr. A.C. Gifford, who exhibited an exposure-meter which he had worked out for use in the Southern Hemisphere. He knew he was asking a good deal when he asked for these communications, but he did not think he was asking too much.
There was considerable discussion over the question as to whether those members who had failed to pay their subscription should have their names published in the Bulletin. During the discussion the Hon.Secretary said he would like to explain that each member had been asked personally six times before his name had been removed from the syllabus and then published. A motion "That it be an instruction to the committee to discontinue publishing defaulters names in the Bulletin", was negatived by a large majority.
As the Club room is used so little by the members the committee were recommended to consider the advisability of continuing to rent the same.
The Hon.Secretary was instructed to convey the thanks of the Club to the judges, Messrs W.T.L. Travers, W.C. Stephens and F.B. Muir, for the valuable assistance they had given to the Club during the year. The committee were also recommended to suitably acknowledge the services rendered to the Club by the Hon.Secretary, Mr. Frank J. Denton, to whom belongs the credit of the very satisfactory financial position of the Club.
On Thursday, October 16th, Mr. Malcolm Ross, the well-known journalist and Alpine climber, entertained the members of the Club and their friends, to the number of about sixty, by showing, by the aid of the Club's fine lantern, some of the views he had taken on his different trips. The majority of the slides were made by Mr. Ross, and are the finest I have seen for a long time. He showed some sixty altogether, giving us views of Lake Wakatipu, Queenstown, Mount Hart, Mount Balloon, the McKinnon Pass, the lovely lakes Te Anau and Manapouri, the Bowen Falls, lake Wanaka. Then he took us up to the Hermitage at Mount Cook, giving us an idea of the dreary two days coaching en route, and then treated us to some fine views of the Tasman Glacier and other views in the neighborhood of Mount Cook, giving his audience some idea of what a mountaineer has to go through in his travels. Mr. Malcolm Ross was one of the party who were the first to "top" Mount Cook some little time back. After having apologized for keeping us so long (an hour and three quarters) Mr. Ross said that he might at some future time give us another evening, when, he will have a much larger attendance I am sure.
5th NOVEMBER 1896
Page 12 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1288
THE CAMERA COLUMN
[by Snapshot]
I have to thank the committee of the Wellington Camera Club for a copy of their syllabus for 1896-97. I notice that the competition rules have been considerably altered, and there are fewer subjects for competition as compared with last year. I wish them a successful year.
The Southland Camera Club syllabus is also to hand. There should be some very interesting competitions among this club’s members, as they have a splendid variety of subjects to choose from.
I hear that it is the intention of the Wellington Camera Club to hold an exhibition this year. It will not be held in June as formerly, but in January, as it is thought desirable to get the benefit of the large number of visitors that will be in Wellington at that time for the Industrial Exhibition.
12th NOVEMBER 1896
Page 12 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1289
NOTES
Judging by results it would seem that Wellington is in the possession of the best amateur photographers in the Colony, if not in Australasia. At the Launceston and Melbourne Exhibitions this year the Wellington Camera Club exhibit won the first prize, and individual members were also well in evidence when the prizes were allotted. Now Mr. Frank J. Denton has won two first prizes and one second at the Auckland Kennel Club's show, and in the last issue of the Triad Mr. F. Harcourt's landscape, "The Tiny Wayfarer", is reproduced, being the prize picture in the competition recently promoted by the proprietors of that journal.
The competition for the prizes, to the amount of ten guineas, offered by the Otago Witness for the best landscape and modern figure study closes on the 19th of this month. I will not be surprised to hear that these prizes have also been annexed by Wellington shootists, as some of these individuals have been laying themselves specially out for them, and I have seen some fine productions which it will be hard to beat.
The Port Nicholson Yacht Club had a splendid day on Saturday for the opening of the season; the camera man also had an afternoon out. I noticed Messrs Thomas Pringle, Keyworth, Denton and Crichton among others on the Railway wharf, with stand cameras, also a good number of hand camera workers. There were some really excellent shots to be obtained, and I hope all my fellow enthusiasts obtained good results.
At the monthly meeting of the Camera Club to-night; one of the judges, Mr. William C. Stephens, is to give an address on "Photography Work".
19th NOVEMBER 1896
Page 12 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1290
THE CAMERA COLUMN
[By Snapshot.]
NOTES
The attendance at the monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was not as large as one would expect considering the subject and the gentleman who was going to speak on it. Mr. Stephens said in commencing that he had intended his remarks more for the tyro, than for the advanced student, and showed us how to adapt our cameras for the purpose of enlarging and also lantern slide making; and those present were given the benefit of the experience of some years.
It is surprising how some people will rather pay £5 for material for wasting - for although it is called experimenting by some, it is nothing else but waste — than condescend to ask a friend or buy a shilling manual. Mr. Stephens told us of a young lady that he met who was in great trouble. She could not get any good results because her developer was wrong! He went with her to her dark room and tested the developer and found it to be O.K. Looking at the negatives he found that they had been very much over-exposed. “What exposure did you give?”, “Ten seconds”. What stop did you use?”. And his young friend asked in astonishment “Doesn’t it stop when you put the cap on?”.
There are a good many people like this young lady — ignorant of the very rudiments of photography. They blame the developer, the plates, the lens, the camera, everything, in fact, but themselves, until they confess their ignorance and seek the advice of a friend.
After Mr. Stephens had finished his talk the rest of the time was spent in conversation about various matters. This is the form of meeting that I am particularly partial to, for it is through conversation with those who have studied theory, and are acquainted with fact, that the beginner can profit most. Now for one or two illustrations.
One gentleman, who makes the majority of his lantern slides by reduction, on being asked what exposure he gave, quite astonished his questioner by saying 15 to 20 seconds, using daylight. I well remember my first experience in making lantern slides. “About eight to ten seconds, a foot away from a fishtail burner, with a negative of ordinary density”, was the instruction, and — well it’s not necessary to give the results.
Another gentleman advocated the use of a standard developer, that is a developer in which the bromide, the pyro, etc., were always in the same proportions, with the use of an eichronometer. He said that this was the only way in which uniformity of negatives could be obtained. The law laid down is that the time which elapses between the pouring on of the developer and the first appearance of the high lights if multiplied by a certain number gives the worker the exact time when development is complete. For instance: When using pyro and soda to convert the water into a developing agent, if the high lights appear in two minutes the development is complete in six. As ammonia loses its strength very considerably this method cannot be applied to it.
This gentleman also stated that he never on any account altered the proportions of the ingredients of his developer — whether pyro, metol or hydrokinone — although for snapshots and underexposed plates he diluted it with water — and finished up by saying that he was willing to show his negatives with anyone. And this all comes from a man who is no novice!
At a recent garden party held in South London the whole lawn, on which some five hundred people were dancing, was illuminated by acetylene gas, the arrangements being made by the manufacturers of the Incanto Gas Generators. The American insurance companies unanimously refuse to take risks on buildings that are lighted with acetylene. No doubt they will soon get over this prejudice.
The Port Nicholson Yacht Club were so well satisfied with the result of the art union which they held in connection with the photographic competition in the early part of this year that they have decided to offer £2O for prizes for yachting pictures taken during the present season. Messrs A. de B. Brandon, A.D. Riley and Chapman, who gave such satisfaction as judges last year, have been asked to again take that position.
31st DECEMBER 1896
Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1296
THE CAMERA COLUMN
WATKINS ACTINOMETER
The camera is in position, the view focused according to taste, the dark slide in position, and its shutter withdrawn, the bulb of the pneumatic release in the hand and to the question. “How long should I expose ?” there is no reply, no data upon which to form one, and only blank ignorance of the conditions to be observed and the rules which should guide the hand in making the exposure, and so it is just chance work. Off goes the cap for so long, just at haphazard, and with an eager hope that all may be well, though there are great misgivings as to whether the time has been long enough or too long, and no feeling of security or certainty at all.
Knowing all this the committee of the Wellington Camera Club asked one of its members, Mr. H. Easton Taylor, to give an address on "The Actinometer as a Guide to Exposure”, and at the December meeting of the Club, which was held in the Club room, there was a fair attendance of members to hear Mr. Taylor.
Mr. Taylor, in starting, said that the actinometer was condemned because it was said that it made exposure mechanical, but he thought it was just as unreasonable to condemn the theodolite, which the surveyor used for the purpose of getting his angles, as to condemn the actinometer as a means to get correct exposure and therefore good negatives.
The actinometer used by Mr. Taylor is that patented by Watkins, and consists of a brass cylinder with movable pointers and scales. At one end is an actinometer of bromide of silver paper, which is exposed to the light which falls upon the subject, whilst the other end of the cylinder is unfastened and set swinging, each swing beating half-seconds. One of the pointers is set to the number of seconds, and the other pointers are set to the various factors of plate number, subject number, and the diaphragm, when the last pointer will indicate the exposure required.
The five factors which Mr. Taylor dealt with were Light, Plate, Subject, Diaphragm and Distance.
Each of these factors is liable to considerable variation, quite independently of the other factors; these variations being sometimes within and sometimes outside the control of the photographer. In most cases (not always in the ease of distance) any change in one of the factors requires a corresponding change in the exposure.
For instance, let a small object — say a terra-cotta bust — be placed at the end of a long board, and the camera at the other end, and several exposures made without alteration in the plate, subject (the bust), diaphragm, or distance, but let the first exposure be in sunlight, the second with the whole carried into the shade, the third in a room near the window, the fourth in a room at some distance from a window. Experience teaches that the exposure must increase in exact proportion as the light under these different circumstances decreases. In this case the factor of light would vary, but the other factors would remain unaltered.
But let a white plaster bust be substituted for the terra-cotta one, and experience teaches that one-eighth of the exposure will be sufficient. In this case the factor of subject would vary.
And so with the different diaphragms, a smaller the stop the longer the exposure. In the same way the different brands of plates will necessitate exposures in exact proportion to the sensitiveness.
It will now be seen how the different factors (or conditions) act entirely independently of each other, and therefore the only correct method of considering an exposure is to treat each factor as an independent influence.
Light varies in chemical or actinic power, and this is the quality which concerns a photographer, not merely its brightness to the eye, with every hour of the day and every month of the year; in addition to this the atmospheric conditions alter its value. For instance, in Wellington the light is of much more actinic power when it is blowing from the south than when there is a northerly wind. Then the volume of light reaching the subject varies very much, perhaps a large part of it is cut off by overhanging trees or adjacent buildings; or the subject is in a room and only a small proportion of the outdoor light reaches it by means of a window, and hence the distance from the window makes an enormous difference in the intensity of the light.
It is the estimation of subject value that the artistic skill of the photographer comes in; light, plate and diaphragm can be treated mechanically, the subject can not. Great care must be taken not to mix up the question of darkness in lighting and darkness in the color or tone of the object itself. A dark object brilliantly lighted may reflect an equal amount of light as a light object badly lighted, but in order to get accurate results the two factors must be kept distinct in the mind. Most exposure tables and several exposure meters have made a terrible muddle on this point.
This little instrument of Watkins can also be used for classifying negatives for lantern slide making and enlarging. The light falling on the negative is tested, and also the time required to obtain a good print on printing-out paper is noted, and these two factors, with the aid of the actinometer, give the exposure required to get a perfectly exposed enlargement.
In taking interiors, too this meter is extremely useful. By its aid you can determine what diaphragm is to be used and having got that, when the bromide of silver paper in the meter on exposure to the light reaches the required tint, you can close your camera up knowing that you have got a perfectly exposed negative.
These and a lot of other things Mr. Taylor told us, and we went away feeling that we had spent a very profitable evening.
14th JANUARY 1897
Page 10 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1298
18th JANUARY 1897
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVX, ISSUE 3030
CAMERA COLUMN
[by Snapshot]
The first place in the Wellington Camera Club December competition, "View in Port Nicholson Harbour", was taken by Mr. F. Harcourt, while Mrs Mestayer was successful in getting second. There were six entries. The competition for this month is "Christmas Cards", and the committee are expecting large entries.
28th JANUARY 1897
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVX, ISSUE 3039
28th JANUARY 1897
Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1300
CAMERA NOTES
[by Snapshot]
The monthly meeting of the Hawke's Bay Camera Club was held on the 10th January. I am glad that the Wellington Camera Club is not the only one that has lazy members, for I thought we were unique in this respect. It is a great pity that out of a membership of 120 there is only an average of about fifteen who feel sufficiently interested to attend.
This is also the position of the Hawke's Bay Camera Club; and the Hon.Secretary waxes eloquent on the situation: “This prompts the query, Where all our town members? The meetings are held for the purpose of exchanging ideas and showing our work; and naturally the greater the number that attend the more varied are the subjects referred to, and it is seldom that something cannot he learned from an inspection of other members work, especially just now, when we have a fixed program for the year. I hope to see a better attendance next month, when, besides the syllabus subjects, members will take part in a “toning” demonstration, superintended by Mr. Green. Bring any negative from which you cannot get a satisfactory print and also an untoned print”.
Members of the Wellington Camera Club, read the above “par”, and apply it to yourselves. The Dunedin Photographic Society hold an exhibition next month. It is a great pity that the poor deluded committee of this club hold such out-of-date ideas re professionalism, thereby barring from exhibiting at their exhibition some of New Zealand’s best amateurs.
For the January competition of the Wellington Camera Club “Christmas Cards” — only one entry was received ! Wake up, members !
4th FEBRUARY 1897
Page 17 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1301
10th FEBRUARY 1897
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVX, ISSUE 3050
CAMERA NOTES
[by Snapshot]
I hear that the Wellington Camera Club are to have an exhibition this year. The committee and members are evidently awakening from their biennial slumber, and not a bit too soon. It was a positive disgrace to the management of the Club that with a membership of a hundred they could not get together sufficient pictures to hold an exhibition last year. We have the Nelson and Hawkes Bay Clubs with a membership only half as strong as our own, holding successful exhibitions, and here are we - but it is just like the Wellington Camera Club nearly always troubled with the “slows". Ain’t it sickening!
In connection with this exhibition, the Club is going to issue an illustrated catalog; an experiment which met with great favor at the 1885 exhibition. The only thing wrong with the otherwise very tastefully got-up catalog was the wretched reproductions which it contained.
It is the intention of the committee, I believe, to include in the 1897 catalog reproductions of the best exhibits. It is also proposed to classify exhibits and award prizes to the best. These prizes are to take the form of medals. The ubiquitous art union is also to be in evidence.
A suggestion to the committee: Instead of the inevitable "bike", a useless thing to a camera man — let us have a really first class camera as one of the prizes. The art is nothing to be ashamed of.
At the last exhibition there were 230 frames entered from Wellington from about thirty exhibitors out of a membership at that time of ninety eight. Wanganui sent 56 frames, Auckland, 26; Christchurch, 71; Hokitika, 64; Greymouth, 24; and Nelson, 36; or in all 487 frames. We hope to have still larger entries this year, the committee having decided to communicate with the Launceston and Melbourne societies with the object of getting them to send over some specimens of their work. I hope they will be successful in their attempt. Meanwhile members will have plenty to occupy their spare time in securing negatives, making enlargements, lantern-slides, so as to be able to provide a really first-class show in June. So mote it be!
18th FEBRUARY 1897
Page 17 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1303
23rd FEBRUARY 1897
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVX, ISSUE 3061
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
I was agreeably surprised on reaching the Club room last Thursday evening, on the occasion of the regular monthly meeting, to find such a good attendance — four ladies and fourteen gentlemen. Taking into consideration that the weather was much more disagreeable last Thursday than it was on the night arranged for the January meeting when there was an attendance of two — one might naturally conclude that the members are really waking up, and intend to make the Club a real live thing, and not an institution of whose existence very few — outside a certain photographic circle — are aware.
It was announced in the Bulletin “That some prints would be exhibited and afterwards discussed”, a very vague intimation for which I blamed the carelessness of the Hon.Secretary in not being more explicit, but I apologize to that individual. I ascertained afterwards that it was the modesty of the exhibitor that denied the members fuller information.
The committee had arranged for Mr. Frank J. Denton to give the members an opportunity of opening up a very interesting discussion on the merits of his work; but — shall I say unfortunately — members did not rise to the occasion; thus a splendid opportunity of gaining valuable hints on picture - making from one who is competent to talk thereon, was lost. In the course of his remarks Mr. Denton said: “When the committee asked me to bring down a few prints and hold a discussion on them, I, of course, objected, but the objection was over-ruled. However, my objections were mild then to what they have grown to since I have looked into the subject. To make matters even worse I spent yesterday afternoon examining a copy of “Photograms of 1896”, after which I was thoroughly convinced that “My Failures and How I Accomplished Them”, was about the only thing I could find to talk about. However, we often get very valuable lessons from failures, so I hope my efforts will not be wholly useless. I have decided therefore to place a few prints before you and am anxious to answer any query, to the best of my ability, than anyone may like to put to me, and also to listen to any adverse criticism that will in the future prevent me falling into the same errors.
Sometimes I have been told by amateur photographers who evidently think that all they have to do is to buy a camera, press the button, to become expert in the production of a decent print, that they wish they could turn out work like I do — that they would be quite satisfied if they could — which shows that their ambition does not soar very high. As far as I am personally concerned, I find I grow more dissatisfied and harder to please the more experience I gain. For instance, there are one or two views in my books which, when I took them, I was rather proud of, and consequently often stole a peep at them when I was alone; but familiarity has evidently bred contempt, and gradually I have found this and that fault in them, and resolved to try and turn out better work next time. Of course, we are all no doubt anxious to produce photographs which may be classed under the heading of pictures, but nevertheless I must say that I have derived very much pleasure in taking my camera with half a dozen plates out for the day view-hunting only, seeking out the best point of view so that the subject composes as well as possible, and the light and shade shows to best advantage. All this assists one when you set to work seriously to produce a picture.
On Anniversary Day a friend and I took the train to Upper Hutt, and I do not remember spending a more pleasant day before. The result was that we succeeded in capturing some very pretty scenery that when we are able to do a little double printing may perhaps be utilized in making a picture. Probably we should have got more lasting good had we spent the time over one really good subject, and brought a picturesque photograph home with us, but our temporal enjoyment was complete as it was. The books I have placed before you on the table contain a curious mixture: from the first shot I took to almost the last. In the first book, if any one cares to open the covers, will he found almost every fault that the amateur is heir to. You will notice some blank spaces in some of the books (even among those in the first book), which shows that even mounting one’s prints in an album does not protect them from the marauding friend.
4th MARCH 1897
Page 18 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1305
10th MARCH 1897
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVX, ISSUE 3073
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the next monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club the evening will, I am informed, be devoted to carbon printing. Some of the members have recently been devoting some attention to this beautiful process, and they are going to let us see the results of their studies. It would be a good plan if some of these workers could bring down two or three undeveloped prints and give us a practical illustration of transfer and development. I think it would be appreciated by the majority of the members.
5th MARCH 1897
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVX, ISSUE 3069
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIII, ISSUE 54
6th MARCH 1897
Page 2 - WANGANUI HERALD, VOLUME XXXI, ISSUE 9091
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At a meeting of the Wellington Camera Club last night, it was decided to hold an exhibition in August, and to allot £25 in prizes. The exhibition will be open to competitors from all the Australasian colonies.
25th MARCH 1897
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVX, ISSUE 3086
Page 32 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1308
CAMERA NOTES
[by Snapshot]
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The last monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was devoted to a practical illustration of carbon work. In looking at a good carbon print we simply drink of its beauty as we would of nature itself, and the mind naturally turns to wondering why we do not see more results of this beautiful process, particularly when we read so much of its easy manipulation. A carbon print is absolutely permanent, and while it does not give all the colors of nature, it will give, in many instances, the general appearances of nature. For instance, we have a pretty seascape, with here and there a white sail. A carbon print in sea-green would be almost the same as if it were made in natural colors. The same may be said of a pretty landscape if a proper green is selected, and this is not all, but the amount of detail to be shown is greater than that which is to be had by any other printing process. An article of clothing will look like clothing, and show every fibre. When there is any foliage, or perhaps a greensward, it will show every blade of grass, and where there is a stretch of water it will show every wave and ripple, from the very high-lights to the deep shadows (providing, of course, that the negative has the necessary detail), all of which cannot be said of other printing processes. If it has all of these virtues, the question comes, why is it not practiced more among professionals and amateurs alike? For my part I am afraid the professional man in business does not take it up because he cannot get the same quantity as with other processes. I have not yet seen in a professional photographer’s establishment in New Zealand a carbon print. And as for the amateur, well, I don’t know what is the matter with him, but I judge it is partly because of the danger of bichromate-poisoning, and partly because he cannot see the image when printing, so as to know just how long to expose to the light. For the life of me I cannot understand how our colonial amateurs are such slavish supporters of a fourth or fifth-rate process like the P.O.P.
Taking all these things into consideration, I was pleased to see such a number of members attending the meeting to witness the demonstrations given by Mr. T.M. Hardy and Mr. Thomas Pringle. These gentlemen have the satisfaction of knowing that they provided the most entertaining evening we have had at the Club for some time; and we all have to thank Mr. Hardy especially for the suggestion, the result of which was enjoyed by all. Mr. Pringle read a short paper, from which I reprint a few notes which will give the reader an idea of how to set to work:
“Requirements for single transfer process: Some tissue and final supports. Tissue costs, retail, about 1s 6d a doz. sheets, half-plate; paper final supports, 6d doz, but ground opal may also be used as a final support. Three of the usual photographic developing dishes, or any household dishes 1 1/2 or 2 inches deep of suitable size are also required. The tissue cannot be imported ready sensitized so the amateur must make a bath of bichromate of potash 1oz, water 25oz, 880 ammonia 1 dram, Filter and then immerse. Text books vary time of immersion from 30 seconds to 3 minutes. In practice it will be found correct if the tissue is left in the bath till quite limp. This takes usually 1 to 1 1/2 minutes. Gently squeegee off any surplus solution, and hang up to dry in a warm, dry room. The tissue in not sensitive when wet, but becomes so as it dries, so that the drying must be carried on in non-actinic light.
The tissue may now be used at any time, but is in best condition three or four days after sensitizing, and will keep with care for two, or three weeks.
The negative selected must have an opaque band 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch all round, lantern binding strips pasted on the film side answer admirably. No visible image being imprinted it is necessary to construct or buy an actinometer, A glass-covered pill box does admirably. Paint the glass, all but a small slit, say 1/2 inch by 1/8 inch, a deep chocolate color, place under this a strip of ordinary P.O.P. when, after exposure to light, this matches in color the painted lid that is called “one tint”. For a fairly good plucky negative one tint is long enough for printing, and from that standard either one or more may be given for negatives of varying densities. After exposure remove tissue from printing frame, immerse a sheet of transfer paper face up in a dish of cold water and the tissue in the same dish film down, Exactly when the tissue assumes a flat position squeegee the two together, carefully avoiding air bubbles, and then place between blotting paper under pressure to dry for, say, 20 minutes. Development is effected by means of hot water only. If exposure has been approximately correct, water, at a temperature of lOO degrees to 110 degrees may be used. Immerse the adherent tissue, carefully removing air bubbles, and in the course of a minute or two the pigmented gelatin will begin to ooze from under the edges. When this action begins very carefully lift one corner of the tissue and remove with a steady, gradual pull. This will leave on the final support a smudgy mass, which, being with great care washed off by tepid water, the picture will reveal itself. Rinse in clear, cold water, place five minutes in a saturated solution of alum, re-wash for 10 minutes and then hang up to dry.
No amateur need be deterred from trying this fascinating process. It stands almost alone for permanence, and an almost stereoscopic depth. The most delicate detail may be preserved and the most delightful gradation of tone secured by careful manipulation. I should strongly advise every amateur who aims at the remotest approach to pictorial and artistic effect in his productions to at once invest in the necessary 2s worth of materials. Unhampered as he is by “Supply and Demand", the amateur who loves his hobby will be amply repaid any little exercise of patience and skill in mastering technical details.
1st APRIL 1897
Page 31 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1309
7th APRIL 1897
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVX, ISSUE 3097
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the next monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, to be held this day week, the lantern will be placed at the disposal of members. As this is the opening night of the season, it is hoped that members will assist the committee in making the gathering — which is held in a measure to popularize meetings of the club — a success.
15th APRIL 1897
Page 17 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1311
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held on Thursday evening last, when there was a good attendance of members. The judges made the following awards:
February competition:
"Interiors" Mr. B. Joyce, 1st; Mr. F. Harcourt, 2nd.
"Home Portraiture" Mr. Frank J. Denton, 1st and second.
Points were awarded to the following other competitors, whose names are placed in order of merit: Mr. A.C. Gilford (two entries), Miss Edwards, Mr. Keyworth, and Mr. F. Harcourt.
March competition:
"Landscape with one or more figures" Mr. Frank J. Denton, 1st; Mr. Harcourt, 2nd.
Other competitors in order of merit: Mr. A.C. Gifford (two entries), Mr. Smith.
After the ordinary business had been disposed of the Club's limelight lantern was placed at the disposal of members, and an hour and a half was spent in this way looking at pictures — some of which were of the best, others very inferior. Of all the slides of local manufacture shown, Mr. H.E. Taylor's was undoubtedly the best. These slides were, I believe, mostly made from hand camera negatives, but Mr. Taylor's work with the hand camera is as near perfection as mortals hope to attain. His views of Kaiwarra stream were particularly good, leading one of the members to exclaim: "Who said there were no pretty spots in Wellington". Mr. Keyworth also exhibited some slides made by Wilson of Edinburgh. These are mostly seascapes, and the maker's name is sufficient for the quality of the slides, slides were also shown by Messrs Frank J. Denton, B. Joyce, F. Harcourt, A.J. Cross and A.C. Gifford, the whole contributing to what was a most enjoyable evening. Mr. F.M. Hardy occupied his usual position of lanternist, one of the many ways in which he has helped to increase the interest in the club's work of entertaining. The subject of prints to be handed in for April competition was "Guilty or Not Guilty", but I learn from the Hon.Secretary that there was only one entry.
15th APRIL 1897
Page 17 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1311
26th APRIL 1897
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVX, ISSUE 3112
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
CAMERA NOTES
[by Snapshot]
In connection with the forthcoming exhibition, which the committee has decided to open in the Art Gallery on Tuesday, August 3rd, 1897, it is proposed to establish a guarantee list to meet any possible deficiency that may occur.
The Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition opens during the first week in May. The Wellington Camera Club is not represented thereat. We are often asked why. Here is the reason; The Dunedin club refuses to accept exhibits from any club which admits professionals as members; and it also prohibits its members sending exhibits to any exhibitions where professionals exhibit. Where the wisdom of this decree comes in I fail to see. Do not we learn a great deal about the art from the “pros”. And while debarring these gentlemen from membership the Dunedin Society actually condescends to ask a “pro”, to act as judge.
This is evidently going to be a year of exhibitions. The Southland Club will hold their first exhibition in May. Then follows the Christchurch, Wellington, Nelson and Hawke’s Bay in the order named.
I hope that members of the Wellington Camera Club will endeavor to make their exhibit at the Southland Club’s show a good one. As this club was only formed a short time ago, we should help them all we can. There is nothing like a good exhibition to increase the membership roll of a club.
The Hon.Secretary of the Wellington Camera Club showed me a copy of the design of the cover for the catalog to be published in connection with the forthcoming exhibition. Mr. H.E. Taylor is the delineator, and he has certainly given the club something of which they may be proud.
The prospectuses are out at last. In connection with the Exhibition, a competition will be held and prizes awarded as under, the amount to be spent in the purchase of a medal or photographic goods, at the option of the winner:
1. LANDSCAPE OR SEASCAPE: First prize, £2 2s; 2nd, £1 1s; 3rd, 10s.
2. PORTRAITS AND GROUPS: First prize, £2 2s; 2nd, £1 1s; 3rd, 10s.
3. GENRE PICTURES AND STUDIES: First prize, £1 1s; 2nd, 10s.
4. ANIMAL LIFE: First prize, 10s; 2nd 5s.
5. OBJECTS IN MOTION: First prize, 10s; 2nd 5s.
6. ARCHITECTURE (EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR): First prize, 10s; 2nd 5s.
7. STILL LIFE: First prize, 10s; 2nd 5s.
8. STEREOSCOPIC PRINTS: First prize, 10s; 2nd 5s.
9. ENLARGMENTS: First prize, £1 1s; 2nd, 10s. All entries to be accompanied by contact print from original negative.
10. LADIES CLASS (ANY SUBJECT): First prize, £1 1s; 2nd, 10s.
11. CLASS LIMITED TO WORKERS UNDER EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE (ANY SUBJECT): First prize, 10s; 2nd 5s.
12. PHOTOGRAPHS BY ANY PROCESS EXCEPT gelatin-CHLORIDE (PROCESS TO BE NAMED IN ENTRY FORM): First prize, £1 1s; 2nd, 10s.
13. LANTERN SLIDES (SET OF SIX PICTURES): First prize, £2 2s; 2nd, £1 1s; 3rd, 10s.
The following are the general rules and conditions: All work submitted must be the bona fide work of the competitor throughout. No picture is eligible which has been exhibited previously in any public photographic exhibition in Wellington. Each picture for competition shall bear a descriptive title and non de plume; and each competitor shall forward by post a sealed envelope addressed to the Hon.Secretary containing a description of exhibit, lens, plate and paper used, with non de plume and full name and address. Each picture shall be framed or mounted on a stiff mount. The Judges may withhold prizes in any class in which the work is not of sufficient merit. The Selection Committee reserves to itself the right to reject any picture. The Club does not hold itself responsible for any damage that may occur to exhibits, but every precaution will be taken to ensure safety, and all exhibits will be covered by insurance against fire during the Exhibition. To obtain the benefit of this, exhibitors must state the value of their pictures. It is to be distinctly understood that the sending of exhibits signifies acceptance by exhibitor of all the various conditions embodied therein. All competitors must be members of an Australasian Photographic Club or Society. An entrance fee of 6d each will be charged for the first two entries, and 3d for each other entry from the same exhibitor in the same class. No entry fees will be charged in classes 10 and 11. Single pictures will be accepted for competition in each class except class 13. Pictures for competition need not necessarily be framed alone; but they may be included in the same frame, or on the same mount, as other pictures intended either for competition or exhibition; but in the latter case care must be taken to distinguish the picture or pictures intended for competition. Entries and applications for space must be made to the Hon.Secretary before July 14th, and exhibits must be delivered before July 24th.
22nd APRIL 1897
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1312
27th APRIL 1897
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVX, ISSUE 3113
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
CAMERA NOTES
[by Snapshot]
Members of the Wellington Camera Club will hear with regret of the removal from Wellington of Mr. George Crichton, who has been actively connected with the club since its formation, some five years ago. Mr. Crichton has served two or three terms on the committee of the club, and it was mainly owing to his exertions that our last club exhibition was such a pronounced success — on this occasion he being associated with Mr. Snodgrass as joint Hon.Secretary The club did the graceful act of again appointing Mr. Crichton a member of the catalog committee and now that he has been removed the club will find a difficulty in filling the vacancy caused thereby. I wish Mr. Crichton success in his new sphere, and will look forward to seeing him associated with the club at the town whither he is bound, not forgetting a big entry at our next exhibition.
I learn from the Amateur Photographer that tobacco is tabooed by the Harveian Society at its meetings. Not on medical grounds as might have been expected from these titular descendant disciples of the illustrious discoverer of the circulation of the blood, but simply because some of the members do not affect the solace of Miss Nicotine. The majority who do, sympathize with the majority who don't.
Perfect as the Wellington Camera Club may appear to be there is one of the “newisms” to which I would “dare” to draw the attention of members. It is not gentlemanly to smoke in a room where ladies are present. Perhaps this accounts for why some of the lady members who used to be regular attenders at the club meetings are never en evidence now. It is a great pity for the welfare of the club that we have associated with us members of the snobcracy.
6th MAY 1897
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10307
Mr. GEORGE CRICHTON
Mr. George Crichton, who has been transferred to the Dunedin branch of the Government Life Insurance Department, on leaving Wellington was presented by the Oddfellows of the American Order with a large marble clock with silver, plate inscribed: "Presented to Bro. George Crichton P.G., by members of the Southern Cross and Zealandia Lodges, on his leaving Wellington, in appreciation of his long and faithful services in the cause of Oddfellowship, April 14, 1897". It was mentioned that Bro. Crichton, in his twelve years meritorious service, had enjoyed the distinction of having passed through the chairs of three lodges, and he would be greatly missed as an active Oddfellow. As a member of the Wellington Camera Club. Mr. Crichton has won more than colonial reputation for tasteful work as a winner of competitions.
20th MAY 1897
Page 9 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1316
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
NOTES
The usual monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held last Thursday, when there was a good attendance of members — both ladies and gentlemen. It was announced in the Bulletin that one of the members was to exhibit prints from negatives taken on a recent tour round the world, but owing to important business engagements this gentleman was prevented from attending.
The meeting took the form of one of those conversational parties that should be of great assistance to young members. Mr. Frank J. Denton brought down some carbon prints — his first attempts — which he had been working at that afternoon, showing the class of work that was within the reach of all the members and these prints formed the text for a very instructive discussion on carbon work.
At the invitation of the chairman (Mr. T.M. Hardy), Mr. Joyce gave a brief description of the process employed in using celerite paper — an American production which has recently been placed on the Wellington market, and on this question members had a good many questions to ask. I suppose the outcome will be that we will be having some of our competition prints done on celerite.
The chairman also urged members to give the Hon.Secretary all the assistance they could in sending a good club exhibit to the Southland Camera Club Exhibition. One member alone promised ten frames.
The number entered for the competition "Guilty or Not Guilty" last month was one. This month there is a decided improvement, the Hon.Secretary having received over twelve entries for the competition, the subjects being "Child Life" and "Rural Occupations". I think members must be devoting all their spare time to securing negatives for the Exhibition. I hope so.
11th JUNE 1897
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVX, ISSUE 3152
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIII, ISSUE 137
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, held in the Exchange Buildings last night, the club’s fine oxy-ether limelight lantern was placed at the disposal of members. Slides were exhibited by Mrs Helyer, Messrs A.C. Gifford, G.W. Barltrop, F.J. Denton, W.C. Stephens, A.J. Cross, Fraser and also Mr. Chapman. The latter exhibited some fine views, including the Casino, Monte Carlo; Brau de Chaumont, Paris; Forum Romano, and the residence of Amelia Folsum (wife of Brigham Young).
The award of the judges for the May competition was as follows:
"RURAL OCCUPATIONS”: Mr. F.J. Denton, 1.
"CHILD LIFE”: Mr. F.J. Benton, 1 and 3; Mr. H.A. Adams, 2.
This being an "open night” there was a large attendance of members and their friends. The lantern was manipulated by Mr. T.M. Hardy.
17th JUNE 1897
Page 17 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1320
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the club room last Thursday. This was the opening night of the lantern season, and the committee decided to allow members to invite their friends — which was taken advantage of to the full. Result: A splendid meeting. In the competition class there were not as many entries as was expected, but this was owing in a measure to some of the members generously lending some of their best slides to the Napier club for a philanthropic purpose, expecting that they would be back in time to be entered for this competition. Who is to blame? Either the Wellington or Hawke’s Bay Hon.Secretary is unattentive to his duties — but this is by the way. The three entrants were Mrs Helyer, Mr. Chapman and Mr. Gifford. Of course it was impossible for the judges to give a decision by just having a casual view of them on the sheet, but their decision will be made known next week. We were all glad to see Mr. A.J. Frazer present. Old members of the club will remember Mr. Fraser, who was some time in the Press Association’s office here, and was afterwards removed to Sydney. He exhibited some three dozen slides — snapshots taken with a hand camera on the “other side” — and splendid slides they were. Mr. Fraser evidently uses his hand camera to some purpose. Mrs Helyer’s slides were also good. We have heard a great deal of Mr. Chapman’s slides lately, and I must confess I was disappointed when I saw the result of his work on the screen. But someone whispers that he is reserving himself for the exhibition competition. I don’t blame him. Mr. Gifford’s views were also very interesting. They consisted of pictures taken in the south and were mostly illustrative of the scenes in the Lake Country, mountaineering, etc. Mr. H. Easton-Taylor’s slides were also disappointing. I expected to see an entry from him. But the mismanagement of the Napier parcel put him out. Messrs Frank J. Denton, G.W. Barthrop, W.C. Stephens and A.J. Cross also exhibited slides.
The lantern used was the pine oxy-ether limelight one belonging to the club and was managed by the king of lanternists — Mr. T.M. Hardy.
The judges made the following awards in the May competitions: “Rural Occupations" Mr. Frank J. Denton, 1. There was only one other entry, and the judges did not consider this of sufficient merit to obtain points. “Child Life" Mr. Frank J. Denton, 1 and 3; Mr. A. Adams, 2; Mr. F. Harcourt, 4.
17th JUNE 1897
Page 17 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1320
29th JULY 1897
Page 9 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1326
4th AUGUST 1897
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3196
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
CAMERA NOTES
At the last committee meeting of the Wellington Camera Club the resignations of Messrs W.C. Stephens and F.B. Muir as members of the committee were accepted. This certainly appears to be a strange action on the part of these two members, especially with the Exhibition so near. Are the poor dears afraid that they will be overworked? So like human nature. There are generally two distinct classes in most clubs: those that are always suggesting improvements and newisms of every description, and go bull-at-the-gate style; and then those that go quietly along and give little evidence of life — if speech is a criterion — but who are always at work in a quiet way for the advancement and mutual benefit of members. I would sooner be associated with one of the latter class than with half a dozen of the former. They remind me of a story I read in the Bulletin a short time ago. A little girl went into a music-seller’s shop in Sydney and said, "Please, sir, have you got ‘The Bleedin’ Eart’?" “Yes”, replied the proprietor, “and I’ve got the bloomin’ ’ump, too!” Excuse the vulgarism, but the simile rushed into my memory.
The vacancies on the committee have been filled by the appointment of Messrs F. Harcourt and H.A. Adams.
The following sub-committees in connection with the Exhibition have also been appointed:
| CATALOG COMMITTEE: Mr. T.E. Taylor |
CATALOG COMMITTEE: Mr. T.M. Hardy |
CATALOG COMMITTEE: Mr. M.B. Joyce |
LANTERN COMMITTEE: Mr. G.A. Chapman |
LANTERN COMMITTEE: Mr. G.W. Barltrop |
LANTERN COMMITTEE: Mr. G. Norton |
LANTERN COMMITTEE: Mr. T.M. Hardy |
|
| HANGING COMMITTEE: Mr. E.H. Freeman |
HANGING COMMITTEE: Mr. T.E. Taylor |
HANGING COMMITTEE: Mr. Frank J. Denton |
HANGING COMMITTEE: Mr. W.P. Barraud |
ENTERTAINMENT COMMITTEE: Mr. J. Owen |
ENTERTAINMENT COMMITTEE: Mr. A.H. Adams |
ENTERTAINMENT COMMITTEE: Mr. T.W. Pitcher jun. |
ENTERTAINMENT COMMITTEE: Mr. F. Harcourt |
The Catalog Committee have their work well in hand, and promise us a production very much ahead of the last publication. The catalog will be illustrated with pictures by six of the best workers in the Club, including Messrs Denton, Gifford, Chapman and Freeman. The work has been entrusted to Messrs Turnbull, Hickson and Palmer, who hold a reputation for their work in half-tone blocks.
It is proposed to ask His Excellency the Governor, the Earl of Ranfurly, to open the Exhibition on the afternoon of Monday, August the 10th. In the evening there will be a conversazione for members and their friends, concluding with a lantern show of all the slides entered for the competition.
Entries from the South Island are coming in well, what are all our camera friends in this island doing?
Some months ago the Wellington Camera Club had to mourn the loss of one of its most active members — Mr. George Crichton — who had been removed to Dunedin. I learn from the Hon.Secretary that Mr. Crichton has not forgotten us; for in a recent letter to the Hon.Secretary, he says: “You will no doubt be pleased to hear that at last night’s meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society it was unanimously decided to ask their members to exhibit and compete at the Wellington Inter-colonial Photographic Exhibition. I have been battling ever since my arrival here to obtain this result, and at last my efforts have been crowned with success. I hope to be able to get a nice little case ready for you. Kindly send on all the information you have without delay and I will do all I can to get a representative entry from Dunedin”.
Bravo! Mr. Crichton. You are the only man who could have accomplished this end for us. When you say you “will do all you can”, it augurs well for the success of the Dunedin exhibit at the Exhibition. The bar which has prevented the interchange of exhibits between these two societies is the much vexed question of amateur versus pro. I have already given my opinion on this subject, but here is a clipping from Dry Plates: It is believed that the Camera Club is about to relax a little the stringency of its rules with regard to the exclusion of the professional photographer from membership. This is well; any step towards the destruction of the unnecessary and harmful distinction between the "amateur” and the “professional” is a good one. Even if such definitions were demanded, how are we to define? Is skill to be the criterion? Then Captain Abney is no longer an amateur, and the ambulant tintypist is deprived of his much cherished privilege of being in the “perfesshun". Are all those who make money by photography professionals? If so, you include a great many who don’t want, and won’t have, the title. If you attempt to limit the matter in this way, “all who get their living by photography are professionals", you are faced with this difficulty — must it be all their living or only a part, and if so, what proportion? If a man makes £2OO a year by photography, and his uncle’s aunt leaves him in her will £4OO a year, does he cease to be in the profession? In fact the whole question is absurd. We are photographers, good, bad or indifferent, and if we are not all amateurs, so much the worse for our art or science. It isn’t only sports that are ruined by professionalism. If clubs wish to exclude, as they should, the common or garden “bounder”, they cannot do it by barring one class of men and favoring another, without regard to individuals; the ballot box is the remedy.
"SNAPSHOT" in New Zealand MAIL.
UCHTER JOHN MARK KNOX
5th EARL of RANFURLY
GCMG PC (Ire) JP DL
Born 14th August 1856 Guernsey
Died 1st October 1933 (aged 77)
13th GOVERNOR of NEW ZEALAND
10th August 1897 to 19th June 1904
10th JULY 1897
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3176
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 9
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, held on Thursday evening, the chairman, Mr. A. McKay, announced that it had been decided to postpone the club exhibition until August 16th. This was found necessary in order to give the Australian clubs an opportunity of preparing exhibits. Entries will close on Saturday, August 6th. Great interest was shown in an exhibition by Mr. A.C. Gifford, of developing platinotype prints. Mr. Gifford brought down some 20 exposed papers, and by the aid of those he demonstrated to members the different processes employed by the workers in this special branch. The chairman also gave an address on “Toning”, and illustrated his remarks by sample prints, which had been toned in different baths under a variety of conditions; also showing the effects too little or too much washing — either before or after toning or fixing — had upon the resulting picture.
The judges made the following awards:
“GUILTY OR |
“ANIMAL LIFE”: |
“PRINTS ILLUSTRATING A HOLIDAY TRIP": |
|||
| FIRST: Mr. F.J. Denton |
FIRST: Mr. F.J. Denton |
SECOND: Mr. F.J. Denton |
FIRST: Mr. A.C. Gifford, 13 points |
SECOND: Mr. F. Harcourt, 12 3/4 points |
THIRD: Mr. G.A. Chapman, 12 3-5th points |
15th JULY 1897
Page 13 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1324
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a fairly good attendance of members at the monthly meeting, of the Wellington Camera Club held last Thursday. The chair was taken by the vice-President (Mr. A. McKay). Mr. A.C. Gifford, of the Wellington College, had very kindly consented to give members instruction in platinotype work. He explained how the paper was so difficult to keep in its prepared state, owing to its great affinity for moisture; and therefore a quantity of calcium chloride had to be stored in the mouth of the inside tube in which the paper, was packed. The process, Mr. Gifford told us, was invented by Mr. W. Willis, and the right for the sale of the paper and materials for making it rests solely with him. The basis on which this process is founded is the reduction of ferric oxalate by the action of light into ferrous oxalate in the metallic state, when wetted with a suitable agent.
The following are concise directions for the process:
Paper of good strong quality, even in texture and white in color, should be chosen, and should be sized in a bath composed of 150 grains of Nelson's X opaque gelatine soaked in 30 ounces of water for half an hour, and heated in a water bath at a temperature of 140 deg F., to dissolve it.
Add 45 grains of powdered alum and 7oz methylated spirit, filter through muslin and put in a large flat dish.
Thoroughly immerse the paper bodily in this solution taking care to break all adherent air bubbles; the paper should be allowed to soak for three minutes, and then hung up by clips to dry.
The drying should be as rapid as possible, and a second bath for the same time should be given, and the paper hung up by the opposite corners.
The sensitizing is composed of:
Ferric oxalate 120 grains
Water(preferably distilled) 1 ounce
Oxalic Acid 8 grains
No actinic light must be allowed to gain access to this solution otherwise the ferric will be reduced to ferrous salt.
Some people also use the following solution for increasing contrast:
Solution of ferric oxalate 1 ounce
Chlorate of potash 2 grains
The same care must be exercised in the keeping of this as of the former solution.
Very feeble light must be used while coating the paper. To keep the paper flat whilst coating, the edges should be turned underneath a plate of glass placed on the table.
For coating a sheet of paper 8in by l0in, 30 minims of sensitiser are required, which should be poured into the middle of the paper and spread over the surface with a uniform circular motion by means of a pad composed of a tuft of cotton wool enclosed in a piece of fine washed muslin. The rubbing should be continued gently for at least three or four minutes.
As soon as coated the sheet should be hung up by two corners to dry, and as soon as the surface moisture has disappeared, the paper should be carefully and quickly dried over a gas burner or before a fire. The whole success of the process lies in this stage — the drying of the paper; the paper must be absolutely dry. This point is known from the change in color from lemon to an orange color, and by the crackle of the paper. Care must be taken not to scorch the paper, or fog will be the result. Between the coating and drying five minutes must be allowed to elapse in summer, and eight or nine in winter.
The exposure required for the paper is about one-third that required for a silver print from the same negative. In printing the image on the paper is but faintly visible, and requires a developer to bring it out in all it's beauty. This is made as follows:
OXALATE SOLUTION
Oxalate of potash 130 grains
Water 1 ounce
Three solutions should now be prepared.
No. 1. Solution of oxalate of potash ... 2 parts
Pure glycerine 2 parts
No. 2. Solution of oxalate of potash ... 1 part
Pure glycerine 4 parts
No. 3 Pure glycerine.
The print should be pinned to a board and a small pool of the pure glycerine poured on to the print and distributed evenly all over it by means of a soft pad of linen. If there are any portions of the print which have a tendency to appear too white, or wanting in detail, a broad mop or flat brush charged with solution No. 2 should be applied to these places, and then gradually over the whole of the print, except in the very deepest shadows, which should be left untouched. As soon as the image begins to develop the brush should be charged with No. 1 solution, and passed rapidly and evenly over the whole print. The print will gradually gain in intensity, and by careful use of solutions 1 and 3, with brushes, it will be possible to hold back one portion and coax out another.
Mr. Gifford developed some twenty prints at the meeting, using two different processes and explaining everything to members as he went along. We all thoroughly enjoyed it, and will no doubt be trying our hand at platino printing before the Exhibition.
The chairman also gave a very instructive and interesting address on "Toning", and illustrated his remarks with samples of prints. Mr. McKay does not believe in too long washing after toning or allowing too great a lapse of time between toning and fixing. I have toned over 200 prints in one batch, and must confess my failure of being able to produce prints with bad attacks of the "yellows" such as exhibited by Mr. McKay. Two prints that were shown were toned in the same bath; immersed and taken out simultaneously. Yet one had pure whites, the other was "as yellow as a guinea". This effect had been produced to illustrate to members the result of washing too long alter toning. Mr. McKay's address was listened to with much interest by members, and we all went away from the meeting with an increased stock of photographic knowledge.
15th JULY 1897
Page 13 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1324
23rd JULY 1897
Page 2 - OAMARU MAIL, VOLUME XXII, ISSUE 6948
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
NOTES
At the Wellington Camera Club meeting on Thursday the chairman intimated that the Exhibition had been postponed until Monday, August 16th. This course was rendered necessary in order to allow the Australian and Tasmanian clubs time to prepare an exhibit. Members of New Zealand clubs will also doubtless welcome this extension of time. Entries must be made to the Hon.Secretary on or before Saturday, August 6th, at 9pm.
There seems to be some slight misunderstanding about the rules drafted in connection with the Exhibition by amateurs in the country. While photographers who live in towns where there are camera clubs will be barred from competing unless they are members of that club, amateurs who live in a district where there is no club are not under this ban. The committee will be glad to accept photographs from all these, either for competition or exhibition.
If there are any photographers in the country who have not received a copy of the prospectus he should forward his address to the Hon.Secretary of the club, who will be pleased to forward a copy.
The judges made the following awards in connection with the competitions: "Guilty or Not Guilty" — Mr. Frank J. Denton 1. The The subject of this picture was a little boy, who, while engaged in playing with a ball, had managed to knock over a pot of flowers, the result being a broken pot. A lady appears on the scene just as the accident had happened, and is enquiring the cause. The little fellow, hiding the ball behind him, has a look of terror depicted on his face. "Animals" — Mr. Frank J. Denton, 1 and 2. "Four or more Prints Illustrating a Holiday Trip" — Mr. A.C. Gifford, 13 points, 1; Mr. F. Harcourt, 12 3/4 points, 2; Mr. G.A. Chapman, 12 3-5th points, 3.
Mr. Gifford's prints were from negatives taken on his recent tour overland to Milford Sounds, via Lake Te Anau. Some of them were well worth half an hour's study. The judge's marks on some of these prints were very high — some reaching eight and nine out of a possible ten. The total was brought down by Mr. Gifford entering some prints which the judges did not consider worth allotting points to for treatment of subject.
The entries evidently gave the judges some trouble in picking the winner, the second and third entries only being separated by 3-20ths of a point. This is the first time that I remember anyone winning in these competitions by a fraction of a point. Altogether there were about 40 prints entered last month for competition.
22nd JULY 1897
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10373
29th JULY 1897
Page 61 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2265
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society held their monthly meeting at the society's rooms last night, when a new Hon.Secretary (Mr. J.S. Webb) was elected.
It was decided to accept an invitation from the Wellington Camera Club to exhibit at the Inter-colonial Exhibition, to be held in Wellington next month, at which valuable prizes arc offered, particulars of which can seen at the rooms. The society's new enlarging room is now completed and ready for the use of members.
11th AUGUST 1897
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3202
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The exhibition of photography to be given by the Wellington Camera Club opens on Monday, the 16th August.
11th AUGUST 1897
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 36
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3202
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION of PHOTOGRAPHY
The Finest Collection of Photographs ever exhibited in Wellington
OPENING DAY
MONDAY, 16th AUGUST, At 3pm,
Tickets obtainable at Barraud & Son's, Lambton-quay, or at Thursday's meeting.
M. BUCKLEY JOYCE
HON.SECRETARY
12th AUGUST 1897
Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1328
THE CAMERA COLUMN
NOTES
[By Snapshot]
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
By this time next week the opening function of the Inter-colonial Photographic Exhibition will be over, the prizes allotted, the pictures viewed and criticized by the public. The committee of the Wellington Camera Club have undertaken a big thing, and we all hope that their efforts will be a success both from an artistic and a financial point of view. The entries are coming in well, and if numbers go for anything the Exhibition will be an immense success. So far, entries have been received from Southland, Dunedin, Oamaru, Timaru, Westport, Denniston, Nelson, Hawke's Bay and New Plymouth.
In next week's Mail there will be published a full account of the opening ceremony, the list of awards, and the judge's remarks on the pictures. This latter I am looking forward to with some interest, as in Mr. C.Y. Fell we have a gentleman whose opinion all photographers respect, and the satisfaction which his judging gives led the committee to ask him to undertake the whole task of judging — a task by no means light, considering that there will be some hundreds of pictures to judge.
14th AUGUST 1897
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 39
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3205
16th AUGUST 1897
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3206
UNDER THE PATRONAGE OF HIS EXCELLENCY LORD RANFURLY
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION of PHOTOGRAPHY
The Finest Collection of Photographs ever exhibited in Wellington
TO BE OPENED IN THE
GALLERY OF FINE ARTS
Whitmore Street,
TO-DAY (MONDAY), At 3.30pm,
by SIR J. PRENDERGAST
Exhibits from New South Wales, Invercargill, Dunedin, Nelson, Westport, Hokitika, Denniston, Napier and others.
Conversazione at 8pm — Phonograph — Minifie's Band — Refreshments - Prize Lantern Slides Exhibited
Tickets for the Opening Ceremony, which also admit to the Conversazione
PRICE 2 Shillings
to be obtainable at Barraud’s, where members may also obtain their tickets.
M. BUCKLEY JOYCE
HON.SECRETARY
SIR JAMES PRENDERGAST GCMG
Born 10th December 1826, London, United Kingdom
Died 27th February 1921, Wellington, New Zealand
THIRD CHIEF JUSTICE OF NEW ZEALAND
1st April 1875 to 25th May 1899
14th AUGUST 1897
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 39
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
What will assuredly be the finest exhibition of photographs ever held in Wellington will be opened on Monday in the Fine Art Gallery, under the management of the Wellington Camera Club. Exhibits have been received from a large number of the New Zealand photographic clubs, and even from Australia. The opening ceremony, which takes place at 3pm on Monday, will be performed by the Chief Justice, Sir James Prendergast. In the evening a conversazione is to be held, when music will be given by Minifie's String Band, and light refreshments will be provided, while an excellent phonograph will be an extra attraction. Mr. C.Y. Fell, of Nelson, to whom had been entrusted the task of judging the exhibits, was compelled to return to Nelson yesterday, and Mr. Malcolm Ross is now acting as judge.
16th AUGUST 1897
Page 2 - WAIRARAPA DAILY TIMES, VOLUME XVI, ISSUE 5712
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Inter-colonial exhibition arranged by the Wellington Camera Club will be opened by Sir James Prendergast this afternoon. Mr. Malcolm Ross judged the exhibits, also presenting a very interesting report on the pictures.
16th AUGUST 1897
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 40
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3206
ART PHOTOGRAPHY
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION
The annual exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club was opened this afternoon in the Fine Arts Gallery by Sir James Prendergast. The show is of more than local or even New Zealand interest, as exhibits have been sent from a number of photographic clubs in different parts of the colony, and also from New South Wales. Unfortunately, the pictures from the latter colony did not arrive in time to be judged for the prize competitions.
Owing to Mr. C.Y. Fell, of Nelson, not having sufficient time to complete the judging, Mr. Malcolm Ross, whose ability and taste as a photographer are well-known, undertook this important task. The gist of his interesting report is published below.
The prize-list is as follows:
CLASS 1: LANDSCAPE OR SEASCAPE: Frank J. Denton, Wellington, 1 and 2; A.C. Gifford, Wellington, 3; W.J.P. Hodgkins, Invercargill, vhc; G.F. Green, Napier, vhc.
CLASS 2: PORTRAITS AND GROUPS: Frank J. Denton, Wellington, 1 and hc; A.C. Gifford, Wellington, 2; E.C. Freeman, Wellington, 3; W.J.P. Hodgkins, Invercargill, vhc.
CLASS 3: GENRE PICTURES AND STUDIES: G.F. Green, Napier, 1; E.H. Clark, Taranaki, 2; F.J. Shanly, Waipawa, h c; H. Owen, Napier, hc.
CLASS 4: ANIMAL LIFE: A.C. Gifford, Wellington, 1; Frank J. Denton, Wellington, 2 and hc.
CLASS 5: OBJECTS IN MOTION: T. Pringle, Wellington, 1; A.J. Cross, Wellington, 2; G. Crichton, Dunedin, hc.
CLASS 6: ARCHITECTURE (EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR): G.A. Chapman, Hutt, 1; Frank J. Denton, Wellington, 2.
CLASS 7: STILL LIFE: A.C. Gifford, Wellington, 1; Miss E. Roberts, Hokitika, 2; F.J Denton, Wellington, hc.
CLASS 8: STEREOSCOPIC PRINTS: M. Buckley Joyce, Wellington, 1 and 2.
CLASS 9: ENLARGEMENTS: Frank J. Denton, Wellington, 1 and hc; G.A. Chapman, Hutt, 2; F.J. Shanly, Waipawa, 3; W. Williams, Dunedin, hc.
CLASS 10: FOR LADIES ONLY (ANY SUBJECT): Clara I. Thomson, Invercargill, 1 aun 2 ; E. Roberts, Hokitika, hc.
CLASS 11 (LIMITED TO WORKERS UNDER 18 YEARS OF AGE): Landscape: W.H. Tustin, Wellington, 1 and hc.
CLASS 11 (LIMITED TO WORKERS UNDER 18 YEARS OF AGE): Figure study: J.P. Solomon, Wellington College, 1 and h.c.
CLASS 12: PHOTO BY ANY PROCESS EXCEPT GELATINO-CHLORIDE: Thomas Pringle, Wellington, 1; Frank J. Denton, Wellington, 2; G.F. Green, Napier, v.h.c.; A.C. Gifford, Wellington, v.h.c.
LANTERN SLIDES: R.E. Fletcher, Dunedin, G.A. Chapman, Wellington, W. Williams, Dunedin (equal), 1; Frank J. Denton, Wellington, h.c.
The report opens as follows: "In these days, when the camera is ubiquitous and the photographer is slowly pushing his way forward into the domain of art, exhibitions such as the one now being held by the Wellington Camera Club are worthy of more than passing notice. It is not so very long since the artist looked down upon the photographer with a withering scorn that denied him either artistic feeling or perception. Now, however, all that is changed, artists of repute begin to see some merit on the walls of the London Photographic Salon, and even great academicians have deigned to take an occasional hint from the camera. Not that the photographer's outfit is ever likely to take the place of the artist's brush and palette, even in the dim vista of the future when that ignis-fatuus of color photography, for which so many have vainly sought, shall have been found and captured. Still, photography supplies a great want in modern civilization, for it enables those who have not the time nor talent for painting to indulge and cultivate the artistic sentiment that is in them, and to observe men and things so closely that they can the more fully appreciate the higher arts of painting and sculpture, It is satisfactory, therefore, to see that the local Camera Club is on the right track, and is doing good work. It has been my privilege to see many of the exhibitions that have been held in New Zealand, and, while there have been somewhat better exhibitions in Dunedin and Auckland, and also in Nelson, I may safely say that the present Wellington exhibition is but little inferior to any that have been held. Much, however, remains to be done from an artistic standpoint, for, in many instances, the exhibitors seem to have devoted but little study to the laws of composition and chiaroscuro. There is room also for much improvement in processes and tones. The beautiful and permanent platinum and carbon processes appear to be neglected, except by a few workers, and there is a bewildering array of shiny and commonplace gelatino-chloride prints where there might have been great diversity of tone and effect. A great deal of the work is also on much too small a scale for exhibition purposes, though there are two or three photographic gems in which the artist has triumphed over this disability. Another matter that should engage the more serious attention of the majority is that of framing. The framing of some of the exhibits is in hideous taste, while in many instances the color of the mounts and of the frames themselves clashes with the tone of the print, and mars in no slight degree what might otherwise have been a pleasing harmony. It is also generally recognized nowadays that if a picture is worth exhibiting at all it is worth exhibiting in a frame by itself, and not in incongruous juxtaposition to a dozen other prints of different subjects.
After remarking that, while he had in no case ignored technical qualities, he had in arriving at his decisions been influenced mainly by the question of artistic excellence, the judge proceeds to slate that the committee had in one or two instances, through faulty classification of the different sections, set the judge rather a difficult task. Again, portraits and groups could not very well be judged together, while "Genre Pictures and Studies" is somewhat contradictory. The practice of allowing one picture into so many classes seems to him a little unfair. At all events, one picture should not be given a prize in more than one class, and perhaps in the enlargement class in addition.
Dealing with the classes, the judge remarks:
CLASS 1: LANDSCAPE AND SEASCAPE:
I had no difficulty in selecting the prize pictures. The work of "Rangatira" is without doubt the best in the competition. It is careful, technically perfect, and more than ordinarily artistic. The only fault I can find in his prize picture "The Road Through the Valley" — is the undue prominence of the road in the foreground. In a painting a skillful artist would have overcome the difficulty by means of color. In the monochrome of a photograph the difficulty can be overcome by the judicious introduction of a figure. But in the present instance this would have to be done with great care, or the effect would be spoiled. Another exhibitor has undertaken this task — apparently with the same scene — and has failed signally. An alternative way out of the difficulty would be for "Rangatira" to cut about a couple of inches off the bottom of his picture. It is a pity this was not done. "Pukaki", who comes next in the prize-list, is also, apparently, a very careful and thoughtful worker, and nearly all his platinotypes are worthy of more than passing notice. Where "Rangatira" scores over him is in his capacity for making an artistic picture out of the simplest scenes, in seizing upon a subject that the ordinary photographer would in nine cases out of ten pass by, and in not attempting to get too much on his plate — in short, in bringing into play the process of elimination which is noticeable in all great works, from the friezes of Phidias down to the work of the Royal Academician and the modem caricaturist. I had no difficulty in deciding which were the best portraits, but in class 3 there was little difference between the leading prize takers. The picture by "Spes", which took the first prize, is a charming study, while there is much that is artistic in the pictures shown by "Sulphurosis", "Exeter", and "Plato". I need not refer in detail to each class; but I cannot refrain from commenting on an exquisite study of a yacht, done on opal in a pleasing tint somewhat approaching a Bartolozzi red, which was awarded the prize in the class for objects in motion. The lighting of this is excellent, there is a capital idea of motion conveyed, and above all there is an "atmosphere" in the picture that gives it its main charm. The one fault in the picture under notice is that the horizon line is wrong; but this may be the fault of the framer. For the prize in the Ladies Class there is only one competitor in it — "Spes" — and her work is well worthy of study.
CLASS 6:
"Pyro" has scored a success with an excellent representation of the famous Milan Cathedral, such a fine subject giving him a decided advantage over local exhibitors. There can be no doubt about the merit of the prize picture in the still life class. "Pukaki" has succeeded in depicting the delicacy of the night-flowering cactus with excellent effect. Technically, the work of the three prize-takers in enlargements and the three who are highly commended is all that can be desired, and the prizes had ultimately to be decided almost entirely on the question of artistic merit. After much debate I came to the conclusion that "Rangatira's" picture of "The Road Through the Valley" was the best; but when it came to comparing a huge enlargement of Niagara Falls with the portrait of a child I was not a little puzzled. However, the big enlargement was so perfect that I decided to place it second — a decision that may, I admit, be open to question. The three pictures which I have singled out for commendation are all good examples of the art of enlarging. "Briton's" picture is technically perfect, but the ship is too much in the middle of the picture, and the laws of composition have not been sufficiently studied. The picture of the Dart River, sent in by "Bromide", is also an excellent enlargement, its only fault being a want in breadth of light and shade.
The lantern slides exhibited by "Kowhara", "Flashlight", and "Briton" are as near perfect as may be. There is so little difference between the three sets that I would recommend that the three prizes be divided equally. The slides shown by "Rangatira" are next in order of merit, but they are not so good as the others, either in quality or pictorial effect. I regret very much that, owing to Mr. Fell being a judge in the first instance, the Nelson, exhibits were not entered in the competition. It was the Nelson Camera Club that first; showed New Zealand what could be done in the way of artistic photography and the beauty of the bromide and platinotype processes, and, though some of the old names are missing from the list of exhibitors, much good work continues to come from Nelson. I am the more sorry that these pictures are not in the competition, because of one very fine photograph — "On the Sands, Eventide" — which has been sent over by Mr. H. Brusewitz. This, in my opinion, is beyond doubt the finest picture in the exhibition. The landscape is charmingly treated, and the exquisite pose and placing of the figures cannot fail to be noticed. Moreover, Mr. Brusewitz, in this work, has, by a judicious sacrifice of detail, gained in atmospheric effect, and succeeded in striking the happy mean between the so called Emersonian naturalistic school and the school of microscopic detail. This is the class of work that photographers should strive for, and if the best men succeed in turning out one such picture in a year they will have done well.
17th AUGUST 1897
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 41
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION
FIRST NOTICE
THE LOCAL EXHIBITS
Mr. A.C. Gifford is prolific in photographs. In his large collection there are many excellent pictures. His study of horses which wins first prize in the animal life class depicts four horses "talking", as these do over a broken fence, discussing, as the title hints, the anti-bot-fly campaign. The grouping is natural, and the photograph delicate and full of quality, This exhibitor has a series of platinotype views of Otago scenery, and very delightful are the "wish" effects, conveyed. In a view of Walter Peak, Lake Wakatipu, the artist has chosen his foreground with much care, and an exquisitely composed picture is the result. A photograph of an old man who has received "news from the Old Country" worthily wins second prize in the portrait class. A delightful study of a night flowering cactus easily wins the first place in the still life class. In addition this exhibitor sends a multiplicity of studies, ranging from Christmas cards to views of Wellington College, and "snaps" of outdoor sports. His groups and poses are perhaps the most admirable of a collection in which there are few faults to be found. This exhibitor and others, however, show an occasional tendency to crowding their pictures with superfluous figures.
Mr. Thomas Pringle sends few pictures, but they are all good. His study of "Yachting", full of motion and boldly designed, easily wins recognition as the best picture in the process class, and also in that of objects in motion. The red chalk tone on opal is a delightful relief after the yards of "P.O.P.", that cover the walls. It is badly framed, however, the sea-line being on a decided slope. A horse study is also good work. More curious than artistic is a striking cloud study, also in red chalk.
Mr. G.A. Chapman sends a number of huge enlargements, chiefly of European scenes and architecture. His photograph of "Milan Cathedral" is very well taken, though the subject contributes largely to the success of the picture. It certainly deserves the premier place in the architecture class which the judge has given it. Other views include a technically correct enlargement of "Niagara Falls", which is placed Second on the enlargement class. "Moonbeams" is a cleverly managed presentation of a somewhat hackneyed idea, that of a draped child sitting on an astronomically impossible horned moon. Four fine enlargements of flowers are shown. One of these, however, is quite spoilt by a too rough hand in retouching, a liberal use of Chinese white altogether taking away the delicate beauty of the flowers.
Mr. F. Harcourt, whose penchant seems to be for delicate quarter-plate work, sends a number of frames. In several instances, however, he has made the mistake of including a number of diverse pictures on one mount, with the result that each picture is spoilt by the distracting influence of those surrounding it. In one frame the best bit of work is a bush creek: in another frame two cloud studies prove that the photographer has the artistic instinct; in a third large frame two fishing studies and a misty morning effect are excellent; and a fourth group shows some most dainty work — that entitled "Grey Dawn" being, perhaps, the best. An enlargement called "Freighted Clouds" is an artistic use of a prosaic subject, being nothing more than a view of the row of seagull tenanted stakes at the end of the Thorndon Esplanade. A study of narcissi is well managed. G.W. Barltrop's chef-d'oeuvre is a fine cloud study which lacks the interest necessary to make it a picture. Some good enlargements are also shown. E.W. Wilton shows some excellent portraits. Mrs Firth has a series of copies of celebrated pictures, capably done. W.H. Tustin, in the class limited to workers under the age of 18 years, has done good work, his "Distant Pines" achieving first place in that class. Some good portraiture is shown by E.H. Freeman. Miss N. Edwards exhibits two attractive child studies. T.M. Hardy has a couple of frames of good views. W.C. Chatfield's quaint studies of "Mikado", a dog that is an adept at posing, and wears fancy dress as to the manner born, are very amusing. Especially apropos is the frame illustrating "Mikado's" views of the proper presentation of the plays in the repertoire of the Brough Comedy Company. Mr. Chatfield shows, amongst other frames, a series of copies from miniatures. Mr. R.L. Mestayer and Dr. De Latour each show a number of photo-micrographs. The President of the club, Mr. A. de B. Brandon, has a couple of charming views. W. M'Kay has some characteristic views of bush scenery. W.T.L. Travers shows some excellent shipping and Hot Lake views. A bullock-cart picture and a large piece of mountain scenery by C. Pearce are good work. A series of gruesome well taken X-ray pictures are exhibited by Mr. R.T. Turnbull.
The exhibits of the Wellington College Camera Club are most promising, and some of the prints shown would not disgrace a "grown-up" collection. J.P. Solomon's picture "Our Special Artist" wins him the second prize in the class of workers under 18 years, while another of his frames is highly commended. Most of the other exhibits from this sturdy little club are clever and well taken, and the larger club should find in it a splendid recruiting ground. The outside clubs will be dealt with in a future issue.
17th AUGUST 1897
Page 5 - PRESS, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 9807
WELLINGTON NOTES
The Wellington Camera Club exhibition, which was opened this afternoon, is an excellent one. There are some very fine pictures sent from Sydney, Nelson, Dunedin, Invercargill, Napier, Taranaki, and Hokitika. Lord Ranfurly attended a private view of the pictures before the opening ceremony, which was performed by Sir James Prendergast.
SIR JAMES PRENDERGAST GCMG
Born 10th December 1826, London, United Kingdom
Died 27th February 1921, Wellington, New Zealand
THIRD CHIEF JUSTICE OF NEW ZEALAND
1st April 1875 to 25th May 1899
17th AUGUST 1897
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3207
19th AUGUST 1897
Page 34 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1329
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club at the Fine Arts Gallery was opened yesterday afternoon by Sir James Prendergast.
In calling upon His Honor to open the exhibition, Mr. A. de B. Brandon, the President, spoke a few words regarding the progress of the club. At the present time its membership numbered 125; since it was formed the club had held three exhibitions - in 1893, there were 320 exhibits; in 1894, 470; and on the present occasion there were 520 exhibits. The quality of the exhibits to-day was very superior to the quality of those on view at the first exhibition; and on the walls were to be seen specimens representative of every class of photography. He asked His Honor to declare the exhibition open, and to direct the jury of ladies and gentlemen present to return a verdict in accordance with the evidence before them.
Sir James Prendergast thanked Mr. Brandon and the committee of the club for having paid him the compliment of asking him to declare the exhibition open. He had read the observations published in that morning’s Times from Mr. Malcolm Ross, and they seemed to him to be exactly what one would wish to be addressed to members of a club some of whom were professors in the art and others of whom were only beginning the practise of the art. The observations of Mr. Ross seemed to him to be calculated to inspire in those beginning the art the true principles and sentiments of that art, and seemed also to be calculated to impress upon those who were professors certain principles by which they should be guided. The art of photography enabled us to fulfill the natural desire we all had to possess memorials of those we loved, and memorials of scenes we had visited, which otherwise we certainly should not possess. Anyone looking through the illustrated journals and magazines would see how much we were indebted to this art. He had been assured — and his conclusions had led him to the same result — that there was in this exhibition evidence of great progress in this art amongst the people of Wellington and the surrounding districts, and the fact that they had to meet competitors in all parts of the colony would no doubt stir them up to still further progress. His Honor then declared the exhibition open.
During the day the exhibition was visited by numerous citizens. The official report of the judge, Mr. Malcolm Ross, published in The Times yesterday, considerably assisted visitors in their round of the pictures. The capital photograph from Mr. H. Brusewitz, Nelson, “On the Sands at Eventide", a group of figures on the sands watching the sea rolling in, was the center of attraction. The Nelson collection altogether was greatly admired. the work of Mr. C.Y. Fell, bromides and platinotypos, is probably as good a series as could be seen anywhere, the delicate, soft lines and perfect tints in every picture showing the utmost artistic skill. “The Road Through the Valley”, shown by Mr. Denton, had its circle of admirers all day. Mr. Denton’s work is amongst the best in the exhibition. Besides the picture already mentioned, the view “Winter Dawn is Grey", a scene in Wellington harbour, must take rank as a real gem. The effects of the mists and the break of dawn in the distance are excellent. “Stormy Predictions for the Morrow” is a picture by Mr. Denton well worth inspection. Mr. A.C. Gifford is represented by one of the largest collections in the gallery. His work includes views taken in all parts of New Zealand, and capitally developed. Other Wellington exhibitors are: Mr. G.W. Barltrop, represented by some bromide enlargements; Mr. F. Harcourt, who sends some careful work; Mr. T.M. Hardy, with only two views, one a fine rural scene, “On the Wainuiomata"; Mr. and Mrs B.L. Mestayer, Mrs Firth, Miss N. Edwards, Messrs Thomas Pringle (who has two or three excellent pictures), E.H. Freeman (who shows some very good portraits), W.H. Tustin, A. de B. Brandon, G.A. Chapman (whose views of famous buildings form a prominent feature of the exhibition), W.C. Chatfield, E.W. Wilton, A.H. Adams, A.J. Cross, J.D. Mitchell, G. Norton, W. McKay and Dr De Latour.
The work of the Wellington College Camera Club is also exceedingly promising.
Last night a conversazione took place, when Minifie’s band played, and Mr. J.H. Owen exhibited his phonograph. Refreshments were served, and a pleasant evening spent.
The exhibition is to be open to-day, and a series of the prize lantern slides will be shown to-night.
SIR JAMES PRENDERGAST GCMG
Born 10th December 1826, London, United Kingdom
Died 27th February 1921, Wellington, New Zealand
THIRD CHIEF JUSTICE OF NEW ZEALAND
1st April 1875 to 25th May 1899
17th AUGUST 1897
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3207
UNDER THE PATRONAGE OF HIS EXCELLENCY LORD RANFURLY
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION of PHOTOGRAPHY
The Finest Collection of Photographs ever exhibited in Wellington
GALLERY OF FINE ARTS
Whitmore Street,
Open Daily from 1pm to 5pm and 7.30pm to 10pm
Exhibits from New South Wales, Invercargill, Dunedin, Nelson, Westport, Hokitika, Denniston, Napier and others.
TO-NIGHT (TUESDAY):
Contributors — Miss J. Parker, Messrs R. Parker, Thomas Pringle, Gibson.
Prize Lantern Slides at 8.30pm.
Slides by Mr. G.A.- Chapman at 9.30pm.
The exhibition will be CLOSED on Wednesday evening on account of the members
of the Club taking part in the limelight entertainment at Parliamentary Buildings.
ADMISSION --- ONE SHILLING
M. BUCKLEY JOYCE
HON.SECRETARY
18th AUGUST 1897
Page 3 - COLONIST, VOLUME XL, ISSUE 8945
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
INTER-COLONIAL EXHIBITION
THE NELSON EXHIBITS
This year's exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club is one of the best ever held. Exhibits have been received from all parts of the Colony, and from New South Wales, but unfortunately the latter did not arrive in time to be included in the prize competition. Mr. Malcolm Ross, the Judge, in his official report states:
"I regret very much that, owing to Mr. Fell's being a judge in the first instance, the Nelson exhibits were not entered in the competition. It was the Nelson Camera Club that first showed New Zealand what could be done in the way of artistic photography and the beauty of the bromide and platinotype processes, and, though some of the old names are missing from the list of exhibitors, much good work continues to come from Nelson. I am the more sorry that these pictures are not in the competition because of one very fine photograph — "On the Sands, Eventide" — which has been sent over by Mr. H. Brusewitz. This, in my opinion, is beyond doubt the finest picture in the exhibition. The landscape is charmingly treated, and the exquisite pose and placing of the figures cannot fail to be noticed. Moreover Mr. Brusewitz, in this work, has, by a judicious sacrifice of detail, gained in atmospheric effect, and has succeeded in striking the happy mean between the so-called Emersonian naturalistic school and the school of microscopic detail. This is the class of work that photographers should strive for, and if the best men succeed in turning out one such picture in a year they will have done well.
"On the whole I repeat that the exhibition is a creditable one. The local amateurs are beginning to break away from the trammels of conventionally, and we may look for still better work in the future".
18th AUGUST 1897
Page 2 - OAMARU MAIL, VOLUME XXII, ISSUE 6970
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The photographic exhibition arranged by the Wellington Camera Club, which was opened on Monday, is said to be one of the best ever held in Wellington. It comprises pictures from various parts of the colony and New South Wales, though those from the Mother Colony did not arrive in time to be included in the prize competition. In the prize list the name of Mr. A.C. Gifford appears several times, his successes being as follow: Third for landscape or seascape, second for portraits and groups, first for animal life, first for still life, and very highly commended for photo by any process except gelatino-chloride.
18th AUGUST 1897
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3208
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
THE Exhibition will be Closed from 5pm
TO-DAY till 1pm, on SATURDAY, 21st August
M. BUCKLEY JOYCE
HON.SECRETARY
19th AUGUST 1897
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 43
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION of PHOTOGRAPHY
OPEN DAILY
From 1pm to 5pm, and 7.30pm to 10pm
GALLERY OF FINE ARTS
Whitmore-street.
PRIZE LANTERN SLIDES to be exhibited,
by request, Friday and Saturday Evenings.
Grand Musical Entertainment and Lime light Views.
Admission ... One Shilling
19th AUGUST 1897
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10397
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the Wellington Camera Club exhibition this week Messrs Fletcher and Williams (of Dunedin) and Chapman (of Wellington) were awarded first honors in slides. In yachting pictures, objects and motion, Mr. Crichton, of this City, was highly commended.
19th AUGUST 1897
Page 23 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1329
21st AUGUST 1897
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3211
ECHOES OF THE WEEK
BY SCRUTATOR
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
I congratulate the members of the Wellington Camera Club upon the success of their exhibition. Amateur photography is a delightful hobby although in its earlier stages infrequently involves much language over “spoilt” plates and the hundred and one small failures which seem necessarily to preceds proficiency in the art of taking sun pictures. I would draw the attention of local and district amateurs to the fact that there is a regular camera column in the New Zealand Mail, the conductor of which is Mr. Buckley Joyce. I trust that now the exhibition has afforded such practical and pleasant evidence of the general interest taken in amateur photography, that a reflex and increased interest will be taken in the local camera column, the editor of which is always ready and willing to help a beginner over the stile of difficulty, and to keep the more advanced operators thoroughly well abreast of the novelties introduced from time to time in connection with the art of photography.
20th AUGUST 1897
Page 2 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXXI, ISSUE 197
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Among the exhibits at the Wellington Camera Club exhibition, the "Times" notices "the capital photograph from Mr. H. Bruzewitz, Nelson", "On the Sands at Eventide", a group of figures on the sands watching the sea rolling in. This picture was the center of attraction. The Nelson collection altogether was greatly admired. The work of Mr. C.Y. Fell bromides and platinotypes, is probably as good a series as could be seen anywhere, the soft lines and perfect tints in every picture showing the utmost artistic skill. The judge, Mr. Malcolm Ross, in his official report says: It was the Nelson Camera Club that first showed what could be done in the way of artistic photography and the beauty of the bromide and platinotype processes, and though some of the old names are missing from the list of exhibitors much good work continues to come from Nelson. I am more sorry that those pictures are not in the competition because of one very fine photograph "On the Sands at Eventide" by Mr. H. Brusewitz. This is in my opinion the finest picture in the exhibition. The landscape is charmingly treated and the exquisite pose and placing of the figures cannot fail to be noticed. Moreover, Mr. Brusewitz in this work has by a judicious sacrifice of detail gained in atmospheric effect and succeeded in striking the happy mean between the so-called Emersonian naturalistic school, and the school of microscopic detail.
21st AUGUST 1897
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 45
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
SECOND NOTICE
OUTSIDE CLUBS
The New South Wales exhibitors recognize this fact and some of the most beautiful pictures in the show are toned almost as if they were etchings. Mr. E.T. Davis has a picture that is ranked one of the two best in the gallery. In the view of Audley — at the dam on the Hocking River, in the National Park — attention has been given to chiaroscuro with delightful effect, and artistically and technically the view of the quiet river bank is perfect. Had the picture arrived in time for judging it is probable Mr. Denton, who took first and second prizes in the 'scape class, would have had to relinquish one of his prizes. Another delightfully toned picture, with a carefully chosen foreground, is entitled "The Winding Stream". "Sparkles", a beautiful cloud effect, taken full in the face of the sun, comes close to Mr. Denton's prize picture in the seascape class. The fourth picture of this capable photographic artist is equally indicative of his high artistic taste. Most of the other pictures of this club display the brilliance obtainable under the Australian sun. One of James Heron's pictures — a view of a boulder-strewn stream in which cattle, are cooling their legs — possesses this brilliance, and but for the want of a "sky" and an awkward grouping of the cows would be a very pretty picture. J.B. Yorke has two nice river views, with reedy foregrounds. His yachting studies are full of life, that of the yacht Iduna being cleverly lit. A "Summer Evening" idyll by William Johnston is beautifully toned, and its natural grouping and a quiet harmony of light and shade make it one of the best pictures in the Exhibition. The same competitor sends a couple of strong portraits and a delicate flower-study. A striking cloud effect on still water by W. Hamilton is similar in design to Mr. Denton's prize picture, but the grouping and "atmosphere" are not so good. An unnumbered, picture, showing a line of cows slowly crossing a shallow stream, possesses good points, and is only prevented by a commonplace background from being one of the best pictures on view.
It is a great pity that the Nelson Camera Club exhibits were not entered for competition, for in a remarkably good collection there is exhibited by H. Brusewitz the best picture in the hall. This is an enlargement entitled "On the Sands, Eventime", and depicts three women gracefully grouped on the sand, while in the background there is a quiet sea and a fine sunset sky. The focus is just sharp enough to make it artistic, and though thoroughly impressionistic in character, it possesses charms that attract also the ordinary lover of the beautiful. This is the sort of work that our amateurs should take up. Mr. Brusewitz also shows some excellent un-retouched portrait studies. Good work can always be expected from Mr. C.Y. Fell, and his exhibits this year are many. "Dinner" is quite unique in conception and design, and the posing of the little horn blower is most humorous. He also shows a series of coast scenes that are well diversified. Typical bush studies, humorous story pictures, and views of Maoriland scenery complete a fine collection. C. Redworth has a fine series of studies and views. An interior by C.J. Deck is very tastefully taken. His river and bush scenes are also nicely pictured.
The Invercargill Camera Club work comprises a delicately taken study of alpine flora, an artistic view of Half Moon Bay by W.J.P. Hodgkins, and a series of quaint and clever quarter-plates from A. McDonald,the two best being a perfect gem entitled "Hush", showing a mother and child in attitudes of listening, and a pleasing presentment of "Winter". Clara I. Thompson sends the best ladies work in the show. Her prize picture in that class is very artistic, while a companion picture wins the second prize. The club is fortunate in possessing such a capable member.
24th AUGUST 1897
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 47
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
THIRD NOTICE
The Dunedin Photographic Society sends a representative collection. Very striking are the portrait and flower studies of Mr. A. Hamilton. Two of the former class are quite Pre-Raphaelic in conception, but the effect produced is certainly not pleasing. Two chaste portraits please, another is spoilt by the ugly lines of the poser's dress, a consequence of the stiff attitude adopted. A picture of a laughing girl attracts at once. The best enlargement of breaking waves that is shown is also by Mr. Hamilton, a magnificent roller on the Marine Parade at Napier having been "shot" when high in the air. W. Williams's study of a tree fern is the most graphic and picturesque of its class. His "Morning Calm" is technically perfect as an enlargement, and but for its inartistic lines would win more than the judge's high commendation. Among his other pictures is a quaint little child study. Dr. Roberts's fine enlargement of a scene on Te Anau is spoilt by the parallelism of its main lines. A number of fine views of Southern scenery complete his collection. R.E. Fletcher has some bush scenes that show fine quality. H. Ziele's artistic enlargement (very highly commended) of a view on Lake Wakatipu has character given to it by a felicitously chosen foreground. A number of glimpses of Catlin's River bush are also worthy of observation. G. Crichton sends some good pictures. A shipping view in Wellington Harbour is deservedly highly commended for its position in the objects in motion class. A study "On the Threshold" is very pleasing, and the rest of this exhibitor's collection is of high standard. A.J. Morrison has on view a pretty bush scene, and J. Hamblin shows three nice flower studies.
In the Taranaki Camera Club, E.H. Clark is the only exhibitor. His "Driftwood Gatherers", though pretty, is a trifle commonplace in character, and scarcely merits the second place which has been given to it in the genre class. His other studies show considerable originality in the choice of subjects.
Miss E. Roberts, of Hokitika, sends some commendable work, spoilt, however, by the hideous frames in which she has enclosed her prints. A view on the Buller River, showing fine chiaroscuro and good composition, is properly highly commended in the ladies class. Her "Iris" is artistically arranged, and the print wins second prize in the still life class. Altogether her work is most promising.
26th AUGUST 1897
Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1330
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
INTER-COLONIAL EXHIBITION
Photography offers the same broad field to the artist that painting does, and although there are some that still dispute that photography is an art, by far the greater number, and amongst them are some of the ablest art critics in the world, admit that truly artistic effects can be obtained by means of the art science.
If there are any persons in Wellington who hold, the contra view, it is to be hoped that they visited the Exhibition. There they would have had evidence that photography — or rather the camera — in the hands of certain workers is capable of turning out pictures worthy of any artist.
But, again, should I not say photography, for how many can arrange their subject and still at the same time not turn out an artistic picture. The operator must understand lighting, his lens, plate, and most of all his developing and printing.
The Exhibition of 1897, which closed on Saturday, was superior in every way to its two predecessors. There were more pictures, more exhibitors and competitors, and most worthy of note, more workers breaking away from the trammels of that which damns the art in photography — the altogether unnatural and inartistic glossy P.O.P.
Although the digressors are but few, it is a start in the right direction; and the fact that there were such a number of matted prints enclosed in the four walls goes to prove that the photographer is not altogether past hope. To pretend to comment upon the exhibits individually would be a task impossible and unnecessary; for those of my readers who were present took lessons, and those who were not present could not be made to understand.
Those who have read the judge's report — published in the Mail last week — will have seen that he had no easy task in some of the classes. But his decision has given satisfaction. True that some competitors could not quite understand his awards; but Mr. Malcolm Ross has reasons for everything he does and was quite willing to give those reasons when asked, and point out the why and the wherefore of his decision.
One had only to visit the exhibition to realize that amateur photography is advancing. A great advance has been made in every branch of the art, and what was a few years ago considered good will not pass muster now. The majority of the amateurs of to-day are striving to make pictures, and not what may be termed pretty photographs, whose chief excellence was "sharp definition" throughout the whole negative. He is more careful in composing his pictures, even when doing instantaneous work.
As our Amateur Photographic Clubs are organized for two purposes — to assist their members in advancing in the art and to enable them to do their work with convenience, the social features being incidental — there can be no better means of carrying out the first purpose than by frequent exhibitions of pictures and lantern slides. And this is especially true where part of the exhibits are by persons who are not members of the organization giving the exhibition, for then comparisons can be made and the members can see whether they are in advance, stand equal, or are behind other fellow-workers, exhibitions of prints giving the better opportunity for such criticism. Of course there is a great amount of trouble and expense in running an exhibition such as has just been held. But I am of opinion that smaller exhibitions, held oftener and with less expense would be far more beneficial. Why should we not be able to get the best workers in the clubs in other parts of the colony to send us some of their best work. Of course they must not be put to any expense. The exhibits, if carefully handled, need not be framed, for was not the English portfolio one of the most interesting exhibitions held here, and the one from which we derived the most benefit — photographically speaking. However, this is a question for all the clubs in the colony — or even colonies to consider. Meanwhile let me get back to the Exhibition.
INVERCARGILL:
On entering the Exhibition the first pictures on the left were those sent by the members of the Invercargill Camera Club. It was a member of this club, Miss Clara I. Thompson, that carried off first and second honors in the Ladies Class. The judge said "there was only one competitor in it". In the picture "Gathering Mists" there is far too much sameness in the foreground — bordering on the monotonous. The figure introduced is also entirely out of place. The clouds and mountains are very well portrayed. If an inch had been trimmed off the foreground the fog, which is very much in evidence, would not have been seen, besides wonderfully improving the picture. Otherwise the negative appears to be of very good quality. "A Little Pause while Daylight Lingers" is a picture taken on a sandy stretch. The figures in the distance are very happily introduced; and although the picture is lacking in strength, the weird sky and the illumination of the water by the setting sun all combine to make a very pretty picture, which the judge awarded first prize. I congratulate Miss Thompson, and I expect to see something very good from her at our next show. If she goes on improving as she has been doing she will make some of the sterner sex "sit up".
Mr. A.M. McDonald exhibited eight frames, the work being, I think, the best of that from Invercargill. The one I liked best, however, was "Glimpses on the Estuary". It does not follow that because a man uses a quarter-plate he cannot turn out decent pictures. Some people treat a quarter plate with scorn. Only a quarter plate! And although this frame contains three little gems of artistic taste, it does seem a pity that they were not taken on a larger plate. The middle picture, however, is spoilt by the bad placing of the figures. The three instantaneous yachting pictures are also good and of nice even technical quality, the most noticeable fault being the horizon dividing the picture into two equal parts. The expression of the lady in the portrait entitled "Hush!" is excellent. The title is also appropriate, but the picture is marred by halation.
F.H. Bicknell's "Golden Bay" is a trifle hard, and the picture would have been improved if more outlet had been provided, the interest — to use an "Irishism" — being centered too much on one side of the picture.
"Queenstown", by W.A. Hay, is a good enlargement, although it is not as sharp as the contact print. The enlargement has evidently been under-exposed and forced, causing chalkiness. The snow-clad Remarkables in the distance show splendid detail. "Harold's Point, Stewart's Island" is also too much one-sided. If the point where the jetty touched the shore had been included, the picture would have been considerably improved.
"Duck Pond, Colac Bay", is also a pretty little scene, worthy of a larger plate.
Of the six pictures sent by E.B. McKay the best was "Exhibition Grounds, Melbourne". This is a promising subject spoilt for want of a better point of view, the tall tree being the aggressive feature. More foreground would also have been an improvement.
"Half Moon Bay", by W.J.P. Hodgkins, is a subject that should give a very pretty picture. The fault with this print is that the horizon line is crooked. The print is also lacking in brilliancy and would have been improved by including more foreground. The picture is also spoilt by bad trimming.
The view depicting camp life is the best of the three quarter-plates sent in by Mrs D.B. McPherson.
"Three Snapshots", by W. Smith, are examples of what can be done with a hand camera. I should imagine that this gentleman has been using a camera about a week, and was consequently "shooting" because of the novelty of pressing the button. If not, he should certainly give it up, or try to produce something worthy of the name of photographs.
"Golden Bay, Stewart's Island", by W. Manson has too much uninteresting foreground, and is also badly lit. "Public Gardens, Invercargill", is also badly trimmed. If Mr. Mason would trim another inch off the bottom of his picture he would see how the judicious use of the knife improves a photograph. The picture gives evidence of the prevalence of earthquakes in the district.
NELSON:
Of the Nelson pictures — and I might also say of the whole collection in the Exhibition — H. Brusewitz's are the best. The Hanging Committee did well in placing "On the Sands, Eventide", where they did. On entering the building this was the first picture to strike the eye, and it always had its little group of admirers round it. It is a picture that his earned praise from both the sharpist and the impressionist. One that has been admired by artists who are not photographers; and the Hon.Secretary tells me he could have sold that picture twenty times over. There is not the slightest doubt that the chemical and mechanical branches of photography are discussed until we have lost sight of the art side. Here we have an artist who is standing way up the ladder, as it were, beckoning for us to come up higher. Are we advancing on the ladder? I think so. There are some of us who have taken a few steps. Let us push through the crowd and never rest till we stand on the platform with Robinson, yes, and I will say, Brusewitz. In "On the Sands, Eventide", we have a picture with a fine atmospheric effect. The grouping is really excellent, although the line formed by the three ladies standing in a row might with advantage be broken. There is the appearance of utter unconsciousness of a camera being in the locality. The horizon line is, however, crooked. The three unretouched studies are also examples for some of our professionals of what a man who understands and can manipulate his light is capable of doing without resorting to the curse of portraiture as it is practiced today — the retoucher's pencil.
C.Y. Fell also sent a large contribution — some 30 whole-plate prints and enlargements. These included portraits, genre studies, landscapes, and most worthy of note, some really good seascapes. The pictures which seemed to receive most attention from the public, however, were the enlargement of "The Body Snatcher, or, The Doctor and the Hapuka", and "Dinner! Dinner!" This last picture would be improved if there was a more decided impression of the sea. It is a really clever piece of work, the position of the body and expression on the face being really excellent, and the line of the trumpet and the landscape not clashing. The picture has the appearance, however, of being over-exposed, and is also decidedly impressionistic.
In the other picture, the man being recognized as one of the medical fraternity in our midst, gave the picture more local interest. The seascapes are of very high order, showing what can be done in instantaneous work, and at the same time obtaining artistic effect. Mr. Fell is an out and out impressionist in his work. With such men as Fell and Brusewitz in the Nelson Club, we expect good work from its members.
"Maitai River", by C. Redworth, is a very pretty bit spoilt by too little foreground, the picture not being balanced. A sky is also wanted. The technique is bad. Of this collection I like "Torrark Bay" best. Looking at some of this gentleman's work, I should say that he was capable of turning out pictures much above the average of the collection which he sent to Wellington.
Three pretty little views at Cable Bay, entered under the nom deplume of "Koro", give evidence of very careful work.
Messrs H. Kidson, C.D. Donkin, C.J. Deck, H.A. Hobbs, C. Redworth and F.T. Washboune also exhibited some very good work.
26th AUGUST 1897
Page 38 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1330
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. Malcolm Ross interested a numerous audience at the Wellington Camera Club exhibition on Saturday night with a lecture and photographic views illustrating a tour in the Southern Alps. The talk was most interesting, and the views, shown by the assistance of limelight, came in for much applause. A number of the prize slides were also shown. Mr. G.E. Barltrop and others worked the lantern.
During the evening a concert program was gone through, Miss Jeanne Ramsay and Mr. Gibson each singing two songs, and Mrs Alfred Levi playing a piano solo, Raff's "Polka de la Reine".
The exhibition closed on Saturday night. The committee is to be congratulated upon the marked success of the exhibition.
9th SEPTEMBER 1897
Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1332
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
INTER-COLONIAL EXHIBITION
The entries in this class more than justified the committee in creating such a class. The winner, however, was a past member of the club. This was somewhat unfortunate, for we should have liked to see a prize given confined to this club alone, and not to any workers under 18. The judge had a difficulty to contend with here. Any picture or study could be entered for competition, and consequently he had to judge a pretty landscape scene against a figure study. The President helped him out of the difficulty by authorizing him to give two first prizes instead of a first and a second, one prize to be for the best landscape and the other for the best figure study. The prize for landscape was won by W.H. Tustin with a pretty little picture, “The Distant Pines”, typical of evening, the reflections on the lagoon and peaceful evening light giving evidence of artistic taste. The composition was fairly good, the picture being a trifle heavy in the foreground. Although the tone was not disagreeable, the lights had been discolored in the toning, but as the discoloration was even all over the print, it could not be considered objectionable. Another good little quarter-plate picture of the Liverpool of New Zealand, by the same worker, was rather over-crowded. The technical qualities and lighting were, however, good.
“Our Special Artist”, by J.P. Solomon, was also worthy of the first prize for figure studies. The pose was good, but the hand was too cramped. The picture was also flat, the figure not standing out sufficiently from the background.
“An Incident”, a frame of four pictures by the same worker, comprising everyday incidents of school life, came in for a good deal of attention from the visiting public.
Frames were also exhibited by W. Roberts, E.W. Payton, J. Bee, A. Heine, C. Dick, H.B. Solomon, G.A. Wolters, G.I. Abbott, N. Tegetmier, C.W. Wallace, R.S. Gawith, R.J. McIntire, C.S. Heedwell and F.J. Boyd. All these gave evidence of very careful work, and do credit to their teacher, Mr. A.C. Gifford. We hope to see more of their work at the next exhibition.
TARANAKI
The only exhibitor from Taranaki was E.H. Clark, who scored second place in the genre studies with a picture entitled “Driftwood Gatherers”. The best picture in this collection was “Mount Egmont”. This was rather a pretty little landscape, with the snow-capped mountain in the distance. I would recommend this worker to obtain more perfect blooms when he attempts flower studies. A picture of half blooms is not by any means pleasing to the eye. There was nothing striking or original in the portraits or groups exhibited, the studies being far too orthodox in arrangement. “Statuary Room, Christchurch Museum”, was spoilt by halalation, all the detail being lost.
HOKITIKA
Miss Roberts was the only exhibitor from Hokitika and succeeded in winning a second prize in “Still Life” and highly commended in Ladies Class. The fault of this worker’s picture is the entire absence of atmospheric effect, the pictures “Early Morning on the Buller river” not giving slightest trace of early morning. The hideous black Oxford frames were also an eyesore, discounting very good work.
Miss F.M. Gifford (Oamaru), sent two pretty little pictures. The group at the garden gate is the best, and it is a great pity a more suitable title was not given to it.
WELLINGTON
Although the members of the Wellington Club have generally been fairly successful in outside competitions it came rather as a surprise to see the majority of the prizes won by Wellingtonians. Mr. Denton was the most successful competitor in the Exhibition winning three first prizes, four second, and has also four prints highly commended. Mr. A.C. Gifford comes next with two first prizes, one second, one third, and one very highly commended. Mr. Thomas Pringle obtained two first prizes and Mr. G.A. Chapman one first and two second prizes.
Speaking of Mr. Denton’s work, the judge says: “I had no difficulty in selecting the prize pictures. The work of 'Rangatira' is without doubt the best in the competition. It is careful, technically perfect, and more than ordinarily artistic”. And what more could I add to this? If I were to add a page I could give it no higher praise. Mr. Denton has the happy knack of going to a place with the most commonplace surrounding and turning out a beautiful picture. "The Road through the Valley” is an illustration of this. A piece of country road in the vicinity of the Upper Hutt is turned into a picture which scores two first and one second prizes. Quite a different picture is the second prize in seascapes, “Winter’s Dawn is Grey”. Here again Mr. Denton has displayed his artistic skill. The subject of this picture is what we so often hear people calling the only blot on the beauty of our harbour, the ugly coal hulks moored off the end of the Queen’s wharf. Yet this again has been turned into a charming picture, with an excellent atmospheric effect. The first prize in "Portraiture” was also won by Mr. Denton with a picture of an old blacksmith ("Bobby Sutcliffe”). In this he shows us what should be aimed at in portraiture — character.
In the perfect portrait H.P. Robinson says: "There are two sets of qualities, the mechanical and the spiritual. Among the mechanical qualities will be found good manipulation, composition and light and shade. Any man who is worth his salt may make himself tolerably perfect in these qualities; the rest is not so easy, and although I am not ready to admit that much may not be learnt by the average photographer, there are many who have not the natural qualifications for the more advanced work. The obvious inference is that they are round pegs in square holes, and should never have been placed in such an unsuitable position. Science has much to answer for in deluding many that the art of photography, and especially portraiture, is comprised in perfection of processes. But this is a digression. A mechanical portrait is merely a map of a man. There are a few lines in Tennyson’s “Idylls of the King” which describe exactly what is wanted in a perfect portrait, and will save me further words:
As when, a painter, poring on a face,
Divinely thro’ all hindrance finds the man
Behind it, and so paints him that his face,
The shape and color of a mind and life. Lives for his children, ever at his best and fullest.
Now I don’t expect that this perfection can be reached in every instance or indeed in a large proportion, all subjects will not permit it, but it is well to have something in mind to aim at, and better stiff to be able to do as Mr. Denton does — secure it. The picture of Dr McKenzie’s house in Willis street gains second prize in architecture; the telegraph poles discounting the pictorial effect greatly. The flower studies are also good. And a series of three pictures, without words, tells its story admirably. I expect great things from Mr. Denton in the future.
Mr. A.C. Gifford exhibits more pictures than any other single exhibitor in the Exhibition. And his work is all well done. “ A Local Branch of the Anti-Bot Fly Association” wins first prize in “Animal Life”. It is a picture of a group of horses discussing matters connected with the “Association” over a broken fence. The grouping is first-class, and the technique all that could be desired. Mr. Gifford has a number of views taken in the Southern Lake District (Otago), in platinotype. Looking at these we can imagine we are looking at skilfully executed wash drawings, the one I particularly fancy being a picture of Mount Earnslaw — a lovely cloud study — and the lighting of the picture is all that could be desired. “News from the Old Country” deserves the second prize awarded to it in the Portrait Class, being a photo of an old man reclining in a chair reading a letter. The first prize in “Stiff Life” was also won by Mr. Gifford with a picture of a “Night-Flowering Cactus”, a study well executed, and he also exhibited pictures in almost every class in the prospectus.
Mr. Thomas Pringle won first prize in Yachting with “an exquisite study of a yacht done on opal in a pleasing tint somewhat approaching a Bartolozzi red”. This exhibitors work was marred by the hideous frames.
Mr. F. Harcourt had a large entry, and although he had some capital pictures he was not successful in winning a prize. I think it is a great pity that little gems like "A Misty Morning”, "Freighted Clouds”, and "After the Storm” should be enclosed in a frame with pictures that have nothing artistic about them and thereby greatly militating against their success.
E.W. Wilton exhibits two or three frames of portraiture. I would advise this worker to study work such as that turned out by Brusewitz and Denton and see what can be accomplished by workers who understand lighting without resource to the retouching pencil — a process that spoils portraiture. At the same time I am quite aware that the use of the pencil is perfectly legitimate in some instances, such as reducing marks that are magnified by the camera, but to have a stipple all over a person’s face is both inartistic and unnatural. In the animal study the dog is badly posed, but the technique is all that could be desired. If the head were vignetted it would make a very pretty picture. Mr. G.W. Barltrop exhibited four enlargements, the best of which was a cloud study. Mr. G.A. Chapman’s pictures took up a good part of the space of one of the walls of the gallery. They were all enlargements of European and American scenes and architecture. The photograph of "Milan Cathedral” was very well taken being well lighted, and was awarded the first prize in "Architecture”, although as a specimen of photographic work I prefer the "Bathing Pavilion”. Mr. E.H. Freeman’s enlargement of a lady in a fancy dress is good, the posing and lighting is admirable, although the vignetting is too hard. A sharply lit profile is also striking. The full length portrait of a bride is gracefully posed, the detail in the light drapery being effectively rendered. Mrs Firth’s copies of celebrated pictures were well executed. Miss Edwards exhibited an attractive child study that was spoilt by the inartistic background. Mrs Mestayer shows some well-executed bromide prints, and Mr. Mestayer and Dr De Latour each show a number of photo-micrographs. Mr. A. de B. Brandon has two pretty views, “Up Stream” and "Down Stream”. W.T.L. Travers also has some excellent views of the Hot Lakes and scenes in Wellington Harbour. The enlargement of "Mountain Scenery” and the "Bullock Cart”, by C. Pearce, give evidence of careful work. W.C. Chatfield has a number of studies of "Mikado”, a dog that is evidently well trained and wears fancy dress, rides a “bike”, forming an amusing collection. T.M. Hardy has a frame of three pictures, the best of which is a scene on the Wainui-o-mata. R.T. Turnbull exhibited a number of gruesome X-ray pictures.
13th OCTOBER 1897
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 90
14th OCTOBER 1897
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3257
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, which was to have been held to-morrow, has been postponed until Thursday, the 21st October.
13th OCTOBER 1897
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 90
14th OCTOBER 1897
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3257
15th OCTOBER 1897
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3258
16th OCTOBER 1897
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3259
18th OCTOBER 1897
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3260
19th OCTOBER 1897
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3261
20th OCTOBER 1897
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3262
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 96
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
THE Annual General Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held in the Clubroom, No. 11, Exchange Buildings, on THURSDAY, 21st October, 1897, at 8pm.
M. BUCKLEY JOYCE
HON.SECRETARY
21st OCTOBER 1897
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3263
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 97
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
THE Annual General Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held in the Clubroom, No. 11, Exchange Buildings, TO-NIGHT (THURSDAY), 21st October, 1897, at 8pm.
M. BUCKLEY JOYCE
HON.SECRETARY
22nd OCTOBER 1897
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3264
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The fifth annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the clubroom, Exchange Buildings, last evening, the President, Mr. A. de B. Brandon, in the chair.
The report stated that the club had a membership of 98. The exhibition held by the club was not as successful as it might have been if the members had given their assistance. After referring at length to the exhibition, the report goes on to say that the thanks of the club are due to Mr. C.Y. Fell, who came from Nelson to act as judge, and although at the last minute he was unable to do so through pressure of business, secured Mr. Malcolm Ross in his place. The committee also thanks Mr. Ross very heartily for his services. The year was started with a credit balance of £l3 12s 9d. The receipts for the year were £110 14s 6d, and the expenditure £115 17s 7d, leaving a debit balance of £5 3s 1d.
The Chairman, in moving the adoption of the report and balance-sheet, said the report explained the work of the recent exhibition as compared with the previous exhibitions, and said the large prizes offered accounted for the deficiency. The club, however, had no reason to be dissatisfied with the exhibition, as it was an excellent lesson to all the members. The collection of pictures was well worthy of exhibition, and had a selection had to be made for the purpose of weeding out there were only three or four pictures that would have been rejected.
The report was adopted.
ELECTION OF OFFICERS: 1897 - 1898 |
PRESIDENT |
HON.SECRETARY: |
|||||||
| Vice-President: Mr. J. McLellan |
Vice-President: Mr. A. McKay |
Treasurer: Mr. T.M. Hardy |
Committee: Mr. A.C. Gifford |
Committee: Mr. B. Joyce |
Committee: Mr. G.W. Barltrop |
Committee: Mr. A.H. Adams |
Committee: Mr. F. Harcourt |
Committee: Mr. T. Pringle |
Auditor: Mr. W.C. Stephen |
The meeting terminated with the usual, votes of thanks to the Hon.Secretary and officers.
22nd OCTOBER 1897
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 98
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the club-room, Exchange Buildings, last night. The President, Mr. A. de B. Brandon, occupied the chair.
In the annual report it was stated that the present membership was 98. The only photographic exhibitions held during the year were those at Dunedin and Invercargill. To the latter exhibition the club sent a representative exhibit of 35 frames. The exhibition held by the club in August was not the success it should have been if all the members had done their duty and helped. Eleven clubs sent exhibits to it. The total receipts of the exhibition were £63 10s 9d, and the expenditure £81 6s 9d, leaving a deficiency of £17 16s. The exhibition not only paid all its expenses, but contributed the sum of £9 10s towards the prize fund. The amount of £23 18s was allotted for prizes in the prospectus, and special prizes of the value of £3 8s were also given. Had no prizes been given the balance would have been a gain instead of a loss. The thanks of the club were due to Messrs. C.Y. Fell and Malcolm Ross for their services in judging the pictures. The best scores in the monthly competitions (up to the present) had been made by Messrs. F. Denton (85 points), Harcourt (45 3-5th), and Gifford (44). The statement of receipts and expenditure showed a debit balance of £2 14s.
In moving the adoption of the report, the Chairman said that the club had no reason to be ashamed of the result of its exhibition. The collection of pictures was a most representative one, and the individual quality of the pictures was generally high.
The report and balance-sheet were adopted. Mr. Brandon was unanimously re-elected President, his decision to accept re-election being received with much applause.
Mr. W.C. Stephens suggested that a colonial exhibition should be held annually in each of the big centers in turn, smaller exhibitions being also held by the clubs annually. Other suggestions were made as to exhibitions, and the Committee decided to take the matter in hand.
A hearty vote of thanks was passed to the retiring Hon.Secretary, Mr. M. Buckley Joyce, for the energy he had displayed in carrying out his duties in connection with the recent exhibition.
A letter was received from the Amateur Photographic Association of Victoria intimating that any member of the Camera Club who might be visiting Melbourne should be an honorary member of the Association during his sojourn in that city. It was resolved to extend the same courtesy to any member of the Melbourne Association visiting Wellington. The question of fitting up a club darkroom and enlarging-room was referred to the Committee.
28th OCTOBER 1897
Page 16 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1339
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL REPORT
At the annual general meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, held last Thursday, the chairman read the following report:
The committee have very much pleasure in the fifth annual report of the Wellington Camera Club.
During the year there have been eleven ordinary meetings and one extra lantern evening, the average number attending being 22. The January meeting lapsed, only two members attending.
The Club started the year with membership of 105. During the year seventeen members have resigned, five have been struck off for refusing to pay their subscriptions, while nineteen new members have been elected. The membership of the Club is now 98. The only photographic exhibitions held during the year were those at Dunedin and Invercargill. This Club was not invited to send an exhibit to Dunedin.
Of the Invercargill exhibition we only had two weeks notice, but a fairly representative exhibit of thirty-five frames was sent. Members of this Club have also during the year lent a number of slides to the Napier Club.
The exhibition held by this Club in August was not the success it would have been if all the members had done their duty and helped. The committee regret that with a membership of 102 only 36 members tickets were sold, while only fourteen members bought tickets for the conversazione. If each member had only taken one conversazione ticket the exhibition, besides paying all its expenses would have provided the prize money. There were eleven clubs sent exhibits to the exhibition, including the Dunedin Photographic Society, which did not exhibit at our last two exhibitions. For this we are indebted to Mr. G. Crichton, who succeeded in inducing the Dunedin Society to enter. The total receipts of the exhibition were £63 10s 9d and the expenditure £81 6s 9d, leaving a deficiency of £l7 16s. On the previous exhibition there was a loss of £4 19s 7d, but no prizes were given; while this exhibition not only paid all its expenses, but contributed £0 10s towards the prize fund. The amount of money allotted for prizes in the prospectus was £23 18s, and special prizes to the value of £3 8s were also given.
Although the New South Wales exhibit arrived in Wellington the Thursday previous to the exhibition, it was not delivered at the Hall until the morning of the opening day, consequently the judging had to be gone on with without including the New South Wales pictures. At a committee meeting held in the Art Gallery on the opening day it was decided to ask the judge to furnish a report stating whether any of the New South Wales pictures would have displaced any of the prize-winners had they arrived in time. A reply was received from the judge stating that he considered one picture worth a first prize and two pictures worthy of second prizes. The committee therefore awarded these prizes.
The thanks of the club are due to Mr. C.Y. Fell, who came from Nelson to act as judge, but owing to the non-delivery of the exhibits at the specified time he was compelled through business to return without judging the pictures. Before leaving, however, he obtained Mr. Malcolm Ross to fill the position, and the committee regard it as a matter for congratulation that the judge’s decisions gave such great satisfaction.
Of the £27 6s allotted as prize money, £l5 12s 4d was won by members of this Club, and £ll 13s 8d by members of outside clubs.
In the allotment of the pictures comprising the English portfolio, the Club drew the two pictures “Eventide” and “A Bleak Country Road”.
Although the committee decided that lantern evenings should be held during the winter months, only three members competed at the first one held, and the committee did not deem it advisable, owing to the apathy of members to hold any more.
Acting on the recommendation of the last annual meeting, negotiations were entered into with the Chess Club, with the result that we obtained the use of this room for sixteen nights for £l2, a reduction of £8 on the old agreement.
With regard to the monthly competitions the committee will be glad to receive suggestions with a view to encourage more members to compete. The committee and sub-committee spent a considerable amount of time in endeavoring to make the list of subjects as varied and popular as possible, and this year carbon and platinotype process were introduced, but only two members entered pictures. It may be mentioned that the names struck off the roll were not removed until the members had absolutely refused to pay their subscriptions.
4th NOVEMBER 1897
Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1340
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL REPORT
The President (Mr. A. de B. Brandon), in moving the adoption of the report (published in last week's Mail), said that it explained the work of the past Exhibition with those held in previous years, and also stated that the giving of such a large amount in prize money accounted for the loss on the Exhibition. But one phase, of the question to be considered was: If there had been no prize money, would there have been such large entries? He did not think there would have been, and consequently there would not have been the attraction for the public. He did not think the Club had any reason to be dissatisfied with the result of the Exhibition. It was an excellent lesson to all the members. The collection of pictures was such that they would have done credit to any exhibition; and had a committee of selection been set up, if they rejected more than three or four of the pictures hung, the standard would then have been so high that half of the pictures in the Exhibition would have to have been sacrificed. He had much pleasure in moving the adoption of the report and balance-sheet.
Mr. G.W. Barltrop seconded the motion, which was carried unanimously.
The following officers for the ensuing year were then elected: President, Mr. A. de B. Brandon; Vice-Presidents, Messrs A. McKay and J. McLellan; treasurer, Mr. T.M. Hardy; Hon.Secretary, Mr. J.A Heginbotham (Kilbirnie); Committee, Messrs A.C. Gifford, B. Joyce, T. Pringle, F. Vaughan, A.H. Adams and F. Harcourt; Auditor, Mr. W.C. Stephens.
In thanking members for re-electing him, the President said that he was hoping that on this occasion they would have found him a successor. The life of the Club depended to a great extent on the life among the higher officers. It was not good for any club or institution to have a permanent head, as after anyone has been re-elected for three or four years it was hard to make a change as the office was looked on as a kind of freehold. They had no doubt heard rumors that he was going to be a candidate for the Mayoralty. But although he was not definitely out — and if he consulted his own feelings he would not come out — he was in the hands of a committee of citizens, and should be so unfortunate as to be called upon, he was afraid that he would not have much time to devote to the Camera Club, as the City Council meetings also fell on a Thursday. He said that he was glad that his services had been appreciated, and if the Club was prepared to put up with an ornamental head he would gladly fill the Presidential chair for another year.
The question of the Club fitting up an enlarging room for use of members was brought up by Mr. A.H. Adams. The President pointed out that when a circular was sent out to members at the beginning of this year asking them to express an opinion on the advisability of the Club making arrangements for a dark room and an enlarging room combined, so little interest was displayed by members that the committee decided to take no action in the matter. He had no doubt if Mr. Adams brought the matter up at a committee meeting the committee would come to a favorable decision if they had the support of members of the Club.
Mr. A.H. Adams proposed a vote of thanks to the retiring Hon.Secretary (Mr. Buckley Joyce) and said that only the members of the committee could appreciate to the full the services rendered to the Club by late Hon.Secretary Mr. Frank J. Denton proposed that Mr. Joyce be elected a life member but the President pointed out that as there was no provision in the rules for the election of life members a new rule would first have to be made, after which the election could proceed, of which notice would have to be given.
A letter was read from Mr. J. H. Harvey, Hon.Secretary of the Amateur Photographic Association of Victoria, stating that at a recent general meeting of the Club a resolution was carried to the effect that "Upon any member of any other amateur photographic society in Australasia, who may be visiting Melbourne, presenting a letter of introduction from his Hon.Secretary, he shall ipso facto be an honorary member of this Association during his sojourn in this city". It was decided to write thanking the Amateur Association, and informing them that we would be glad at any time to see any of their members.
The Exhibition balance-sheet showed the receipts to have been £63 10s 9d, and the expenditure £80 16s 8d, leaving a debit balance of £l7 5s 11d. The amount of money awarded in prizes was £25 6s.
The Club balance-sheet showed the receipts to have been £llO 14s 6d, and the expenditure £ll3 8s 6d, leaving a debit balance of £2 14s.
The cash statement of the club shows the assets to be £56 10s 3 1/2d while the liabilities amount to £5l 11s, leaving a balance to carry forward to next year of £4 18s 3 2/3d. Besides this the club has assets worth some £4O.
18th NOVEMBER 1897
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1342
24th NOVEMBER 1897
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3291
CAMERA NOTES
The Hon.Secretary of the Wellington Camera Club has handed me the following letter addressed to him by Mr. J.E. Vernon, President of the Southland Camera Club.
Dear Sir, At the last meeting of our club it was resolved that I as President, should write you with reference to some criticism on three snapshot pictures by one of our members. The criticism appeared in one of the Wellington newspapers - over which you may say you have no control — but you have endorsed the criticism by getting them reprinted and sent to all the clubs. We do not object to fair criticism, but the criticism of these snapshots was in the opinion of our club — to say the least of it — ungenerous. The snapshots sent were not sent as specimens of artistic work. They were not sent as pictures, but as specimens of instantaneous work. You were supplied with the information that that was so. They were taken by one who has worked a camera since 1869 — so he was no tyro. On the back of the picture the name of the lens was given, the opening, the shutter (a local-plane one), the name of plate and the times of exposure (1-200 and 1-400 of sec), and other information. We draw your attention to this because we feel that such criticism is not conducive to the welfare of our club.
Poor things! How they must suffer. To show that the criticism in question was perfectly legitimate and fair, I reprint it: "Three Snapshots", by W. Smith, are examples of what can be done with a hand camera. I should imagine that this gentleman has been using a camera about a week, and was consequently "shooting" because of the novelty of pressing the button. If not, he should certainly give it up, or try to produce something worthy of the name of photographs.
When I penned this “par". I did so thinking Mr. Smith was a beginner. Had I known that he had been “working” a camera since 1869 my criticism would have been more severe. The matter has nothing whatever to do with the Wellington Camera Club, and to say that they endorse the criticism by getting it reprinted, is so much rubbish. The Southland Camera Club being quite in its infancy its members are to be excused for not knowing that it is only courtesy - “to say the least of it" — on the part of the club holding an exhibition, to send a copy of the press reports to each outside exhibitor, and the fact of the Southland Camera Club not following the usual course at the conclusion of their last exhibition, did not deter the Wellington Camera Club from compiling, at considerable trouble and expense, a sheet complete with all the information, Judge’s report and criticism of the pictures exhibited. So that the club is in no way responsible, nor do they endorse what appears on the sheet sent out. But “Snapshot" is able to defend himself.
The picture (?) which I took most exception to was one of a young lady throwing water out of a bucket. Fancy a man “working a camera“ for close on 30 years and having reached this degree of excellence, ! Ye gods ! The exhibit would have been bad enough had it bore the stamp of originality, but when we see it printed in sundry publications as an advertising medium of the rapidity of a certain make of shutter, it causes us to think whether Mr. Smith is a Rip Van Winkle, and how long has he been asleep. In photography there is not the slightest excuse for piracy, and a man who has “worked a camera" for 30 years certainly should have turned out something meritorious. The picture (?) a piracy and the technique bad — the result of 30 years study.
But to be serious. The criticism which appeared was written in good faith. Several persons asked the question — “Why was it hung?" The whole purport of the criticism was to show exhibitors wherein they failed. The remarks passed on some of the other pictures were equally severe. When I saw a fault I exposed it. When I saw art I praised it. Anyone who read the report must acknowledge this and I trust my Invercargill friends will take the matter in the spirit in which it was written and above all fol-- the excellent examples set by Miss Thompson and Mr. McDonald when they would earn nothing but praise.
“Snapshot" in New Zealand Mail.
19th NOVEMBER 1897
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3287
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIV, ISSUE 122
25th NOVEMBER 1897
Page 16 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1343
LOCAL AND GENERAL
A meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held last night, when there was a large attendance, Mr. Baltrop being in the chair. A letter was read from Messrs Sharlaud and Co, who forwarded a number of gem plates for competition, which will be at the command of members who like to apply for them. A gross of plates will be awarded as a prize to the competitor who obtains the best negative on one of these plates. The following are the awards of the judges for last month’s competition:
ENLARGEMENTS: Mr. F.J. Denton, 1; Mr. M.B. Joyce, 2; Mr. A.C. Gifford, 3.
Mr. Vaughan delivered a lecture upon flashlight photography, and a number of members, who brought their cameras, exposed plates on the various subjects. A vote of thanks to Mr. Vaughan was carried by acclamation.
The following have been elected members of the club: Messrs W.H. Field, M.C. Smith and H. Westbrook.
17th DECEMBER 1897
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3310
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVII, ISSUE 146
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Some excellent photographic specimens printed by the carbon process, were exhibited at the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club last night. They are the work of Mr. Hardy Shaw, and were very much admired by all present, exhibits of such a fine character not having been shown in Wellington previously. The principal characteristic of these carbon photos is permanency — they never fade, and in this particular connection it is suggested that the authorities should see to it and have the silver prints of the hot lake terraces, located at the Museum, renewed. They were taken years ago and are said to be fading. If they are not re-taken by the carbon or some other permanent process, they will, in all probability, in the course of time be lost for ever. The matter is one deserving of consideration by those interested.
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A feature of last evening's meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was a paper on bromide work by Mr Harcourt, which covered the various developers used in the process, the armidol being particularly specified as giving the best practical illustrations. A hearty vote of thanks was tendered Mr Harcourt. A communication was read from the Dunedin Photographic Society asking its co-operation in connection with the holding of a proposed annual convention in the various centers. The meeting thought the idea a good one and approved it. Information was also sent relative to a competition to be held in April or May of next year for a half-plate “Kaipai” camera. The conditions are that competitors are to exhibit three prints illustrating “Sunshine”, a poem by Mary Howitt. Specimens of flashlights taken by members at the last monthly meeting of the club, were handed in, and five new members were elected. Mr A. de B. Brandon occupied the chair.
11th FEBRUARY 1898
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 35
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The first monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club this year attracted a large attendance of members and friends at the club-room, Exchange Buildings, last night. Mr. A.C. Gifford presided.
Mr. G.W. Barltrop delivered an interesting lecture upon lantern-slide making, illustrating his conclusions with some specially - selected examples of slides variously treated.
Mr. F.A. Vaughan also showed some finely tinted slides of his own manufacture. Both exhibitions were most interesting.
Three new members were elected and one resignation received.
A communication was received from the promoters of the Royal Photographic Society International Photographic Exhibition, to be held in the Crystal Palace, London, next April and May, giving instructions to intending exhibitors.
A number of competition prints, the subjects being "Flower Studies" and "Breaking Waves", were exhibited. No award was made in the flash-light competition of the last meeting.
17th MARCH 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 64
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
MEETING TO-NIGHT, 17th March, at 8pm.
PLATINOTYPE WORK,
Mr. A.C. GIFFORD
Visitors invited.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
14th APRIL 1898
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 87
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club to-night Mr. T. Pringle is to demonstrate the process of carbon printing, of which he is an ardent advocate. The carbon process is absolutely as permanent in its results as a finished oil painting, and much credit is due to Mr. Pringle for reviving in Wellington a process which in England is so well known and appreciated at all the great photographic exhibitions.
14th APRIL 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 87
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
MEETING TO-NIGHT, at Exchange Buildings, at 8pm sharp.
CARBON WORK.
Mr. T. PRINGLE
Visitors invited.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
21st APRIL 1898
Page 39 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1364
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was an unusually large gathering in the Wellington Camera Club rooms last week — including several lady members - when Mr. Pringle gave a demonstration of photographic printing by the carbon process. Several prints were developed in different tints, and the utmost interest was taken in the experiments, which were ably conducted by the demonstrator. The carbon process has been much simplified of late years, and it now shares the honors with platinotype in nearly all the exhibitions in Great Britain, and the Continent. It is also being enthusiastically taken up by some of our local amateurs, and there is every promise of a good deal of artistic work in carbon at the next annual exhibition of the club in Wellington.
12th MAY 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 111
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Monthly Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club takes place this evening, at 8pm, at the Club's Room, Exchange Buildings.
SOME ERRORS IN COMPOSITION AND POSING PRACTICALLY DEMONSTRATED
Mr. MUIR
Visitors are invited.
J.H. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
24th MAY 1898
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10631
EXHIBITION NOTES
THE PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY'S EXHIBITION
The Photographic Society's inter-colonial exhibition, held in conjunction with the Otago Jubilee Exhibition, was opened last night in the Agricultural Hall, and throughout to-day numbers of visitors have inspected the pictures. As mentioned in our Issue yesterday, the exhibits are shown on the walls of the hall, both upstairs and downstairs, and although the position is, perhaps, not one calculated to show the photographs to the best possible advantage, still the light is good, and enables the pictures to be very fairly seen. The entries in the competitive classes number in all 322, made up as follows: Class 1, landscape, 112; class 2a, enlargements (animals), 11; class 2b, enlargements (landscapes), 27; class 3, lantern slides, 6; class 4, genre, 31; class 5, marine, 49; class 6, portraits, 17; class 7, hand camera, 8; class 8, for workers under eighteen years, 46; class 9, yachting, 10; class 10, "Kapai" camera competition, 5.
In addition to these 322 exhibits there are also 280 frames of pictures for exhibition only, and amongst these are to be found some of the finest specimens of photography in the exhibition.
Of the competitive classes the best undoubtedly is that of portraits, which is of special merit. The awards are given below, but two classes are yet to be judged, these being the yachting pictures and the lantern slides. The forty-six pictures shown by workers under eighteen years of age all come from pupils of the Wellington College. It is worthy of note, and doubtless very disappointing to local photographers, that only two prizes, a first and a second (in the genre class), come to Dunedin.
Amongst the pictures for exhibition only there are a number of Cuban views shown by Mr. Frank MacLean, district engineer of railways, which are, of course, of very special interest at this time, and are attracting a good deal of attention. The President of the club (Mr. C.W. Kerr) heads the list of exhibition pictures with a very good selection comprising twenty-two frames, most of the views being landscapes. Mr. Denton, of Wellington, is a very large exhibitor, some of his pictures being extremely good. Dr Roberts, of Dunedin, has a fine collection of enlargements, the best, perhaps, being Nos. 33 and 38, entitled "Drink fair". Mr. A. Hamilton is the largest exhibitor in this section, his portraits and pictures of still life (floral) standing out prominently. Mr. T. Pringle, of Wellington, also a large exhibitor, shows three scenes in carbon print in one frame, and these are tastefully mounted and well finished, making one of the best frames in the exhibition. Of Mr. G.F. Green's pictures the best is No. 196, entitled "Driven by Wind and Tossed", a seascape. A number of platinum prints of Maori carving, by Mr. A. Hamilton, are deserving of special notice for the excellent manner in which the work has been brought out. Mr. G. Crichton, of Dunedin, has a striking picture of the Wellington Public Library, and Mr. J.S. Webb, the HON.SECRETARY of the society, has a good view of the fern tree house at Halfway Bush. Mr. E.A. Bradford, of Sydney, shows his picture entitled "Ever-restless Sea", which gained the gold medal in the competition open to the world at the Calcutta Exhibition, and, needless to say, it is about the best seascape on the walls.
A noticeable feature of the Exhibition is the number of carbon photographs, these mostly coming from exhibitors at Napier and Wellington. It is quite a new class of work to Dunedin, but possesses many pints of merit, particularly in regard to the number of colors and gradations to be obtained.
The exhibition is not only the largest that has been given here, but is far and away the most representative, members of the Wellington Camera Club, Wellington College Camera Club, Christchurch Philosophical Photographic Society, Southland Camera Club, Nelson Camera Club, North Otago Photographic Society, Hawke's Bay Camera Club, New South Wales Photographic Association, and Adelaide Photographic Society, in addition to members of the local society, being represented by works on the walls.
A further notice of the exhibits will appear in another issue.
Mr. C.W. Kerr, President of the Dunedin Photographic Society, had intended, if opportunity had offered, to have addressed a few remarks to the audience last evening in opening the exhibition. He would have explained that some months ago, when the Exhibition Committee became aware of the Intention of the society to hold its annual show, arrangements were made for holding it in connection with the Industrial Exhibition, and the matter was taken up by the members of the society in a very energetic manner, as it was evident that there would be a large amount of wall space to be covered, and the result was what they saw that evening. Mr. Kerr would also have acknowledged the indebtedness of the local society to kindred societies for their assistance, and have mentioned that the New South Wales collection included the exhibit that gained the silver medal at Calcutta. The Queensland collection was unfortunately short shipped at Sydney.
The catalog, giving all necessary particulars, is now ready, and includes reproductions of some of the pictures on exhibition.
The competitive classes, with the exception of that for yachting subjects and lantern slides, were judged during yesterday by Mr. J.R. Morris jun., with the following results:
LANDSCAPE: J.S. Stening, Sydney (Broughton Vale), 1; Buckley Joyce, Wellington (Eventide), 2; A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (The track to the Sutherland Falls), 3.
ENLARGEMENTS: ANIMALS: A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (A Local Branch of the Anti-Bot Fly Association), 1.
ENLARGEMENTS: LANDSCAPE: A.M. M'Donald, Invercargill (A sleepy land where under the same wheel the same old rut would deepen year by year) 1; A.J. Barth, Dunedin (Mitre Peak, Milford Sound), 2; A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (On the Clinton River), highly commended.
GENRE: W. Livingston, Dunedin (Crossing the stream: Is It Firm?), 1; C.O. M'Kellar, Dunedin (Her Pet), 2.
MARINE SUBJECTS: T. Pringle, Wellington (An Early Start), 1; E.A. Bradford, Sydney (After the Storm, Early Morn), 2; G.F. Green, Napier (Driven by the Winds and Tossed), highly commended; G.M. Green, Napier (Towed into Harbor), highly commended.
PORTRAITS: G.F. Green, Napier (Portrait Study), 1; W. Williams, Dunedin (Fiddle and I), 2; G.F. Green, Napier (Cutting Beans), highly commended; F. Buckley Joyce, Wellington (The Village Schoolmaster), highly commended.
HAND CAMERA: A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (three views, Lake Te Anau), 1.
CLASS FOR WORKERS UNDER 18: W.H. Tustin, Wellington College (A Cloudy Evening), 1; H.B. Solomon, Wellington College (An Incident), 2; W.H. Tustin, Wellington College (An Evening Scene), highly commended; W.H. Tustin, Wellington College (After the Storm), highly commended.
"KAPAI" COMPETITION: Miss A.G. Shaw, Wellington, 1.
28th MAY 1898
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 3445
2nd JUNE 1898
Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1370
SUCCESS OF WELLINGTON PHOTOGRAPHERS
Wellington, photographers both professional and amateur — have for years been accredited with exhibiting some of the best photographic work in the colony, and we are glad to see that they are still maintaining this position.
At the last exhibition of the Photographic Society of India, which is held yearly at Calcutta, Mr. Frank J. Denton was an exhibitor, and he has received intimation that his picture, "A Road through the Valley", has been awarded a special prize in the form of the Society’s medal. At this exhibition, which is open to the photographers of the world, it is considered an honor to have your frames hung, and we are glad to notice that the four frames sent by Mr. Denton were all placed on the walls of the exhibition.
Coming near home — to the Dunedin Photographic Society Inter-colonial Exhibition, held in conjunction with the Otago Jubilee Exhibition some of the members of the Wellington Camera Club have practically “scooped the pool”. Mr. A.C. Gifford heads the list with three firsts, one second and one third. Mr. T. Pringle obtains first prize for “Marine Subjects". Mr. M. Buckley Joyce obtains second prize for landscapes with "Eventide", beating the other New Zealand workers in this class — the first prize going to J.S. Stening, Sydney — and was also very highly commended for his picture “The Village Schoolmaster”. Master W.H. Tustin, who is also a member of the Wellington Camera Club, secured first prize and highly-commended for the class for workers under 18; Master J.V. Solomon securing second in this class.
In the “Kapai Camera Competition”, the first prize in which was a “Kapai” camera, for the best three prints illustrating the poem “Sunshine”, Miss A.G. Shaw, of Kilbirnie, was the successful competitor. In his award in this class, the judge, Mr. J.R. Morris jun., said that Miss Shaw’s work was first-class photography, and that her exhibits were the only views in this class showing poetic feeling combined with artistic ability.
Mr. G. Crichton, until lately a member of the Wellington Camera Club, but now of Dunedin, obtained the first prize for “Yachting".
9th JUNE 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 135
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club will to-night give a lantern slide exhibition in the clubroom, Exchange Buildings, to which members, friends, and the public generally are invited. It is promised that it will surpass previous efforts in this direction, and that quite 200 slides will be shown.
9th JUNE 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 135
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Meeting to-night (Thursday), at the Club Room, Exchange Buildings at 8pm.
LANTERN SLIDE EXHIBITION
Lanternists, Messrs Hardy and Barltrop
Visitors are invited.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
10th JUNE 1898
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 136
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club last evening was made interesting by the use of the club's lantern, in the hands of Messrs. Barltrop and Hardy. A large number of English and New Zealand slides were shown, and there was a large attendance of members and their friends. It was announced that the competition subjects for the month would be "Objects in Motion" and "A Spider's Web".
The awards in the "LANDSCAPE" competition: Mr. B. Joyce (1), Mr. P. Harcourt (2), and Mr. S.G.Watson (3).
23rd JUNE 1898
Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1373
29th JUNE 1898
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 3472
THE CAMERA COLUMN
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION
"The finest collection of pictures that ever adorned the four walls of a building in the Southern city”, is a description one of my Dunedin correspondents gives of the Dunedin Photographic Society Inter-colonial Exhibition, held in connection with the Otago Jubilee Exhibition, in the Agricultural Hall, Dunedin.
The Wellington Camera Club was the first to institute an Inter-Colonial Exhibition just twelve months ago, and although we had on that occasion a larger number of frames hung in the Art Gallery than had ever before been exhibited in New Zealand, the Dunedin Photographic Society, although not beating our record in the number of frames, certainly had a more representative collection from colonial workers at their exhibition which has just closed than obtained at the Wellington Camera Club show. The entries in the competitive classes numbered in all 322, made up as follows Landscapes, 112; enlargements (animals), 11; enlargements (landscapes), 27; lantern slides, 6; genre studies, 31; marine subjects, 49; portraiture 17; hand camera work, 8; class for workers under 18 years, 46; yachting, 10; “Kapai” camera competition, 5.
In addition to these 322 exhibits there were also 280 frames of pictures “For Exhibition Only”, and amongst these (says the Dunedin Star) are to be found some of the finest specimens of photography in the whole Exhibition.
Of the competitive classes, the best, undoubtedly, was that of portraits, which is of special merit. The 46 pictures shown by workers under 18 years of age all came from pupils of the Wellington College. It is worthy of note, in view of the fact that at the Wellington Exhibition the great bulk of the prizes stayed in our town, that the members of the Dunedin Club secured only three prizes, a first and a second in the genre class, and a first in lantern slides.
Of the individual competitors from Wellington the Star says:
Mr. Frank J. Denton (Wellington) is evidently a photographer of some experience, and the owner of good appliances, otherwise he could not have produced such, satisfactory work as we find in his collection. In the enlarged likeness of a collie dog the background is merely formal, it is the dog itself that is the spectacle, and “Herdwick” is a live dog from nose to tail, with real hair on him. Mr. Denton's No. 163, comprising three views, entitled “An Afternoon Call", likewise deserve critical inspection on account of their naturalness. The ladies represented, if really posed for the occasion, have the gift of acting. "Stormy Predictions”, from the same studio, is remarkable for its fine cloud effects and the sparkle in the water; and the companion trio will be inspected with pleasure by all lovers of the artistic, being irreproachable as to technique, and the nice carbon red helps to produce a nice warm tint. (This is a proof to the near approach to carbon that can be obtained on P.O.P. by a skillful worker, this last print referred to being on P.O.P. matted. — Snapshot.)
Mr. E.L. Mestayer nearly secured a success with his yacht piece. The objection is that the vessel is too near the front. A little more foreground is wanted.
Mr. A.C, Gifford sends nothing that is likely to discredit his reputation. A pair of portraits are worthy of mention in his collection, and they would have looked even better in bigger frames. The photograph of the night-flowering cactus is also pretty, and possesses value as a curiosity, it having been necessarily taken at night. “The Toiling Surges" likewise commands praise, as depicting water and rocks in a faithful manner. Best of all, however, in Mr. Gifford’s collection is his “Local Branch of the Anti-Bot Fly Association”, a lovely representation of horses standing on a hillside assisting one another to mollify the annoyance of the bot pest. This photograph is not only a pretty picture, its perfect definition and excellence of tone and uniform softness make it an object lesson to all and sundry as the sort of thing to be aimed at in depicting animal life.
Mr. S.G. Watson shows a nice landscape, conspicuous for warmth of tone.
Mrs Firth has voluntarily faced a difficulty in depicting “A Quiet Nook". She must have been bothered with the light. The result, however, is decidedly pleasing, this proceeding from clever treatment. A bromide called "Island Bay” is also pretty.
Mr. M. Buckley Joyce has secured second prize with "Eventide”, a view of fields with a line of trees in the middle distance. This line, square across the center, gives the scene a geometrical appearance, and some think this a fault. On the other hand the operator has displayed much skill in regard to technique, and the picture is soft and pure. “Tranquility”, by the same exhibitor, is a most pleasing picture, depicting creek, bush, shingle, and sky, thus comprehending all the necessaries of a desirable view.
Miss Shaw has a very pretty carbon print entitled “Trentham”, very satisfactory in most respects, the only drawback being that the figures seem to be posed for the occasion, while a stump is in the way of the elderly lady in the foreground.
The carbon photo of a farmyard, done by Mr. T. Pringle, stands out as an example of meritorious work. The simple beauty of “An Early Start", by the same artist, at once disposes of all rivalry.
Portraits make a good class, difficult, we should say, to judge. No fewer than six out of seventeen are officially mentioned. Mr. G.F. Green (Napier) shows a carbon print of a girl in Greek dress, which is placed first; Mr. W. Williams (Dunedin) secures second prize with the portrait of a young lady with fiddle in hand, this being very well done, though a little deficient in tone; and of the others we are most pleased with the platinotype, entitled “The Village Schoolmaster”, by Mr. M. Buckley Joyce, of Wellington.
All visitors freely endorse the judging in the hand camera competition. Mr. A.C. Gifford is unquestionably entitled to first and second places.
The class for workers under 18 was set up in order to give the Wellington College pupils a chance, and they have responded nobly. W.H. Tustin has thoroughly earned his first prize with a moonlight piece that is cleverly done, and the exhibits by J.V. Solomon and R.J. McIntyre are distinctly creditable.
The Kapai competition has brought out only one really good contribution, that being by Miss A.G. Shaw, of Wellington, whose set of carbon prints shows clever composition, and are satisfactory as to technique.
NOTES:
Mr. J. Skottowe Webb, the popular and energetic HON.SECRETARY of the Dunedin Photographic Society is to be commended on the promptitude with which he has furnished files to the different competitors. I know a little about the work connected with an inter-colonial exhibition, where the HON.SECRETARY, as a rule, gets more abuse than anything else.
After the close of the Dunedin Exhibition the Wellington frames were forwarded on to Invercargill, where the local club was to Open their show on the 10th July. From Invercargill they were to be forwarded on to Oamaru, where the North Otago Photographic Society is to hold its first exhibition.
The Queensland Amateur Photographic Society intends opening an exhibition of photography on August 25th, and entries are invited from all New Zealand clubs. The prospectus sent out is very vague. It is evident from a copy received that there is to be a competition, but not a scrap of information is given as to prizes — it there are to be any. In the classes Landscape, Seascape, Astronomical and Meteorological, (including cloud and lightning), and Portraits and Groups; there are two sections) one for over half-plate; the other for half-plate and under. There are also classes for Genre Studies (including animal studies and still life). Enlargements (any size and any subject). Photo Micrographs, Transparencies (any subject and size), Lantern Slides and Stereoscopic Set (in both classes of not less than six). There is a footnote added that any process may be employed.
The exhibits printed in outside process, at they are sometimes called - I do not know why consisting of carbon and platinotype, at the Dunedin Exhibition were almost entirely from the members of the Wellington Camera Club. I often wonder how it is that the older photographers do not go in for simple, beautiful and permanent work.
The members of the Wellington Camera Club have decided to send an exhibit to the Queensland Exhibition. More particulars later on.
Mr. M. Buckley Joyce has been elected a life member — the first — of the Wellington Camera Club. This appointment has been made, the Bulletin says, on account of services rendered by the late HON.SECRETARY in connection with the last inter-colonial exhibition, the great success of the show being mainly due to his efforts.
Mr. Malcolm Ross has made the following awards in competition, “Landscapes”: Mr. B. Joyce, 1: Mr. F. Harcourt, 2; Mr. S.G. Watson, 3.
23rd JUNE 1898
Page 26 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2312
NAPIER CAMERA CLUB
The annual exhibition of photos of the Southland Camera Club was opened to-day by his Worship the Mayor. The exhibition is composed of 146 pictures from the Dunedin Photographic Society, 98 from the Wellington College Camera Club, 43 from the Wellington Camera Club, 20 from the Hawke's Bay Camera Club, 23 from the North Otago Photographic Society, 11 from the Nelson Camera Club, and 32 from the local Camera Club. The attendance was not very large owing to the inclemency of the weather and counter attractions.
14th JULY 1898
Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL
20th JULY 1898
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3490
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club is to be held to-night. The evening is to be devoted to the lantern, Mr. G.A. Chapman having placed at the disposal of the club the use of some 250 slides. These illustrate a tour round the world taken by Mr. Chapman, via Honolulu, America, England, Germany, Holland, France, Switzerland, Italy, Columbo and Australia. Those celebrated slides which were awarded the medal of the Royal Photographic Society, "London, by Gaslight", which were actually taken at night, will also be shown.
The judge, Mr. Malcolm Ross, in his report on the June competition says: "There is not much to be said about this month's competition, ('Objects in Motion'). The wave studies are excellent, and easily first. The next best picture, entitled 'Children Paddling', is also a good one — one that might have been considerably improved with a background of sea and sky. The 'Spider's Web' competition has not been productive of any good work; apparently it is a bad time of the year for spiders. One of the two photographs shown is slightly better than the other, but hardly worthy of a prize. Awards 1st and 2nd place, Mr. A.C. Gifford."
A special night is to be set apart in August for judging the slides of members in the lantern slide competition, for which the club's medal is awarded to the best six shown. Members are requested to leave their slides with Mr. Hardy, Lambton quay, or the HON.SECRETARY early in August.
Exhibits for the Queensland Exhibition must be deposited at Mr. Hardy's shop not later than the 1st of August. The Club will forward frames and accept all responsibility. The Queensland Club's certificates are the awards to be given in every class.
The Wellington Camera Club will hold an exhibition of member's work in the club-room towards the end of September. Mr. Malcolm Ross has very kindly consented to judge the exhibits, some substantial prizes are already promised, particulars of which will be given later; in the meantime members are asked to prepare frames. It is anticipated that the frames sent to Queensland will be back in time for this competition.
From the Dunedin Photographic Society a letter has been received acknowledging in laudatory terms the assistance rendered by the Wellington Camera Club. It is gratifying to the club to receive such a letter, as it must be to those members who assisted.
The North Otago Photographic Society Exhibition closed last Saturday week. From the press reports received, it is acknowledged that the frames at present going the rounds of the South Island, are the best that have ever been exhibited in that part of the colony.
14th JULY 1898
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 12
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club is to give an exhibition at the club room, Exchange Buildings, to-night of lantern slides lent by Mr. Chapman, Lower Hutt, illustrating a tour round the world. Slides will also be shown of "London by Gaslight", which were awarded the medal of the Royal Photographic Society of London. The meeting is open to members, their friends, and the public generally.
14th JULY 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 12
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Meeting to-night (Thursday), 14th July, 1898 at 8pm.
Exchange Buildings
LANTERN SLIDE EXHIBITION
Lanternists, Messrs Hardy and Barltrop
Visitors are invited.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
11th AUGUST 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 36
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
An attractive program is arranged for to-night's meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, to which lovers of photography and the public generally are invited. Mr. H. Westbrook is to demonstrate the powder process and Mr. F.B. Muir some glaring errors in posing and composition.
11th AUGUST 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 36
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
MEETING TO-NIGHT
11th August, at 8pm, Exchange Buildings.
"Some Glaring Errors in Composition and Posing"
Mr. F.B. Muir.
"The Powder Process"
Mr. H. Westbrook.
Visitors are invited.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
15th SEPTEMBER 1898
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3538
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 66
22nd SEPTEMBER 1898
Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
News was received by the Sydney mail yesterday of the success of members of the Wellington Camera Club at the Inter-colonial Exhibition of Photography which was opened at Brisbane at the end of last month under the auspices of the Queensland Photographic Society. Mr. A.C. Gifford secured first in class 4, section A, for portraits and groups, with "Come In" and also received second prize in the enlargement class. “A Local Branch of the Anti-Bot fly Association”, by the same artist, obtained first prize in the genre studies, while the same picture was also awarded the Baker and Rouse special prize. Mr. M. Buckley Joyce was awarded first prize in portraits, section B, for “The Village Schoolmaster" also annexing the second prize in the same class. The second prize for stereoscopic prints also fell to this worker.
15th SEPTEMBER 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 66
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At this evening's meeting of the Wellington Camera Club at the Exchange Buildings, Mr. W.T.L. Travers will lecture on some "Wrinkles in Processes". The subject will be illustrated by the club lantern. Visitors and the public generally are invited.
15th SEPTEMBER 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 66
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
MEETING TO-NIGHT
(Thursday), 15th September 1898, at 8pm,
in the Exchange Buildings.
"WRINKLES IN PROCESSES"
(WIN. T. LOCKE TRAVERS Esq.)
Visitors invited.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
17th SEPTEMBER 1898
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 68
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Writing to Mr. B. Joyce, of the Wellington Camera Club, concerning the exhibits at the Brisbane Photographic Exhibition, the HON.SECRETARY of the Queensland Amateur Photographic Society says the Wellington collections attracted much attention. The HON.SECRETARY adds, "I am specially desired by Lady Lamington, wife of the Governor of Queensland, to enquire whether she could have a copy of your picture 'Eventide', which, although not placed by the judges, was very much noticed". Reviewing the exhibition generally, the Brisbane Telegraph was very much struck with the number and quality of New Zealand exhibits, and adds that "from the very nature of the subjects and the delightful atmospheric effects so generally present in New Zealand scenery the photos seem to enter into an unequal competition with Queensland or Australian views". The Dunedin Society made a conspicuous display of Alpine subjects. Mr. G. Crichton, formerly of the Wellington Society, sent some fine seascapes, and so did Mr. A.C. Gifford, of the Wellington Camera Club. The latter's name also figures in the critique upon portrait and genre subjects. The Brisbane Courier, in its notice of the exhibition, was impressed with "the large proportion of New Zealand work which was hung, and also with the number of awards secured by New Zealanders. In fact, it became monotonous to review the number of New Zealand prizewinners in the different competitions". The same journal has this to say of a Wellington exhibitor — "Mr. F.J. Denton has a magnificent picture entitled 'Storm Predictions', which instances in a remarkable manner the subtle and delicate shades contained in a peculiar cloud effect". New Zealand exhibitors won no less than 17 awards.
29th SEPTEMBER 1898
Page 15 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
All our Wellington, if not New Zealand, photographers, will regret that our Queensland friends did not have an opportunity of viewing the work of our member that succeeded in carrying off the great bulk of the prizes at our last inter-colonial exhibition — Mr. Frank J. Denton. Mr. Denton is at present taking an extended holiday in the Auckland district, and of the only frame of his that was sent over by the club the Brisbane “Courier" says: "Stormy Predictions for the Morrow", is a magnificent picture, which instances in a remarkable manner the subtle and delicate shades contained in a peculiar cloud effect.
Writing to Mr. Joyce, Mr. W.C. Voller, the HON.SECRETARY of the Queensland Club, says that the exhibition on all hands was regarded as highly satisfactory. I may say that your exhibits attracted great attention and admiration, and I am specially desired by Lady Lamington, wife of the Governor of Queensland, to enquire whether she could have a copy your picture “Eventide", which, although not placed by the judges, was very much noticed.
The Queensland HON.SECRETARY has a happy plan of distinguishing the prize pictures by affixing a piece of blue ribbon to the top of the frame of all the first prize pictures, and a piece of red ribbon to all those which secured second awards. The idea might be followed by the Wellington Club at the forthcoming exhibition as it will certainly save visitors a good deal of time in picking out the champion exhibits.
The annual general meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held in the clubroom, Exchange Buildings on Thursday 13th October, at 8pm, when the election of office-bearers will take place.
LADY LAMINGTON
29th SEPTEMBER 1898
Page 15 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL
5th OCTOBER 1898
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3554
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The annual exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club will this year be held in the clubroom, on 12th October. The exhibition this year will be confined solely to the work of members, the inter-colonial show having been held in Dunedin in the early part of this year. The committee has given the competitions in connection with the exhibition a great deal of attention, with the result that first and second prizes will be awarded in the following classes:
1. Landscape - By any Process.
2. Seascape - By any Process.
3. Portraiture - By any Process.
4. Bromide - A Prize for Best Picture.
5. Platinotype - A Prize for Best Picture.
6. Carbon or Kindred Processes - A Prize for Best Picture.
7. Ladies Class: Mr. A.C. Gifford’s prize for best landscape.
The committee has made some alteration in the competition rules. One very important alteration is that which absolutely bars a frame from being entered in more than one class. There is a great difference of opinion as to the advisability of this course. We all know that some attention should have been paid to the recommendation, of the judge at the last inter-colonial exhibition held in Wellington, to the effect that no frame should receive more than one award. All agreed with this. But now the committee has jumped to the other extreme; especially as they have practically divided the exhibition into two distinct classes — that in which any paper may be employed, and the other in which the paper is specifically stated. The possibility should never be given of a second-rate picture in any class winning a first prize. This is just what the committee has done by the new rule.
A member may have a landscape, seascape, or portrait, in platinotype or carbon, which he desires to enter in one of these special classes. But by entering it in the class, for either carbon or platinotype he is thereby debarred from entering it in the first-named classes. He is beaten in the special process and yet a silver print, infinitely inferior to his own, is awarded a prize in seascapes or portraits. This is, I think, a great mistake. All that was necessary was to stipulate that a frame could not receive more than one prize; and this was precisely what the judge recommended. The decision is one that will prevent the younger members competing in the special classes: a condition of things that should always be guarded against.
The committee has decided to invite the members of the Wellington Camera Club to send an exhibit to the exhibition.
The following is the list of prizes
Landscape: First prize, hand camera; 2nd, trophy, value 10s 6d.
Seascape: First prize, £1 1s; 2nd, 10s 6d.
Portraiture: First prize, £1 1s; 2nd, 10s 6d.
Bromide: First prize, £1 13; 2nd, 10s 6d.
Platinotype: First prize, £1 1s; 2nd, 10s 6d.
Carbon and Kindred processes: First prize, £1 10s; 2nd, 10s 6d.
Class for College Camera Club: First prize, £1 1s; 2nd, 10s 6d.
Ladies Class: First prize, £1 1s; 2nd, 10s 6d.
Opals: A trophy to value of 10s 6d.
Lantern slides: The Club’s medal.
The winner will have the option of taking a trophy of the value stated, or can obtain an order from the HON.SECRETARY for photo goods to that amount.
30th SEPTEMBER 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 79
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
FIELD-DAY AT WADESTOWN
SATURDAY, 1st OCTOBER 1898
Members to meet opposite the Government Buildings
Lambton-quay, at 1.15pm.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
3rd OCTOBER 1898
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 81
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
An enjoyable and successful "field day" was spent among the Wadestown hills and dales on Saturday afternoon by members of the Wellington Camera Club. By invitation the party called upon Mr. T.M. Hardy and partook of afternoon tea.
5th OCTOBER 1898
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 83
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
To augment the funds of the Wellington Boys Institute an entertainment, which promises to be of especial excellence, has been arranged for next Wednesday evening. The Wellington Camera Club will exhibit a collection of dissolving views, Sir R. Stout giving a descriptive lecture, the Meister singers will render several quartets, and Miss Jeanne Ramsay will also assist. His Excellency the Governor, the Countess of Ranfurly, the Mayor and Councilors, and the Chairman and members of the Harbour Board will attend.
5th OCTOBER 1898
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 83
6th OCTOBER 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 84
7th OCTOBER 1898
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3556
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 85
8th OCTOBER 1898
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3557
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 86
10th OCTOBER 1898
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3558
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 87
11th OCTOBER 1898
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3559
11th OCTOBER 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 88
12th OCTOBER 1898
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3560
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 88
Under the Distinguished Patronage and in the Presence of
HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR, LADY RANFURLY, and Suite;
His Worship the Mayor and City Councilors, and
The Chairman and Members of the Wellington Harbour Board.
AT THE
OPERA HOUSE
WEDNESDAY, 12th OCTOBER, at 8pm
In aid of the Funds of the Wellington Boys Institute.
SPECIAL EXHIBITION OF DISSOLVING VIEWS
by the
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Lecturer - Sir Robert Stout, K.C.M.G.
Lanternist - G. A. Chapman
GRAND CONCERT
By the following artists
Miss Jeanne Ramsay, The Meister Singers - Messrs E.J. Hill, J. W. Hill,Harry Smith, and Roland Boot.
10th OCTOBER 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 87
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club will open its annual exhibition on Thursday, and in conjunction with the work of the club will be shown some of that of the boys of the Wellington College. Mr. Malcolm Ross has been appointed to judge the exhibits.
11th OCTOBER 1898
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3559
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. A. de B. Brandon, President, is to open the exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club on Thursday 13th October, at 8pm.
11th OCTOBER 1898
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 88
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club will open on Thursday evening, in Room No. 11, Exchange Buildings. It will remain open until Saturday.
13th OCTOBER 1898
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3561
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The annual exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club is to be opened in the clubroom, Exchange Buildings, on October 12th. The work sent in this year by members excel any previously exhibited here. The competition in all the classes was good, but, as is usual, by far the greater number of entries were for landscape and portraiture.
The following is the list of winners:
LANDSCAPES: “Stormy Twilight”, by J.A. Heginbotham, 1; “Backwater, Otaki river”, by Thomas Pringle, 2; "Fringe of the Wood”, by S.G. Watson, v.h.c.; “Behind the Windy Town" by J.A. Heginbotham, v.h.c.; “Tranquility", by M. Buckley Joyce, v.h.c.
SEASCAPES: “Sunshine”, by S.G. Watson, 1; "After the Storm", by A.C. Gifford, 2; “A Southerly Buster”, by Thomas Pringle, v.h.c.; “On the Sands”, by J.A. Heginbotham, v.h.c.
PORTRAITURE: “Peering into the Dark Past”, (Baron Mollwo), by M. Buckley Joyce, 1; “The Village Schoolmaster”, by M. Buckley Joyce, 2; three portraits by A.C. Gifford, v.h.c.
CARBON AND KINDRED PROCESSES: "Portrait of Maori", by Thomas Pringle, 1; “Declining Day", by J.A Heginbotham, 2; “A Lonely Spot”, by Mrs Girdlestone, v.h.c.
PLATINOTYPE: Two portraits, by A.C. Gifford, 1 and 2; “When the Kye Caule Hame” and “Shades of Evening”, by J.A. Heginbotham, v.h.c.
BROMIDE WORK: “Head of Cleddau Valley”, by A.C. Gifford, 1; “Declining Day”, by S.G. Watson, 2; “Moeraki Boulders" and “Spray”, by A.C. Gifford, v.h.c.
BEST COLLECTION OF PRINTS FROM A LADY MEMBER: Miss Millie Tiller, 1.
LADIES CLASS: “The Stony Brook”, by Miss Millie Tiller; and “Early Morning Shadow", by Mrs Mestayer, equal. (These two competitors divide first and second prize money).
CLASS FOR MEMBERS OF THE Wellington College Camera Club: “Waterfall at the Hutt”, by Ernest Dawson, 1; “Main street, Greytown”, by C.S, Keedwell, 2.
13th OCTOBER 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 90
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION
ROOM H, EXCHANGE BUILDINGS.
OPENING NIGHT
THURSDAY, 13th OCTOBER, 1898, at 8pm
Also open Friday and Saturday Evenings from 7pm till 10pm,
and Saturday Afternoon from 2pm till 5pm.
Admission ... SIXPENCE
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
13th OCTOBER 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 90
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The annual exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club which opens this evening at the Exchange Buildings is considerably better than in previous years, and should prove decidedly attractive to all interested in artistic photography.
Some of the work, especially in landscape composition and in the carbon process, is of a distinctly high class. Mr. Malcolm Ross acted as judge, and although in one or two classes some slight difference of opinion might be felt as to the respective merits of exhibitors, he has evidently given great care and judgment to his selection. The landscapes are a large and interesting class, one of the most striking not obtaining a prize — presumably because all except the clouds was under-exposed — but being highly commended. It is called " Behind the Windy Town", and the effect of the clouds being driven by the wind is caught with surprising accuracy. The portrait of a Maori among the carbons is a fine piece of work from an enlarged negative, and deservedly takes the first prize. For the rest, much of which is really admirable, we can only refer our readers to the exhibition itself.
Below is a list of the prize-winners and the commended exhibits:
LANDSCAPES: “Stormy Twilight”, by J.A. Heginbotham, 1; “Backwater, Otaki river”, by Thomas Pringle, 2; "Fringe of the Wood”, by S.G. Watson, v.h.c.; “Behind the Windy Town" by J.A. Heginbotham, v.h.c.; “Tranquility", by M. Buckley Joyce, v.h.c.
SEASCAPES: “Sunshine”, by S.G. Watson, 1; "After the Storm", by A.C. Gifford, 2; “A Southerly Buster”, by Thomas Pringle, v.h.c.; “On the Sands”, by J.A. Heginbotham, v.h.c.
PORTRAITURE: “Peering into the Dark Past”, (Baron Mollwo), by M. Buckley Joyce, 1; “The Village Schoolmaster”, by M. Buckley Joyce, 2; three portraits by A.C. Gifford, v.h.c.
CARBON AND KINDRED PROCESSES: "Portrait of Maori", by Thomas Pringle, 1; “Declining Day", by J.A Heginbotham, 2; “A Lonely Spot”, by Mrs Girdlestone, v.h.c.
PLATINOTYPE: Two portraits, by A.C. Gifford, 1 and 2; “When the Kye Caule Hame” and “Shades of Evening”, by J.A. Heginbotham, v.h.c.
BROMIDE WORK: “Head of Cleddau Valley”, by A.C. Gifford, 1; “Declining Day”, by S.G. Watson, 2; “Moeraki Boulders" and “Spray”, by A.C. Gifford, v.h.c.
BEST COLLECTION OF PRINTS FROM A LADY MEMBER: Miss Millie Tiller, 1.
LADIES CLASS: “The Stony Brook”, by Miss Millie Tiller; and “Early Morning Shadow", by Mrs Mestayer, equal. (These two competitors divide first and second prize money).
CLASS FOR MEMBERS OF THE Wellington College Camera Club: “Waterfall at the Hutt”, by Ernest Dawson, 1; “Main street, Greytown”, by C.S, Keedwell, 2.
20th OCTOBER 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 96
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Annual Meeting will be held TO-NIGHT (THURSDAY), in the Clubroom, Exchange Buildings, at 8pm.
A. de B. Brandon, Esq., President, will preside.
BUSINESS:
Committee's Report
Statement of Receipts and Expenditure for the year 1897-8
Election of Officers
General Business
Joining members are invited.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
20th OCTOBER 1898
Page 15 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL
CAMERA CLUB EXHIBITION
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The work sent in this year by members excel any previously exhibited here. The competition in all the classes was good, but, as is usual, by far the greater number of entries were for landscape and portraiture.
THE JUDGE'S REPORT
The report of the judge (Mr. Malcolm Ross) on the club's exhibition is as follows:
The general average of the work which I have had to judge at the club's exhibition now open is good, and it is pleasing to note a decided advance, on the part of some of the best workers, along the lines of art laid down in a previous report. Both as regards composition, tone, and light and shade, there is, in the best pictures, noticeable improvement.
The landscape class, for a club exhibition, is certainly of a high order, and Mr. Heginbotham's picture — "A Stormy Twilight" — which is awarded first prize, would, I feel sure take honors in a much more important exhibition. This I regard as the picture of the exhibition, and it shows how, with the exercise of a little artistic judgment, both the negative and the enlargement can be improved by mechanical means. The old idea of technical excellence and nothing more in a negative is now thoroughly exploded; but, if there be any need for greater demolition, I should feel it my duty to assist with a further contribution of explosive material. In an exhibition such as this, where pictorial adornment is the raison d'etre, there is little need for the judge to consider either the technical or the keeping qualities of the negative, for the simple reason that, if a conscientious worker has secured what he knows to be a gem, he will, you may be sure, take adequate measures for its preservation.
To revert to Mr. Heginbotham's picture I may remark that the composition is good, and that there is about it breadth and vigor of treatment that are both pleasing and effective.
Mr. Pringle's second prize picture is somewhat weak in composition in one corner, and, though not what might be termed a "strong" composition, it is redeemed by its excellence of tone and atmosphere. It is quite a different type of picture to that which Mr. Heginbotham has turned out but it is a class of work equally worthy of encouragement. Indeed many artists will prefer it, and were this picture only a little stronger in composition, it might even have secured first prize.
Mr. Pringle's third prize picture is a splendid example of what can be done by means of an enlarged negative and the carbon-printing process. This is a class of work that should be persevered in, and at future exhibitions I hope to see more of it on the walls. The picture, however, loses ground through defects in composition. I may say that I know the locale of the picture, and fully appreciate the difficulties in selecting a suitable point of view; but a judge of an art exhibition cannot take cognizance of the barriers that nature sometimes opposes to the photographer's lens. An artist, in the instance under review, would have taken artistic license and "shifted" the large tree in the middle of the picture a little to one side: the man with the camera could not do so — the owner of the tree might object. Thus it is that the element of luck will sometimes intrude itself in photographic art. One man will plant his camera down in front of a stream and a clump of trees and get a picture; another man may wrestle with a subject for days and then fail — nature may be against him. But in the end, out of a multiplicity of records, the "wrestler" will have by far the better record.
I have not time to criticize in detail the commended pictures. They are without doubt excellent pictures. Naturally they suffer somewhat in comparison with the larger work which has taken the honors. A newspaper critic has called special attention to one named "Behind the, Windy Town" — rather a vague title by the way — but on close scrutiny it will be apparent to any careful judge that it fails in one or two important respects.
The seascapes are not, as a class, so meritorious as the landscapes, albeit the first-prize picture is an excellent bit of brilliant lighting. I should have preferred it in green carbon. In the second prize picture (Mr. Gifford's) the sky and waves are well treated. A picture entered in this class that pleased me very much is Mr. Heginbotham's "On the Sands", but I could not give it a prize; the "Seascape" is subsidiary to the figures in the foreground.
I have no special comment to make on the portraits beyond that some of the work would disgrace a second-rate professional, which is, after all, saying a good deal. Mr. Joyce's exhibits are undoubtedly the strongest and the best. The first prize picture, apparently printed on the new royal bromide paper, is evidently a little under exposed. It is therefore somewhat lacking in strength, and has assumed a kind of green tone, which, however, is not entirely inartistic. Mr. Gifford's work is always good, and in this class I have pleasure in highly commending it.
In the platinotype process Mr. Gifford is facile princeps, and in bromide work he is again first with a fine representation of mountain scenery which it was my lot to explore and photograph for the first time a few years ago. Only two cameras, so far as I know, have penetrated into these wilds; but the opportunity of visiting such a spot should not be missed by anyone proceeding to Milford Sound who is not afraid of a little rough work off the beaten track.
As Mr. Gifford excels in platinotype work, so Mr. Pringle comes to the front as a manipulator of the carbon process. His first prize picture of a Maori woman is a splendid example of this process. The texture is remarkable.
The other classes do not call for any special comment. With two or three exceptions, there is not much good work amongst the pictures in the ladies classes — for which, by the way, I fail to see the necessity. Better results will probably follow if women and men compete in all classes on equal terms. In England, especially in the domain of portraiture, women have often carried off the honors. Is there any reason why they should not do so in New Zealand?
In conclusion I would express my pleasure in noting the establishment of a class for boys. Photography as a means of training the observation and an antidote to slovenly work cannot be too highly valued. But why limit the class to boys of one college? Should not the club take a broader view of the matter and establish a class simply for boys under a certain age?
In conclusion, I should like to express the satisfaction it has given me to notice the high ideal the club has set itself, and to voice a hope that it will progress along the lines of art that I have — very imperfectly I know — always attempted to lay down.
(Signed) Malcolm Ross.
20th OCTOBER 1898
Page 17 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. W.T.L. Travers, in the absence of the President and vice-Presidents of the Wellington Camera Club, opened its exhibition in the Exchange Hall last week, and, although he had only been called upon at the last moment and came in from the Hutt at some personal inconvenience, delivered a dissertation on photography which proved very interesting and instructive to the large number of enthusiasts present. Mr. Travers enlarged on the virtues of the platinotype and carbon processes, as being likely to give amateurs the best results, and (pointing to the results achieved by Messrs J.A. Heginbotham and Thomas Pringle) strongly recommended the members of the Society to adopt one or other of the processes, as being likely to do most credit to the good negatives they obtained in the field. The extensiveness of photographic literature, he pointed out, was somewhat of a bugbear to beginners, inasmuch as they were enticed from one process to the other, and often eventually gave up photography in disgust, because they could not accomplish the class of work that they would have done if they had adopted one process in the first instance and adhered to it throughout. Mr. Travers also made a number of interesting observations in regard to color photography in general and to some experiments made by himself in particular, and expressed the opinion that before very long direct color photography would be found possible. Ho congratulated the club on the improvement its members yearly exhibited, and declared the exhibition open.
21st OCTOBER 1898
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 97
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the clubroom at the Exchange Buildings last evening, the President (Mr. A. de B. Brandon) in the chair. The annual report, which was adopted, stated as an instance of the popularity of practical demonstrations that the average attendance at meetings during the year had been the highest experienced by the club viz., 50. The club had been represented at the different photographic exhibitions held in the colonies in 1898, and had in every instance scored marked success. Mr. Malcolm Ross, who, in his capacity as judge, had during the year furnished excellent reports in criticism of work submitted to him and for which members and Committee both were greatly indebted — offered some suggestions for the consideration of the new Committee, which it was hoped if approved would tend towards success for the future. The "field-day", an innovation recently inaugurated by the Committee, it was believed will also tend to the improvement of members work besides knitting together closer the bonds of fellowship. The membership of the club was about the same as when the Committee took office. The balance-sheet showed receipts to the amount of £86, and a credit balance of £8 19s 8d.
21st OCTOBER 1898
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3568
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual general meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the clubroom, Exchange Buildings, last night, the President (Mr. A. de B. Brandon) in the chair. The President, in moving the adoption of the report and balance-sheet, said that the finances of the club were in a very satisfactory condition. The receipts for the year were £86 0s 11d, and the expenditure £77 1s 3d, leaving a credit-balance of £8 19s 8d. The liabilities of the club amount to £l3 12s 4d, and the assets are £27 10s 5d, leaving a balance to credit of £l3 18s 1d.
ELECTION OF OFFICERS: 1898 - 1899 |
PRESIDENT |
HON.SECRETARY: |
|||||||
| Vice-President: Mr. J. McLellan |
Vice-President: Mr. A.C. Gifford |
Treasurer: Mr. T.M. Hardy |
Committee: Mr. B. Joyce |
Committee: Mr. T. Pringle |
Committee: Mr. G.W. Barltrop |
Committee: Mr. S.G. Watson |
Committee: Mr. R.L. Mestayer |
Committee: Mr. J. Poulson |
Auditor: Mr. W.C. Stephen |
The attention of members was drawn to the entertainment to be held in connection with the club at the Exchange Hall to-morrow evening. A fine set of English slides, which have never before been shown in the colony, and also the prize medal slides of members will be shown, and there will be musical items by well-known amateurs.
21st OCTOBER 1898
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3568
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 97
22nd OCTOBER 1898
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3569
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Patron — His Excellency the Earl of Ranfurly
GRAND LIMELIGHT ENTERTAINMENT
Exchange Hall
SATURDAY, 22nd OCTOBER, at 8pm
“A Trip Through the Midlands”
“My One-Eyed Friend”
PRIZE MEDAL SLIDES.
Lecturer - A. de B. Brandon, Esq.
A unique collection of Limelight Slides, now shown for the first time in New Zealand.
ADMISSION - ONE SHILLING
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
24th OCTOBER 1898
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 99
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3570
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A charming entertainment was given by the Wellington Camera Club at the Exchange Hall on Saturday evening. The first views shown represented a trip through the Midlands of England, and the audience showed its appreciation of the pictures by liberal applause. Mr. Brandon gave an entertaining lecture descriptive of the various views and of the country in general. After these views were finished, the competition sets provided by the members of the club were shown, the views by Mr. S.G. Watson, who won the club's medal for the competition, being especially good. The slides that were first shown were sent out by the editor of the Amateur Photographer in connection with the International Slide Exchange, and after exhibition here they are to be forwarded to the other affiliated clubs. The Wellington Camera Club would do well to return the compliment and forward a series of New Zealand views taken by amateurs here. Judging from Saturday night's demonstration a collection could be made that would compare very favorably with those sent from England. A musical program was gone through during the evening, Mr. Pringle earning an encore for his "Boatswain's Story". Miss Eva Burnett gave a good rendering of "The Link Divine" (Piccolomini), with violin obbligato. Mr. Spademan played a violin solo with his usual conscientious care, while the proceedings were opened and closed by a couple of quartets by Miss Salmond and Miss M. Mee, Messrs. Twiss and Jackson. Mr. Jackson also sang "The Devout Lover". Mr. G.W. Barltrop was responsible for the management of the lantern, while Mr. Heginbotham was HON.SECRETARY A similar entertainment is promised later on in the season.
10th NOVEMBER 1898
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 114
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club will meet to-night at the Exchange Buildings, and open the first meeting in the new session with the subject "Flashlight". Groups of members are to be arranged in the room, and be photographed by the others. Members are asked in our advertising columns to bring their cameras for that purpose. As is usual with the club, visitors are invited.
10th NOVEMBER 1898
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 114
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
MEETING TO-NIGHT (THURSDAY). Exchange Buildings, at 8pm.
Subject of the evening — "FLASHLIGHT"
Members to bring their cameras.
Visitors invited.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
10th NOVEMBER 1898
Page 21 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1393
12th NOVEMBER 1898
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3587
16th NOVEMBER 1898
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3590
17th NOVEMBER 1898
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3591
Page 18 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1394
18th NOVEMBER 1898
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3592
19th NOVEMBER 1898
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3593
23rd NOVEMBER 1898
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3596
24th NOVEMBER 1898
Page 18 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1395
30th NOVEMBER 1898
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3602
1st DECEMBER 1898
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1396
3rd DECEMBER 1898
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3605
7th DECEMBER 1898
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3608
8th DECEMBER 1898
Page 19 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1397
10th DECEMBER 1898
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3611
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3611
13th DECEMBER 1898
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3613
14th DECEMBER 1898
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3614
15th DECEMBER 1898
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3615
17th DECEMBER 1898
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3617
21st DECEMBER 1898
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3620
NEW ZEALAND MAIL
SPECIAL
CHRISTMAS
NUMBER
WILL BE
PUBLISHED EARLY IN DECEMBER
A SPECIAL FEATURE of the
CHRISTMAS NUMBER of the
“NEW ZEALAND MAIL”
will be a SERIES of
NEW ZEALAND STORIES
AND SKETCHES
BY
NEW ZEALAND WRITERS
Including the Following;
Glimpses of New Zealand Scenic Beauties, from photographs by Members of the
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
13th DECEMBER 1898
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3613
22nd DECEMBER 1898
Page 21 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1399
29th DECEMBER 1898
Page 17 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1400
NEW ZEALAND MAIL
CHRISTMAS NUMBER
The Christmas number of the "New Zealand Mail” is now published.
Nearly a hundred illustrations are distributed over the pages of the publication. These are reproductions of photographs of exceptional artistic merit, taken by members of the Wellington Camera Club and other skilled operators.
15th DECEMBER 1898
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 144
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 144
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
MEETING THURSDAY, 15th December, at 8pm, Room No. 11, Exchange Buildings.
Lecture "COMPOSITION" by J.M. Nairn, Esq.
Visitors invited.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
16th DECEMBER 1898
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 145
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held last evening, in the club-room. Mr. A.C. Gifford occupied the chair, and briefly introduced Mr. J.M. Nairn, the well-known artist, who delivered an instructive lecture on "Pictorial Composition", illustrating his remarks with deftly executed sketches in charcoal. Mr. Nairn's lecture was followed with the keenest attention by a large number of members, who awarded him a very hearty and spontaneous vote of thanks at its conclusion. The Committee's foresight in providing such helpful evenings for the members should result in a large accession to the club's ranks, and a marked improvement in the quality of their work.
9th FEBRUARY 1899
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 33
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At to-night's meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, to be held in the Exchange Buildings, the subject to be discussed is "Photographic Aims", the lecturers being Messrs. Pringle, Gifford, and Barltrop, who have always evinced an intelligent interest in furthering the claims of photography as an art and science. The meeting is open to camera men and the public generally.
9th FEBRUARY 1899
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 33
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
MEETING TO-NIGHT, Thursday, at Club-room, Exchange Buildings, at 8pm.
"LECTURES AND DISCUSSION ON PHOTOGRAPHIC AIMS" Messrs. PRINGLE, GIFFORD, and BARLTROP.
Visitors invited.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
9th MARCH 1899
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 57
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the Wellington Camera Club, which meets to-night in the Exchange Buildings, Mr. A.C. Gifford is to give a demonstration of "platinotype" work, also showing the development of the new "sepia" papers. The public is cordially invited.
9th MARCH 1899
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 57
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
MEETING TO-NIGHT (Thursday), 9th March, at 8pm, in Club-room, Exchange Buildings.
"PLATINOTYPE WORK" by Mr. GIFFORD
Visitors invited.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
1st JUNE 1899
Page 3 - COLONIST, VOLUME XLII, ISSUE 9094
THE EXHIBITION
After the opening ceremony the Gallery was speedily crowded, and for a time it was difficult to view the pictures, but it was soon apparent that the lighting of the Gallery is admirable, find that the whole arrangements are excellent. The pictures which have become the permanent property of the city are hung on the northern wall, and they include the paintings bequeathed by the late Bishop, the late Mr. Gully being represented by five or six water colors, and Mr. Kirkwood by one oil painting. On the eastern wall are hung a considerable number of pictures by members of the Bishopdale Sketching Club, while the other walls and the standing screens contain a great number of photographs, most of these being of special excellence.
In addition to the Nelson Camera Club, the Wellington Camera Club, Auckland Camera Club, Dunedin Photographic Society, and Hawkes Bay Photographic Society are all well represented, and though in some instances the mounting or framing of the photographs detracts from their real merits, the greater number are exceedingly good and full of interest. The members of the Nelson Camera Club whose exhibits call for mention are Mr. C.Y. Fell, Mr. Pitt, Mr. Glasgow, Mr. Patterson, Mr. Brusewitz, Mrs Renwick, Mrs Brusewitz, Messrs Hamilton and Redworth, Mr. T. Humphries, Mrs Blackett, Miss S. Hunter-Brown, Mr. F. Gibbs, Mr. C.J. Deck, Miss Stoddart, Master A. Sclanders, Mr. W.J. Penney, and Miss Jo Pitt.
Amongst the exhibits received from the late Bishop Suter is a fine photograph of a splendid specimen of alto rilievo from a church in Venice, "The Adoration of the Magi", and on seeing this yesterday, Archbishop Redwood remarked that when in Venice he obtained photographs of other similar sculptures from the same church, and his Grace very kindly promised to send some to the Suter Art Gallery.
5th JUNE 1899
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3758
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
It is understood that the Wellington Camera Club will hold an exhibition in the Art Gallery this month, opening on the 19th June.
5th JUNE 1899
Page 2 - COLONIST, VOLUME XLII, ISSUE 9497
8th JUNE 1899
Page 6 - COLONIST, VOLUME XLII, ISSUE 9500
OPENING OF THE SUTER MEMORIAL ART GALLERY
The formal opening of the Art Gallery erected as a memorial of the late Bishop Suter took place at 2.30pm on Wednesday 31st May, there being a considerable attendance of spectators, who fairly represented the citizens.
The Bishop of Nelson took his station on the steps leading to the main entrance, and was accompanied by the trustees of the Gallery, Messrs J. Graham M.H.R., F. Trask (Mayor), Rev. J.P. Kempthorne, Colonel Pitt, Messrs C.Y. Fell, J. Sclanders and A.T. Maginnity. The Bishop, addressing the assemblage, said that he was quite sure that it was a matter for general congratulation that the memorial was at last completed. It was unquestionably a subject of very great satisfaction that the memorial was of a form which would have had the approval of him most deeply concerned, as they had grounds for the supposition that the Art Gallery would fulfill a desire of him who had gone beforehand. Before her departure from Nelson, Mrs Suter had given expression to her view of the present memorial being the most suitable, and while at Home she gave the pictures, now hung in the Gallery, for this special object. He (the Bishop) had recently been looking over some correspondence which had strongly impressed him with the view that from a very early time Bishop Suter had the establishment of an Art Gallery in view, as far back as 1882 there appeared quite a settled intention in his mind on this point, and they well knew that to him essentially they owed the foundation of the Gallery. Not only this, but much else of benefit to the town and district, and they could not forget his liberality, large heartedness, energy, and originality, nor also how much the late Mrs Suter was an adequate helper of her husband. He thought all would recognize in the building before them one worthy of the end for which it was erected, and a good deal was owing to the architects (Messrs Fitzgerald & Clere), the builders (Messrs Robertson Bros.), and the supervisor (Mr. W. Bethwaite). A great deal also was owing to the trustees of the Nelson School Society and he was very glad of the opportunity to acknowledge their services. Not only the site and the building now connected with the Gallery were received from the trustees, but properties in other parts of the district as well. Certain conditions were attached by the School Society trustees, and one was that a portrait of the late Mr. Matthew Campbell, founder of the Society, should find a place on the walls of the Gallery. A difficulty had arisen, however, in obtaining a satisfactory likeness of Mr. Campbell. The family had been appealed to before they left Nelson, but so far the difficulty had not been overcome, but it was a temporary one only, and as soon as the portrait could be obtained a picture would be painted and placed in position. He was glad also of the opportunity of thanking those ladies who had canvassed for subscriptions. A good deal had been done, but he was afraid that, when they considered the gift that had been made to them, and the source from which it came, and looking upon the Gallery as a memorial, they must admit that their own personal gifts had hitherto hardly been adequate to the gift from him to whom the memorial was raised. Gratitude had been described as thanks for favors past and a lively expectation for favors to come and they, perhaps, were grateful in that sense. His Lordship then referred to the Exhibition then on view in the Gallery, and after mentioning the attractive display of the Camera Club members, he spoke of the pictures, the gift of the late Mrs Suter, which would permanently remain in the Gallery. Some of these were by the late Mr. John Gully, and he had no doubt but that when the late Bishop secured these he had some idea in his mind of their coming to some such place. He felt sure that the late Mr. Gully, from his personal attachment to the the late Bishop Suter, would have been proud of their present position. The trustees of the Gallery hoped that the building would be of real service to the town and neighborhood — not merely an ornament, but of real utility. The Trustees hoped that the Gallery would facilitate the studies of any serious students of art in their midst (and they had had more than one), but apart from anything so advanced he was sure that the School would do good service from a utilitarian aspect. He had recently come across some words which exactly expressed the truth, the solid troth, in connection with this matter, and these were to the effect that the examination of the best work of the past and present, showed that the work exercising the most influence was that in which the spirit had been most truly Christian.
After the Doxology had been sung, his Lordship, turning the key, declared the building duly opened.
In the early evening there was a large attendance, and favorable comment was made upon the excellent lighting. During the evening a capital selection of lantern slides was exhibited, the pictures coming from Wellington exhibitors and the studio of Messrs Redworth and Hamilton. These views were very much appreciated. Tomorrow evening, a further series will be exhibited from slides prepared by Messrs Fell and Humphries, and these are bound to attract attention. This evening a miscellaneous concert program will be rendered, Mr. G.F. Naylor having charge of the arrangements.
A large number of persons visited the Suter Memorial Art Gallery yesterday, and in the evening a concert, which had been organized by Mr. G.F. Naylor, organist of the Cathedral, was given. Two choruses from "Samson", entitled "Thrown round about the Starry Throne" and "Fixed in His Everlasting Seat", were well rendered by a powerful combination from the Cathedral and All Saints choirs. Mrs Percy Adams sang very sweetly "The Sea hath its Pearls" and a song from "Ottone", receiving a decisive encore for her rendering of the latter. Mr. H. Poole sang "Sweethearts", and was accorded a well deserved encore. A duet, "Excelsior", given by Messrs H. Poole and A.C. Maginnity was well sung, and received hearty applause. Mr. Naylor acted as accompanist for the soloists, and materially added to the success of the vocalists by his sympathetic playing. At the conclusion of the concert Colonel Pitt, on behalf of the Trustees of the Art Gallery, expressed their cordial thanks to Mr. Naylor, and to the ladies and gentlemen who had given their assistance at the concert. He had been told by a competent authority that the room had proved an excellent one to sing in and he hoped it would not, by any means, be the last concert they would hear in the building.
The attendance at the art exhibition at the Suter Art Gallery continues to be large, and last night during the exhibition of lantern slides there were as many present as could be comfortably accommodated. With the exception of a couple of slides from negatives by Mrs Renwick, shown by special request, Colonel Pitt and Mr. Thomas Humphries furnished the views shown, and it is not too much to say that the greater portion of these were really magnificent. Colonel Pitts views included a number from Westland, the Southern Sounds, Auckland, Dunedin, etc., and a few local scenes. It was evident that the camera had been used with great judgment amidst scenery most varied in character, but always beautiful, and the audience enjoyed a rare treat. The luxuriant bush and dainty lake scenery in the Westland views, and the splendid pictures from the Sounds were heartily applauded. The scenery depicted by Mr. Humphries slides was in great part in contrast to that shown by Colonel Pitt, the stern grandeur of the southern fjords with snow clad towering heights giving place to the softer beauties of Lake Waikare-Moana, views of geysers, and some beautiful cave scenes, secured by means of the magnesium flashlight. Mr. Humphries also showed bush scenery in Taranaki, Moari portraits, and one or two Nelson views, and this section of the exhibition was not less enjoyed than the first.
The special exhibition organized for the purpose of marking the opening of the Bishop Suter Memorial Art Gallery has now closed, and there is reason for regret in the fact that the very large number of interesting exhibits which are not included in the number that are to permanently adorn the walls, are no longer open for inspection. By more than one observer competent to express an opinion, it has been averred that the collection of
PHOTOGRAPHS
contributed by the Camera Clubs of Nelson Auckland, Wellington, Hawkes Bay and Dunedin proved the finest that has been got together in New Zealand up to this time.
The contributions of the outside camera clubs scarcely contain a bad picture, most of the work being well above the average in merit, and a considerable portion of quite superlative excellence. The club, next to the Nelson Club, contributing the largest number of exhibits is the Wellington Camera Club, and the HON.SECRETARY of the club, Mr. Heginbotham, has not less than twenty photos exhibited. Most of these are carbon prints, and among the number of exquisite pictures he shows may be mentioned "On the Sands", "Behind the Windy Town", "The Rivers Ford", "End of an Autumn Day", and "Sibyl", the latter an enlarged portrait. Mr. Frank J. Denton also exhibits some splendid work. "The Road through the Valley" is a picture that gained the first prize at the Wellington Inter-colonial Exhibition, and a bronze medal at the India Exhibition of 1890, and it goes without saying that it has been greatly admired here. "Winters Dawn is Grey", by the same artist, is a beautiful little picture. Mr. Watson shows a lot of work, forming some of the best in the room. The study "A Fisherman's Head", is a splendid portrait, and among other work from the same camera which commanded attention was "Declining Day", "Going to the Sheep Fair", and "The Fisherman's Tale". Mr. Gifford is to the fore front in various departments. Some fine portraits claim attention, and three flower studies show some excellent taste and very fine work. A group of horses "The Anti Bot Fly Association", and a seascape "The Toiling Surges Laden with Seaweed", are two good pictures. Mr. Pringle also shows some beautiful work. "Atiamuri", with group of horses in the foreground, is one of the most admired pictures in the exhibition, and the marine study "An Early Start", one of the best of its class. This picture gained the silver medal at Dunedin for marine subjects. Mr. Joyce has a good portrait in "Baron Mullwo", and his "Tranquility" is a very choice bit of landscape work. Other smaller contributors from Wellington are Mrs J.P. Firth, Messrs Barltrop, Mclntyre, Tegetmeier, E.G Lowe, Keadwell, Mandel, Spackman, Dawson and Salomon, who all exhibit something worthy of inspection.
The Auckland Club, too, sends down some splendid work. Mr. Arthur has several fine pictures, among which the mountain and bush scene, "The Evening Comes and Clothes the Hills with Poetry", calls for special mention, for subject and treatment are alike excellent. Mr. Walrond, who formerly resided in Nelson, is one of the most successful among the exhibitors, "The Silence of the Sea", "On the Gold Coast", and "Point Chevalier" all being fine pictures, Mr. Leedham, with "A Misty Morning", has secured splendid sky effects, and several of his pictures call forth admiration. Mr. Trenworth has a number of snap-shots, and these are little gems without a doubt. Mr. Wright's best work is "A Misty Morning"; Mr. Walker has three nice little pictures, and Mr. A.F. Whittington a number, of which "Early Morning" is the most striking. Mr. Coomer also exhibits one or two small views. The Hawke's Bay Club is represented by three exhibitors, among whom Mr. Shanley is in the leading place. His "Interior of Exeter Cathedral" is a splendid photo, and a dainty view is "By the Canal". Mr. Beswick shows some good marine studies and Maori subjects, and Mr. Charlton some fine interiors of English homes.
Coming to the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibits we find that our Southern friends are not behind in their ability to produce artistic work. Mr. Kerr contributes some interesting views of various parts of New Zealand; Mr. Thomson has a good picture in the "Derelict" ; Mr. Williams has several fair portraits, and two good pictures in "The Gentle Craft", and "Evening of the Voyage"; Mr. J. Skettowe Webb (Secretary of the Club) has a fine interior of Seacliff Asylum, his sole exhibit; Mr. Chisholm in "Bull Creek", and "The Mouth of Bull Creek", has a good river scene and seascape respectively. Mr. A.J. Barth's set of four are little gems, and "Evansdale", a river-side scene, is not excelled in all the exhibition for delicacy. Mr. R.A. Ewing has a fine marine study in "Anchored", and Mr. Criohton has interesting views of ship building yards in Tasmania. The best of Mr. Richardson's is "An Autumn Evening", an exceedingly pleasing picture. Mr. Ziele shows four beautiful bits of lake scenery, and Mr. T. Ross single exhibit, "A Drifting Race", a marine subject, though last for mention is not least in point of merit. This concludes the list of outside exhibitors, but we must also refer futher to the Nelson artists with the cameras.
Taking the screens hap-hazard we come first to Miss Sybil Hunter-Browns set of pictures. Miss Hunter-Brown gives ample evidence of a visit to the wonderland of the North, and though evidently not an experienced photographer, has secured some interesting pictures, including several Maori portraits. Master Andrew Sclanders, one of the younger members, exhibits some creditable snapshots, and a couple of enlargements from his own negatives, executed by Mr. Brusewitz. Mrs Renwick has a considerable number of pictures, including bush scenery in Aniseed Valley, views in the Awatere and Blenheim districts, some interesting subjects from station life on the "Dumgree" sheep station, and views taken of the local Volunteer parade at the Diamond Jubilee proceedings. Mrs (Alice) Brusewitz has a fine collection of subjects. Her portraiture, child studies, cloud studies, and toned bromide enlargements all merit praise. "Daga", a head study, "Cloud Effects" Nelson harbor, and "a Sudden Shower on Wellington Wharf" may be specially mentioned. Mr. H. Brusewitz is one of the largest exhibitors, and has an all-round range of work. Specially fine specimens are the following enlargements: "A Head Study", "The Wood Carver" (a well-known clergyman), "A Bush Scene" and "Banquet Scene from the Taming of the Shrew". Miss Stoddart shows four views only, of the Rai Valley and Pelorus scenery, but these are extremely good, and next year a much more extensive list of subjects will be looked for from this lady. Messrs Redworth and Hamilton have one of the most extensive collections in the exhibition, but unfortunately have not named their exhibits. These artists have gone in for an all-round class of work, and on the walls have some very fine enlargements, prominent among these being some really good views taken in the Maitai Valley and studies of breaking waves taken at the Maori Pa. A number of good portraits are included in their list, and a few comic pictures. Two enlargements (from negatives by Mr. H. Kidson) of the interior of Table Land (Mount Arthur) Caves attract attention, and "Among the Daises" is a pretty subject. Some cloud studies and interiors about complete a very fine lot of photographs. Mr. H.V. Gully has not a great many pictures, but they are a splendid selection, and exceedingly artistic. "Reflections", "Making the Entrance", "Cloud Studies", "The Rocks Road", make a very even lot, and are considered by those competent to judge about the best examples present of the different tones to be obtained by means of platinum. Mr. F.G. Gibbs has some grand mountain and lake scenery shown, including views on the Arthur river, lakes Rotoiti and Rotoroa, falls on the Karamea, Mt Mackay (St Arnaud range), etc., making up a very interesting collection of fine views. Mrs Blackett has a considerable number of nice snap-shot views, and a series of half-a-dozen snap-shots of a yacht call for special mention. Mr. A.J. Glasgow has some nice little exhibits, "Haymaking", and flower studies calling for special mention. He has also some very good marine subjects and fine enlargement of English setters.
Miss Jo. Pitt does not show much of her work but what is shown is very promising. We may mention the views taken at the Hutt, Cable Bay, etc., Mr. W.J. Penney has three or four enlargements of which Croixo'les Harbor is very good. Mr. C.J. Deck has some charming bits of bush scenery taken near Hokitika and in the Wairoa Gorge. Mr. Frank Washbourn has two or three exhibits only, the most prominent being an enlargement from his negative (by Mr. Bruzewitz) of Mt Mackay, which forms a very good picture. Mr. Thomas Humphries has a small but choice selection and his picture of Mt Egmont would be very hard to excel and must be one of the very best views of this mountain ever obtained. The bush and fern studies are also very good, and a copy of an engraving has the peculiarity that it is hardly distinguishable from a true engraving. Three of the crack photographers of the Club have yet to be mentioned: Messrs Patterson, Fell, and Colonel Pitt. Mr. Patterson as a result of his trip to England is able to show a number of pictures of English scenery that make a pleasing variation from the many New Zealand bush scenes. One of the best of these is "Where the Cuckoo Flowers Grow", and other woodland views from Epping Forest, Kentish cottages, etc., are most picturesque and much admired. Two studies of children are exceedingly good, also a glimpse of the Alps from the Mt Cenis railway. Colonel Pitt is another exhibitor well represented in number and no less prominent by the quality of his work. Among a splendid lot of landscape views must be mentioned, "White Winter at Blenheim", a very beautiful enlargement, a wave study from Cable Bay, "Northland Bay", Lake Kanieri, "Waiting", views of Milford Sound, Buller river, etc., forming a splendid collection illustrative of New Zealand scenery. Colonel Pitt has also several enlarged portrait studies, good pictures and faithful portraits. Mr. Fell, as usual, has a great variety of subjects. Taking the landscapes first, the series of views from the Quartz Ranges, Collingwood, and the Boulder Lake, in the same locality, are a very fine lot of pictures and very interesting as they introduce us to country not often seen. Eight coast scenes of spots extending from Westport to Kekerangu, form a charming and splendidly executed series. The outdoor studies of children in which "Di" and "Betty" are the central figures are pleasing pictures. Then we have a number of interiors and figure studies and some comic subjects all of which attract attention and give no little amusement. "Christmas at Fairfield" is a splendid picture of the kind. In portraiture this artist has always excelled, and he shows some good specimens of his work in this direction. "Floreat Australia" being most noticeable. Mr. Fell has taken the lead of his club colleagues in experimenting with gum and and bi chromate of potash, as a medium and sensitizing agent, by which means the effect of brush-work may be obtained, but the results have not been equally successful. The work in oils exhibited by the members of the
BISHOPDALE SKETCHING CLUB could not, under the circumstances, be displayed to advantage and because of this much creditable work has been overlooked, save when the exhibits have been separately examined. This exhibition having taken the place of the usual annual show, specimens of the work of each of the members found place on the wall, and a considerable proportion of the pictures shown came from beginners. There was not sufficient space to allow the pictures being shown mounted, and the wall, almost from floor to ceiling, was covered with the sketches. The consequence, inevitable, was that there was a great difficulty in securing harmonious arrangements, the too vivid coloring of some of the pictures making the unenviable task of those who undertook the work, of arrangement much more difficult. The exhibitors showing not only the most work, but the best, were Miss Nina Jones, Mrs Topliss, Miss C. Sadd and Mr. Nicholson. Miss Jones must fairly be given pride of place, her seascapes, to our mind, being the best work among the sketches. Some studies of Kowhai flowers were very faithfully painted, and showed artistic arrangement. Mrs Topliss, in this exhibition, scarcely does herself credit, and we have seen, better work from her brush. A landscape from near Stoke, and view of Nelson harbor, are the most pleasing of her exhibits. Miss Sadd excels in her flower studies, but a landscape from near Wakefield is good, and much superior to her other exhibits of this class, Mr. Nicholson has a great number of pictures, showing varying degrees of quality, but a sketch with the waves breaking on rocks at Cable Bay, and a view of Nelson from the Wakapuaka road deserve a good deal of commendation, the latter especially being a pretty little picture. Miss Barnicoat's flower studies are her best work, but a little landscape from near Richmond may also be mentioned. Mrs W. Oldham, is the sole exhibitor in watercolors, with three landscapes. Miss Talbot shows several small pictures, the best being a country lane. Miss Tomlinson has several flower studies, and Miss Hubbard a couple of small landscapes. Miss Cooke and Miss Cameron each has one picture only, and like Miss Cowles and Miss Rentoul are included among the beginners. Miss Sunley has a nice panel of red dahlias, and Miss E. Harris has a couple of paintings representing the New Zealand fantail, bush robin, and wild clematis, and, needless to say, very faithful representations are given. Mr. F.V. Knapp brings the list to a close, having several sketches, of which the best is a sea-shore scene. On the next occasion on which the Club holds an exhibition, it is not likely to labor under the disadvantages which had to be contended against on this occasion.
On Saturday afternoon and evening there were large attendances. The exhibition of lantern slides in the evening was most entertaining. Mrs Benwick had a fine lot of slides of the New Zealand bush scenery, and Colonel Pitt had a few which he had omitted to produce on the previous evening. The greater portion, however, were supplied by Mr. Patterson, and these in themselves formed a good entertainment, views being included of the places visited by Mr. Patterson en route to England by way of the Suez Canal, a fine collection of English views, a series of Jubilee procession pictures taken by Mr. Patterson himself, etc.
At the close Mr. Fell, as one of the trustees of the Gallery, thanked the Bishopdale Sketching Club and various camera clubs for their assistance, and as President of the Camera Club mentioned especially the great amount of work done by Mr. Patterson, the HON.SECRETARY We would here mention that Mr. E.W. Christmas, an artist from Australia, having spent some time in Nelson, in kindly recollection of his visit, painted a picture especially for the Suter Art Gallery, and we are sorry it was not hung at the opening of the Gallery, but it will no doubt be on view shortly, as well as a large number of engravings, photographs, etc., that were given by the late Bishop and Mrs Suter, and also the sketches by Hon J.C. Richmond, which are at present in the Museum.
10th JUNE 1899
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 136
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The photographs, comprising 93 framed and 19 unframed pictures, sent for exhibition at the Suter Art Gallery, Nelson, have just been sent back to the Wellington Camera Club. The principal contributors were Messrs, A.C. Gifford, T. Pringle, S.G. Watson, J.A. Heginbotham, G.W. Barltrop, and Buckley Joyce. Other amateurs also sent in examples of their work. The collection was much admired across the Straits. Most of these photographs will be on view at the Camera Club's' Inter-colonial exhibition, which opens on the 19th June. At this exhibition pictures will be shown from numerous Australian clubs, as well as from all parts of New Zealand. The judges will be Mr. C.Y. Fell (Nelson), Dr. K. Fyffe, and Mr. Malcolm Ross.
13th JUNE 1899
Page 2 - COLONIST, VOLUME XLII, ISSUE 9504
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
FINE ARTS
At the Wellington Camera Club Inter-colonial Exhibition, at which several Australian clubs will exhibit, and which opens on Monday 19th June, Mr. C.Y. Fell (of Nelson), Dr Fyffe, and Mr. Malcolm Ross will be the Judges.
14th JUNE 1899
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 139
15th JUNE 1899
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3767
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME XXXVI, ISSUE 11090
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Over 700 pictures have been sent for the annual exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club, which is to open at the Art Gallery next Monday. The exhibition will assume the character of an Inter-colonial display, and pictures of very high merit will be found in the collection. A feature in the local exhibits will be specimens of carbon work from enlarged negatives, a number of Wellingtonians having lately followed the example set by Messrs. T. Pringle and Heginbotham last year and made a study of this interesting branch of photographic art with considerable success. The Mayor (Mr. John Rutherford Blair) will open the exhibition.
16th JUNE 1899
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3768
17th JUNE 1899
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3769
19th JUNE 1899
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3770
Patron: His Excellency the Earl of Ranfurly.
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
INTERCOLONIAL EXHIBITION
ART GALLERY
Whitmore street.
Exhibits from the Best Workers in the Australasian Colonies.
The Exhibition will be OPENED TO-DAY,
MONDAY, JUNE 19th, at 3pm.
By his Worship the Mayor, John Rutherford Blair Esq.
Doors open at 2pm.
Catalogs Free.
Admission 1s.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
17th JUNE 1899
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 142
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
INTER-COLONIAL EXHIBITS
The Wellington Camera Club is to be congratulated on the general excellence and varied character of the exhibits to be shown in the Art Gallery next week. The local exhibitions hitherto held by the Club have done a great deal to encourage artistic photography in the district. This year a new departure has been taken, and pictures, for competition and exhibition, have been invited from Australia as well as from other parts of New Zealand. The invitation has been cordially accepted as will be at once evident to visitors from a glance at the six or seven hundred photographs that adorn the walls. There is a marked absence of the "trash" that is sometimes to be found at such shows, and the best work is really excellent. Artistic composition, a worthy choice of subjects, and good technique are well represented. Some of the exhibits, it is true, but not many, fall below exhibition form, but the majority will well repay examination, and a fair number are distinctly striking. The Wellington exhibits compare very well with those from outside. They are especially strong in carbon enlargements so far as processes are concerned, and in respect of subjects, the Wellington portraiture is particularly good. The landscapes for competition were numerous and good, and the judges must have had anything but an easy task in coming to a decision.
An unusually interesting feature is supplied by the gum bichromates sent for exhibition by Mr. C.Y. Fell, of Nelson. The process is comparatively new, and this is we understand the first time that any specimens of it have been shown in the colony. Mr. Fell's examples are experiments, for he is a pioneer in such work here, and has not as yet devoted much time to it, but they are quite sufficient to indicate the immense possibilities before this the most truly artistic of all forms of photography. Generally speaking, the photographer can only reproduce his negatives, although he can bring his artistic instincts to bear upon the choice of subjects, the arrangement of lights, and general composition by the use of two or more negatives for one picture. On the whole, however, he can do little more than reproduce from his negatives. The gum bichromate process, on the other hand, gives a far wider scope for personal powers, and the operator has full play for his artistic instincts in improving upon his negatives as he prints. Bichromate of potash possesses the property of becoming indissoluble by exposure to light. For this process the ordinary negative is taken and the difference comes in with the printing. The paper upon which the print is to be taken is sensitized with bichromate of potash, and gum mixed with any pigment; the operator may select is carefully brushed over it until it is quite smooth. The print is then taken upon this from the negative. The gum is insoluble in proportion to the light that has been thrown upon it through the negative. The soluble portion can be removed upon the application of water by rubbing or by a brush. The shading and the tones of the picture can he thus modulated by the use of a lens and by the process of removing the soluble portion of the pigmented gum. The work is exceedingly interesting, and Mr. Fell's exhibits will no doubt attract much notice.
Another Interesting experiment is a boy's head taken by Mr. A.C. Gifford, with a telephoto attachment. By means of this telecopic photography more atmosphere is obtained between the camera and the object, and the picture is much softened. The results obtained, however, are not as a rule very satisfactory, and but for the process this picture would not attract so much attention. Among the pictures loaned are some charming wave studies by Worsley Benison, the English marine photographer, some wonderful bird and animal studies by Charles Reid, of Wishaw, Scotland, and a selection of works by H.P. Robinson, which are noteworthy for the ingenuity with which he has introduced half-tones into pictures under bright sunlight. "What's Up Now?" and "Not Understood", by Mr. P. Laing, of Dunedin, are clever and humorous snapshots at kittens in a basket. In the one the little creatures are all attention, and in the other are squealing. Mr. Malcolm Ross has lent two excellent carbon prints by a Dunedin worker, now deceased, one of them entitled "The Matterhorn", and also a genre study "Castles in the Air", as well as a decorative panel; and Mr. Gifford sends some of Horsley Hinton's work.
Other good exhibition pictures are the excellent views of Exeter Cathedral, sent by Mr. F.J. Shanly, of Napier. Mr. Heginbotham's delightful portrait entitled "Sybil"; Mr. Leedham's contributions, among which "Low Tide" might be mentioned; Colonel Pitt's characteristics, West Coast scenery; Mr. Gifford's carefully worked platinotype; Mr. Walrond's (of Auckland) "Point Chevalier" and "At Eastey, Kent". Mr. Howard's "The Rising Storm" deserves notice, as also does Messrs. Hamilton and Redmond's "All Among the Daisies" and the toned bromide "Sunset on the Sands" at Nelson. Mr. Paterson, of Nelson, shows some excellent work, notably a scene in Epping Forest. Other exhibitors worthy of note are Mr. Stening, of Darlinghurst, N.S.W., Mr. Walrond, of Auckland, Mr. F.G. Gibbs, Mr. E.J. Deck, and Mr. W. Stephens, the latter showing a print on a salted silk pocket handkerchief. Mr. C.W. Kerr exhibits a beautiful little picture of Stewart Island scenery, and Mr. G.F. Greene, of Napier, a sunny glimpse of a flock of sheep. The competition work will be dealt with in the judges report.
The Mayor is to open the exhibition on, Monday, and a large crowd of visitors may be expected in the course of the week.
19th JUNE 1899
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10962
Page 3 - STAR, ISSUE 6515
Page 6 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME XXX, ISSUE 143
Page 3 - HASTINGS STANDARD, VOLUME IV, ISSUE 45
Page 2 - POVERTY BAY HERALD, VOLUME XXVI, ISSUE 8546
Page 3 - SOUTH CANTERBURY TIMES, ISSUE 2513
Page 3 - DAILY TELEGRAPH, ISSUE 9500
Page 1 - OAMARU MAIL, VOLUME XXIV, ISSUE 7546
20th JUNE 1899
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME XXXVI, ISSUE 11094
Page 5 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME CI, ISSUE 11922
Page 5 - PRESS, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 10376
Page 3 - DAILY TELEGRAPH, ISSUE 9501
Page 3 - TEMUKA LEADER, ISSUE 3455
Page 3 - TIMARU HERALD, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 2982
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the Wellington Camera Club Exhibition some 600 pictures were on view, including a few from other colonies. The judges took three days getting through them. The Camera Club secured 14 out of 22 principal prizes, Mr. T. Pringle being the most successful exhibitor. The best picture in the exhibition was by Mr. J.A. Higinbotham.
19th JUNE 1899
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 143
Page 7 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3770
22nd JUNE 1899
Page 22 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1425
CAMERA CHAT
EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
LIST OF PRIZE-WINNERS
The inter-colonial exhibition of photographs under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club will be opened by the Mayor (Mr. John Rutherford Blair) this afternoon in the Art Gallery. There are over 690 pictures on view, including photographs from New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia and Queensland, in addition to the numerous pictures from other parts of New Zealand which supplement the splendid display made by the club holding the show. With so much work put forward for their verdict, it is not surprising that the judges — Mr. Charles Y. Fell (Nelson), Dr Kingston Fyffe and Mr. Malcolm Ross — spent the greater part of three days in coming to their decisions, which are as follows;
WINNING PICTURES
The judges have awarded the honor of the best picture in the exhibition to "The Smithy”, by J.A. Heginbotham, Wellington.
CLASS A: LANDSCAPES: First prize £2 2s, second £1 1s, third 10s: “Tolls the knell of parting day. . . . and leaves the world to darkness”, Thomas Pringle, Wellington, 1; “Fishermen’s Huts, Island Bay”, Alice Brusewitz, Nelson, 2; “Illawarra”, J.S. Stening, Sydney, 3; “Autumn”, Agnes E. Shaw, Wellington, h.c.; “Drifting Storm Clouds”, S. George Watson, Wellington, h.c.; “Bush Scene”, H. Brusewitz, Nelson, h.c.; “A Summer Morning”, Thomas Pringle, Wellington, h.c.; “Reflection”, S. George Watson, Wellington, h.c.; “Sunset on the Marshes", Frank J. Denton, Wellington, h.c.; “The Meadow Stream”, J.A. Heginbotham, Wellington, h.c.; "Solitude”, J.A. Heginbotham, Wellington, h.c.; “Jamborro Creek, South Coast, N.S.W.”, John R. Yorke, Sydney, h.c.; “A sleep land where under the same wheel the same old rut would deepen year by year”, A. Morel Macdonald, Invercargill, h.c.; “E’en Shades”, J.S. Stening, Darlinghurst, N.S.W., h.c.
CLASS B: SEASCAPES: First prize £2 2s, second £1 1s, third 10s 6d: “Close Hauled”, Thomas Pringle, Wellington, 1; “While Daylight Lingers”, A. Morel Macdonald, Invercargill, 2; “Becalmed”, Thomas Pringle, Wellington, 3; “South Coast”, J.S. Stening, Darlinghurst, N.S.W., h.c.; “Seascape, Bondi, N.S.W.”, John R. Yorke, Sydney, h.c.; “After the Storm”, A.C. Gifford, Wellington, h.c.; “Leaving Port”, T. de C. Lewis, Sydney.
CLASS C: PORTRAITURE: First prize £2 2s, second £1 1s, third 10s 6d: “Kundez (‘Parsifal’)”, Thomas Pringle, Wellington, 1; “Peering into the Dark Past (Baron Mollwo)”, M. Buckley Joyce, Wellington, 2; “Time’s Impress”, Frank J. Denton, Wellington, 3; “A Study of a Fisherman’s Head”, S. George Watson, Wellington, h.c.; “Elizabeth (‘Tannhauser’)”, Thomas Pringle, Wellington, h.c.; two portraits by A.C. Gifford, Wellington, h.c.
CLASS D: GENRE: First prize £2 2s, second £1 1s, third 10s 6d: “The Smithy”, J.A. Heginbotham, Wellington, 1; “The Wood Carver”, H. Brusewitz, Nelson, 2; “Toilers of the Field”, J.A. Heginbotham, Wellington, h.c.; “At Play”, J.A. Heginbotham, Wellington, h.c.; “On the Sands”, J.A. Heginbotham, Wellington, h.c.; and “You to Play”, Thomas Pringle, Wellington.
SPECIAL PRIZE: has been awarded for “The Laundress”, F.A. Joyner, Adelaide.
CLASS E: ANIMALS: First prize £1 1s, second 10s 6d, third 10s 6d: “Going to the Sheep Fair”, S. George Watson, Wellington, 1; “Qui Vive”, Thomas Pringle, Wellington; 2; “Chums”, Thomas Pringle, Wellington, 3; “Shady Pastures”, Thomas Pringle, Wellington, h.c.; “Hesitation”, J.A. Heginbotham, Wellington; and “Sheep”, G.F. Green, Napier.
CLASS F: STILL LIFE: First prize £1 1s, second 10s 6d, third 10s 6d : “Dead Rabbits on Oak Panel”, C.B. Cosiet, South Melbourne, 1; "Roses”, Margaret Shaw, Wellington, 2; “Maman Rochet Rose”, J.H. Copeland, ------, 3;
CLASS G: HAND CAMERA WORK (SIX PHOTOS ON ONE MOUNT): First prize £1 1s, second 10s 6d, third 10s 6d: G.F. Green, Napier, 1; Trenwith, Auckland, 2; A.C. Gifford, Wellington, 3.
CLASS H: LANTERN SLIDES (A SERIES OF NOT LESS THAN TWELVE SLIDES WITH A DESCRIPTIVE LECTURETTE CONNECTING THE SET): First prize £1 1s, second 10s 6d, third 10s 6d: S. George Watson, 1. In the opinion of the judges the other entries in this class were not of sufficient merit to warrant further prizes being given.
CLASS I: ANY SUBJECT (LIMITED TO WORKERS UNDER SEVENTEEN YEARS OF AGE ON JUNE 1st, 1899): First prize £1 1s, second 10s 6d, third 10s 6d: “Twilight and Evening Shade”, Fred Jenness Hutt (Wellington College Camera Club) 1; “The Country Parson”, Fred Jenness, 2; “When Evening Shadows Fall”, Fred Jenness, 3; “Sunset and Evening Glow”, Fred Jenness, h.c.
As a specimen of instantaneous work “The Sand Artist”, Enos S. Pegler, Onehunga, was highly commended by the judges.
In the competitive classes there are entered 122 landscapes, 58 seascapes, 43 portraits, 44 genre pictures, 20 pictures of animals, 9 of still life, 13 frames of hand camera work, 4 collections of lantern slides, 46 miscellaneous pictures by junior workers and 235 pictures forwarded for exhibition only. Among the latter are many that will repay study. Although some of them have been seen before, others are new, not only in point of time, but also in method. The large number of entries at once suggests the question. How can so many pictures be exhibited to advantage in the space available? And it must be confessed that the question goes to the weakness — it might almost be said the only weakness — of the exhibition. The walls are so crowded that justice is not done to some of the more notable pictures. In future years, no doubt, the club will be strong enough to make a selection of the work tendered for exhibition. When that comes to pass, the acceptance and hanging of a picture by the club will be equivalent to a recognition that it has merit. In saying this, it is not so much meant that there are pictures in the exhibition to be opened to-day that are without merit, as that some of the pictures, however excellent they may be from an ordinary standpoint, are not up to exhibition standard. In exhibition work, photographers and the general public alike look for something that bears the stamp of original thought and technical progress as well as of good workmanship. And in the winning pictures and in many others in this really excellent exhibition these essentials are to be found.
The judges, as was their duty, have looked at the work submitted to them from the art point of view, whilst not forgetting other considerations. Glancing through their awards, the first thing that strikes one is the triumph of the carbon pictures, in which the exhibition is so strong. Next, it is noticed that the Wellington Camera Club wins fourteen out of the twenty-two principal prizes, surely a splendid achievement in the face of such competition. Detailed references must be confined, for the present, at any rate, to the pictures which have gained honors.
Landscapes make probably the strongest class in all respects, and here the first prize goes to an evening scene by Mr. Pringle, who, by the way, leads in three of the principal classes. “Tolls the knell of parting day, and leaves the world to darkness” is the poetic title given to his winning landscape, which is at once simple and broadly effective. Tall, dead tree trunks and the broken line of a low ridge make soft silhouettes against the glow which is dying away in the horizon, and the gathering clouds above and the reeds in the foreground assist wonderfully in the composition. Mrs Brusewitz (Nelson) gets second prize with a view of the fishermen’s huts at Island Bay. There is something of flatness about parts of the picture, which is, however, more than redeemed by the excellence of its detail and composition. “Illawarra”, a platinotype by Mr. Stening (Sydney) takes the third prize. It shows a boulder-strewn creek in the South Coast district of New South Wales, with cattle grazing among high grass on the sloping banks. It is not a large picture but probably it is unexcelled in its class for its atmosphere, which is lovely. The three winning seascapes are entirely distinct in character. Mr. Pringle has a picture of the Waitangi coming on close hauled under cruising canvas. There is a slight swell in the sea, but the surface of the water is unbroken save at the yacht’s bows. The unity of the picture is its charm. “While Daylight Lingers”, by Mr. Macdonald, Invercargill, is a calm harbour scene. Not far from the shore, on which a ripple marks the water’s edge, is a boat, motionless on the dimly gleaming tide. A lad, the single occupant of the craft, stands with his head inclined; and the stern oar is idle. The suggestion of “The Angelus” is almost inevitable, but this does not detract from the beauty of the photograph. A panel, “Becalmed”, by Mr. Pringle, receives the third prize. It represents a barque which has made the land, but lost the breeze. Taken from astern, the foreshortening of the hull is excellent; and the cordage and fore-and-aft canvas showing against and through the square sails, increases the effect of a picture which is both novel and admirable in subject and execution.
The portraiture class is bound to prove of special interest to visitors. Mr. Pringle scores again with a head to which he gives the name “Kundez", a character in the opera of “Parsifal”. Everything is made subservient to the thoughtful face, and the result is a really fine imaginative study. With “Peering into the Dark Past”, Mr. Joyce wins the second prize. Although scarcely fitted by the title, yet as an artistic portrait of the old Russian exile the picture ranks high. The third prize picture, “Time's Impress”, by Mr. Denton, another portrait of an old man, is unenlarged, but it is a piece of work with which it would be difficult to find fault.
The genre class boasts possession of “the picture of the exhibition” in “The Smithy”, an interior by Mr. Heginbotham (Kilbirnie). All photographers must share the enthusiasm with which the judges regarded this remarkably successful photograph. “The Wood Carver”, by Mr. Brusewitz (Nelson), placed second in order, shows an elderly man at work at his bench; and one is inclined to forgive the all too glaring high lights in extending praise to the faithfulness with which the worker, deeply engrossed in the design before him, is portrayed. “The Laundress”, by F.A. Joyner, Adelaide, gains a special prize. It depicts a lady who is wearing an ample bonnet, not unlike those worn by some religious sisterhoods, standing at a wringer. Had the picture been narrowed it would have been improved, but even as it stands it is very charming.
In the animal class there is marked unevenness. Mr. Watson’s “Going to the Sheep Fair”, marked first prize, shows a flock traveling along a hedge-bounded country road. The sheep have come to a sudden stop, as sheep will on almost any provocation, and they have their heads up and their eyes fixed on the object ahead. The merit of the little picture lies in its naturalness. Another small photograph of sheep by G.F. Green (Napier), has deservedly been highly commended. There is marvelous detail in the “Pair of Rabbits hanging on an oak panel”, which wins the first prize in the still life class. “Roses”, by Miss Margaret Shaw, is an artistic flower study. In the class for workers under the age of seventeen, Fred Jenness (Hutt) takes all three prizes; his evening studies are wonderfully good, and so is the portrait, “The Country Parson". The ---- exhibited in this class, the majority of which comes from members of the Wellington College Camera Club, reflected the thoroughness of the instruction given in photography at the College by Mr. A.C. Gifford. This is especially marked in the work of the winner, his exhibits comparing very favorably with a great deal of that exhibited in the senior divisions. In addition to the workers already mentioned, Mr. Gifford must be mentioned as a valued contributor, several of whose exhibits have earned the commendation of the judges. And in conclusion attention must again be directed to the “exhibition only” pictures, which include notable photographs, of which “The Matterhorn” by the late Mr. Donkin A.C. (lent by Mr. Malcolm Ross) may he instanced. The exhibition should be numerously attended, for it is calculated to instruct and please all by whom it is visited.
OPENING CEREMONY:
The second inter-colonial exhibition of photographs held under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club, and which is said to be the most extensive show of the kind yet held in Australasia, was opened on Monday afternoon by the Mayor (Mr. John Rutherford Blair). There was an excellent attendance of ladies and gentlemen at the Art Gallery for the ceremony.
Mr. A. de Bathe Brandon, President of the club, before asking the Mayor to declare the exhibition open, said this was the fifth exhibition which had been held under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club. It was the second of the club’s exhibitions which might be called inter-colonial, for it was the second open to the public to which pictures had been sent from the other colonies of Australasia. In the present exhibition the club had what without egotism on its part might be spoken of as a magnificent collection of photographs. It was a collection drawn not only from New Zealand, but also from Australia, and there were pictures in it for exhibition which were the work of some of the best-known of English photographic artists. Whilst photography to many persons conveyed mainly one idea, namely, that of the production of pictures by what might be called mechanical means, it might surprise some of those present to know that about a dozen different processes had been employed in producing the pictures which were on view in the gallery that day. He did not propose to give a detailed account of these processes, but he wished to call attention to the results of two of them, one the enlarged carbon work, and the other the toned bromide work. The enlarged carbon work was a special feature of the exhibition, and with that process the Wellington Camera Club had taken an exceedingly good lead. A large number of the pictures in the gallery were for exhibition only, it being a creed with some photographers and some photographic clubs that their work and the work of their members should not be submitted for competition. Many photographers observing this view had been good enough to send examples of their work for exhibition. Those present would be glad to hear that the Wellington Camera Club was a hard-working body, and he must give special credit to the members of the club who did the work in connection with the present exhibition. He also had to thank the Mayor for his attendance, and to specially thank the judges (Mr. Charles Y. Fell, Dr K. Fyffe and Mr. Malcolm Ross), who for three or four days spent a considerable amount of time and trouble in awarding the prizes. An apology had been received for the unavoidable absence of the Minister for Education.
The Mayor said that this was one of the occasions on which a Mayor found out his weaknesses. The occasion was one of sufficient importance to require the person who was called upon to open the exhibition to have some knowledge of photography. Beyond the general knowledge which most persons had, he regretted to say that he was not acquainted with the mysteries of the photographic art. But if the ladies and gentlemen assembled would devote a little attention to the present exhibition, and then cast their minds back to the exhibitions that had been held in past years, they would realize that in the interval that had elapsed considerable strides had been made in the photographic art. The art was one of those which were sometimes looked upon as being more or less of a mechanical nature, but he held that it gave to those who had not had the advantage of obtaining an artistic training the opportunity of developing whatever artistic tastes, they might have. There was in its operations, and in the selection of subjects for its employment, a field for the development of artistic feeling second only to that afforded by the creative art itself. And he ventured to say that one would have to travel a long way before he found a better field than New Zealand for the exercise of the faculties which went to make the artist and the photographic artist of the best type. There was in New Zealand scenery which could not be surpassed in any part of the world. From an educational aspect, he thought that photography could he turned to very great advantage. Whilst not a creative art in the highest sense of the phrase, it was calculated to bring out in those engaged in it very high qualities indeed. It had been said that every man and woman should have a hobby, and if that were so, he thought there was no hobby to which attention could better be devoted. and none more elevating in its influences, than the photographic art. He had great pleasure in declaring the exhibition open. He hoped it would meet with the approval of the public, and that that approval would be exhibited in a large attendance, and that in the end the committee who had worked so hard would be satisfied with the result.
The only Australian exhibits which have not yet arrived are some of those forwarded by the Brisbane Amateur Photographic Society, but it is hoped that these may come to hand in time to be exhibited. Among the British work on view are an extensive collection of splendid bird and animal studies by Charles Reid, of Wishaw, Scotland; three rock and wave studies by Worsley Benison, landscapes by H.P. Robinson, and a country view by A. Horsley Hinton. Mr. F.J. Shanley of Napier, sends five excellent photographs, two of the interior of Exeter Cathedral, one of the Priory Chapel at Newton Abbott, a Devon pastoral scene, and a picture of a Dutch church. The exhibition is open daily from 10am till 10pm.
An attractive class at the Wellington Camera Club exhibition, now open at the Art Gallery, is that in which photographs are shown for exhibition only. Running through these in the order in which they appear on the catalog, mention may be made of some which more readily catch the eye. J.A. Heginbotham exhibits several interesting portrait studies in different processes. The interior of St Paul’s Pro-Cathedral Thorndon, gives Thomas Pringle two subjects. The only blue prints in the gallery are those of Napoli Prescott (Bendigo), whose other work is also of an excellent character. “Riverton Beach”, by W. Manson (Dunedin), is a capital study of sea, sky and shingly shore. There is a well-composed woodland scene by A.H. Patterson (Nelson), to which is given the title “The forest, say I, of thick crowded ghosts”. With reference to the poetical titles borne by so many of the pictures, it may be stated that the explanation given by one worker was, “We pick out a line, and then search for a scene or incident to fit it”. A suggestion that search seemed to be made for lines to fit incidents and scenes, after the camera had been used, was received with scorn. “A Silver Birch”, by the photographer just named, is decidedly beautiful. Charles Y. Fell (Nelson) has some uncommon work on the walls. His gum-bichromate is considered to represent a process which is almost certain to be taken up more extensively by artistic photographers in the near future. Several photographs are forwarded by Albert Pitt (Nelson), including a charming view of Cable Bay. Hamilton and Redworth, of the same town, exhibit some striking pictures as, for example, the seascapes “Surf” and “Northerly Weather”, and the pastoral — if the word suits — so aptly named “All Among the Daisies”, showing a lady picking daisies on a bank carpeted with those wild flowers. Another Nelson worker, F.G. Gibbs, has two good views at Milford Sound and Stewart Island. There is something distinctive about the photographs sent by H.R. Arthur (Auckland), of which “The Evening Comes” may be noted. Other Auckland pictures of more than ordinary merit are "A Misty Morning" by F. Wright, and "The End of the Day", by Leedham. Tasmania is represented by two photographs, “Shipbuilder’s Yard, Hobart”, "and "On the Derwent”, which reflect credit upon W. Livingstone, (Dunedin). Also from the Otagan capital come a couple of humorous cat studies, “Not Understood” and “What’s Up Now?” by P. Laing. In one picture a basketful of kittens are depicted, all expectant, apparently for forthcoming milk, and in the other they are spitting and squealing in great indignation, no doubt with good cause for the rage of the little family is as genuine as the concern of their mother.
The exhibition was well attended yesterday. Some enjoyable concert items were given in the evening. A Quartette composed of Misses Salmon and --rren, Messrs Douglas Jackson and F. Twiss was heard in three interesting Negro part songs, “The Old Bango” "Pompey's Ball” and "Way Down Dar”. Miss Salmon sang “The Swallows”, Mr. Jackson “May Morning” and Mr. Twiss "The Devout Lover”. Miss Barber, in addition to playing the accompaniments also contributed a pianoforte solo. “Air de Ballet”. This evening there will be a display of lantern slides, when the winning set and others will be shown.
19th JUNE 1899
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3770
20th JUNE 1899
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3771
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Patron: His Excellency the Earl of Ranfurly.
INTERCOLONIAL EXHIBITION
ART GALLERY
Whitmore street.
Exhibits from the Best Workers in the Australasian Colonies.
The Exhibition will be OPENED DAILY during the week from 10am till 5pm
In the EVENING from 7pm till 10pm.
THIS TUESDAY EVENING
Concert by a Quartet Party
Miss Salmon, Miss Warren, Messrs F. Twiss, Douglas Jackson.
Accompanist, Miss Barber.
Doors open at 2pm.
Catalogs Free.
Admission 1s.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
20th JUNE 1899
Page 7 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3771
CAMERA CLUB EXHIBITION
OPENING CEREMONY
The second inter-colonial exhibition of photographs held under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club, and which is said to be the most extensive show of the kind yet held in Australasia, was opened yesterday afternoon by the Mayor (Mr. John Rutherford Blair). There was an excellent attendance of ladies and gentlemen at the Art Gallery for the ceremony.
Mr. A. de Bathe Brandon, President of the club, before asking the Mayor to declare the exhibition open, said this was the fifth exhibition which had been held under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club. It was the second of the club’s exhibitions which might be called inter-colonial, for it was the second open to the public to which pictures had been sent from the other colonies of Australasia. In the present exhibition the club had what without egotism on its part might be spoken of as a magnificent collection of photographs. It was a collection drawn not only from New Zealand, but also from Australia, and there were pictures in it for exhibition which were the work of some of the best-known of English photographic artists. Whilst photography to many persons convoyed mainly one idea, namely, that of the production of pictures by what might be called mechanical means, it might surprise some of those present to know that about a dozen different processes had been employed in producing the pictures which were on view in the gallery that day.
He did not propose to give a detailed account of these processes, but he wished to call attention to the results of two of them, one the enlarged carbon work, and the other the toned bromide work. The enlarged carbon work was a special feature of the exhibition, and with that process the Wellington Camera Club had taken an exceedingly good lead. A large number of the pictures in the gallery were for exhibition only, it being a creed with some photographers and some photographic clubs that their work and the work of their members should not be submitted for competition. Many photographers observing this view had been good enough to send examples of their work for exhibition. Those present would be glad to hear that the Wellington Camera Club was a hard-working body, and he must give special credit to the members of the club who did the work in connection with the present exhibition. He also had to thank the Mayor for his attendance, and to specially thank the judges (Mr. Charles Y. Fell, Dr K. Fyffe and Mr. Malcolm Ross), who for three or four days spent a considerable amount of time and trouble in awarding the prizes. An apology had been received for the unavoidable absence of the Minister for Education.
The Mayor said that this was one of the occasions on which a Mayor found out his weaknesses. The occasion was one of sufficient importance to require the person who was called upon to open the exhibition to have some knowledge of photography. Beyond the general knowledge which most persons had, he regretted to say that he was not acquainted with the mysteries of the photographic art. But if the ladies and gentlemen assembled would devote a little attention to the present exhibition, and then cast their minds back to the exhibitions that had been held in past years, they would realize that in the interval that had elapsed considerable strides had been made in the photographic art. The art was one of those which were sometimes looked upon as being more or less of a mechanical nature, but he held that it gave to those who had not had the advantage of obtaining an artistic training the opportunity of developing whatever artistic tastes they might have. There was in its operations, and in the selection of subjects for its employment, a field for the development of artistic feeling second only to that afforded by the creative art itself. And he ventured to say that one would have to travel a long way before he found a better field than New Zealand for the exercise of the faculties which went to make the artist and the photographic artist of the best type.
There was in New Zealand scenery which could not be surpassed in any part of the world. From an educational aspect, he thought that photography could be turned to very great advantage. Whilst not a creative art in the highest sense of the phrase, it was calculated to bring out in those engaged in it very high qualities indeed. It had been said that every man and woman should have a hobby, and if that were so, he thought there was no hobby to which attention could better be devoted, and none more elevating in its influences, than the photographic art.
He had great pleasure in declaring the exhibition open. He hoped it would meet with the approval of the public, and that that approval would be exhibited in a large attendance, and that in the end the committee who had worked so hard would be satisfied with the result.
The only Australian exhibits which have not yet arrived are some of those forwarded by the Brisbane Amateur Photographic Society, but it is hoped that these may come to hand in time to be exhibited. Among the British work on view are an extensive collection of splendid bird and animal studies by Charles Reid, of Wishaw, Scotland; three rock and wave studies by Worsley Benison, landscapes by H.P. Robinson, and a country view by A. Horsley Hinton. Mr. F.J. Shanley, of Napier, sends five excellent photographs, two of the interior of Exeter Cathedral, one of the Priory Chapel at Newton Abbott, a Devon pastoral scene, and a picture of a Dutch church. The exhibition is open daily from 10am till 10pm.
20th JUNE 1899
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 144
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The Wellington Camera Club inter-colonial exhibition of photographs at the Art Gallery was well attended yesterday afternoon and evening.
Before calling on the Mayor (Mr. John Rutherford Blair) to open the exhibition yesterday. Mr. A. de B. Brandon (President) said the club, without egotism on its part, might well speak of the present exhibition as a magnificent collection of photographs.
The Mayor also spoke very highly of the exhibition, and remarked on the field photography provided for the development of artistic feeling. He ventured to say that one would have to travel a long way before he found a better field than New Zealand for the exercise of the faculties which went to make the artist and the photographic artist of the best type. From an educational point of view he thought photography could be turned to very great advantage.
The exhibition is now open daily from 10am to 5pm and 7pm to 10pm, and we feel certain that on its merits it will be well patronized. Apart from the attraction of the exhibition itself, however, the club, as a means of encouraging artistic feeling in our midst, does good work for the community at large, and deserves hearty support. Each evening, in addition to the pictures, further entertainment in the way of musical selections, etc., will be given, as, for instance, tonight, when a quartet party of well-known vocalists have arranged to provide an entertaining program.
21st JUNE 1899
Page 5 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME XXX, ISSUE 145
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
AUCKLAND PHOTOGRAPHS
The following Auckland photographs at the Wellington Camera Club exhibition are attracting considerable attention: "The Evening Comes", by H.R. Arthur; "A Misty Morning", by F. Wright; "The End of the Day", by — Seedham.
21st JUNE 1899
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 145
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3772
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PATRON
HIS EXCELLENCY THE EARL OF RANFURLY
INTER-COLONIAL EXHIBITION
ART GALLERY
Whitmore-street.
Exhibits from the Best Workers in the Australasian Colonies.
The Exhibition will be open DAILY during the Week from 10am till 5pm,
and in the EVENING from 7pm till 10pm.
THIS EVENING
An Exhibition of LANTERN SLIDES, including the Winning Set.
Admission, One Shilling. Catalogs free.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
22nd JUNE 1899
Page 2 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXXIII, ISSUE 144
23rd JUNE 1899
Page 6 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXXIII, ISSUE 144
The pictures of Mrs Brusewitz, of Nelson, which won prizes at the Wellington Camera Club photographic exhibition, were — Landscape (2nd), "Fishermen's Huts, Island Bay" and Genre (2nd), "The Woodcarver".
22nd JUNE 1899
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3773
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PATRON
HIS EXCELLENCY THE EARL OF RANFURLY
INTER-COLONIAL EXHIBITION
ART GALLERY
Whitmore-street.
Exhibits from the Best Workers in the Australasian Colonies.
The Exhibition will be open DAILY during the Week from 10am till 5pm,
and in the EVENING from 7pm till 10pm.
THIS (THURSDAY) EVENING
Song, Mr. Spackman. Violin Solo, Mr. Spackman.
Songs by Messrs Ballance and Carr, and Duet by Messrs Ballance and Carr.
And Banjo Duets by Messrs Sinclair and Barnett.
At the Piano — Miss Maginnity.
Admission, One Shilling. Catalogs free.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
23rd JUNE 1899
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3774
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PATRON
HIS EXCELLENCY THE EARL OF RANFURLY
INTER-COLONIAL EXHIBITION
ART GALLERY
Whitmore-street.
Exhibits from the Best Workers in the Australasian Colonies.
The Exhibition will be open DAILY during the Week from 10am till 5pm,
and in the EVENING from 7pm till 10pm.
THIS (FRIDAY) EVENING
Exhibition of Lantern Slides
including the remainder of the Competition Prize Slides
and others of great interest.
Admission, One Shilling. Catalogs free.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
23rd JUNE 1899
Page 2 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXXIII, ISSUE 145
In regard to the Wellington Camera Club exhibition we are requested to state that the Wellington papers made a slight error in regard to Nelson prizes. Mrs Brusewitz received 2nd prize for the "Island Bay Fishermen's Huts", and in the same section Mr. Brusewitz was highly commended for the bush scene, Cable Bay, Mr. Brusewitz also took second prize for "Wood Carver", in the genre section.
24th JUNE 1899
Page 4 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3775
LANTERN EXHIBITIONS
Another lantern exhibition of photographs was given in the Art Gallery last night by the Wellington Camera Club in connection with its interesting exhibition. The attendance was again good. Hearty applause greeted many of the slides, which included a set of splendid English snow studies. Mr. G.W. Barltrop's powerful biunial lantern was used. For to-night a concert and lantern display is announced. On Monday evening Mr. Malcolm Ross will give an illustrated lecture on Samoa. Mr. Ross was a special newspaper correspondent in the group during the recent fighting, and was an eye-witness of many exciting incidents. With his cameras he secured a very comprehensive series of Samoan views, from which a set of lantern slides has been prepared. These slides will be used on Monday evening.
24th JUNE 1899
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3775
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PATRON
HIS EXCELLENCY THE EARL OF RANFURLY
INTER-COLONIAL EXHIBITION
ART GALLERY
Whitmore-street.
Exhibits from the Best Workers in the Australasian Colonies.
The Exhibition will be open DAILY during the Week from 10am till 5pm,
and in the EVENING from 7pm till 10pm.
THIS (SATURDAY) EVENING
Musical Items by Miss E. Burnett and Mr. Thomas Pringle.
Instrumental Quartettes by Miss G. Kennedy, Messrs G.A. Kennedy, S.R. Kennedy and H. Spackman.
At the Piano — Miss Muriel Pringle.
Admission, One Shilling. Catalogs free.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
24th JUNE 1899
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 148
PHOTOGRAPHY AS AN ART
SOME COMMENTS ON THE CAMERA CLUB'S EXHIBITION
At the request of the committee of the Wellington Camera Club and his brother judges Mr. Malcolm Ross has submitted an interesting report on the prize pictures now on view in the Art Gallery. His comments upon the pictures themselves are as follows:
Coming to the landscape section of the Exhibition, let me at once say that there are several pictures here of more than average worth, and it was only after very careful study of the merits and the faults of each that the judges arrived at their conclusions. They agreed that Mr. Pringle's picture "A Knell of Parting Day" was one that showed the most feeling and had fewest faults. There is certainly here a successful attempt to interpret a phase of nature in which there is poetry, and artists who are also photographers will appreciate the difficulty of doing this by means so largely mechanical. The second prize picture (by Mrs. Brusewitz) is one that would have taken a higher place but for the very evident fault of cross-lighting. It is apparent that the sky does not belong to the landscape, but has been "printed in" — a process that is perfectly legitimate, only care must be taken to obtain harmony in lighting, and not to have the light coming from one quarter in the landscape and from another quarter in the sky, as is the case in this picture. If a sky in general harmony with the subject were printed in and a portion of the foreground dispensed with, this picture would be worthy of a prize in any photographic exhibition. The third prize picture is by Mr. Stening, and represents a pastoral scene in New South Wales. The composition is a remarkably good one, and what artists term the "atmosphere" in it is capitally indicated. Of the many other very excellent pictures in this class I need say little. Most of them are extremely interesting, and some have only just missed the prize-list. This is notably the case in Miss Shaw's picture of Autumn. The delicate tracery of the trees against the misty ridge and the sky is charmingly depicted, but the foreground is hard, and not quite in keeping with the rest of the picture.
In the seascape class the work as a whole is somewhat disappointing, but there can be no doubt as to the three best pictures. In Mr. Pringle's Yacht picture there is the idea of motion conveyed, and the sea is neither too sharp or too frizzy. This is what should be aimed at in photography. In pictures taken in a very small fraction of a second, with a comparative small stop, the lens sees detail that the human eye fails to discover, and the general effect produced is as of a sea suddenly arrested in motion. This is the defect in some of the Sydney pictures. It is the same idea as photographing the Flying Scotsman going at 60 miles an hour — a remarkable mechanical feat no doubt, but, for all the observer of the picture can tell, the train might have been standing still. Several critics think that in this class the judges should have given the first award to Mr. Macdonaid's picture, "While Daylight Lingers" but it will be noticed that there is an entire absence of modeling in both the figure and the boat, while the foreground is wanting in detail, and the picture is cut in two by a severely straight horizontal line. Otherwise the composition is excellent, and the massing of light and shade good. In portraiture Mr. Pringle has quite broken away from the conventional, and has set a very high standard for amateur portrait workers. If his study of Parsifal has a fault it is in the lighting. There is room for a "high light" on the face, while if the arm of the model had been kept in a more subdued light the motif of the picture would be considerably strengthened. As it is, the hard lines and want of roundness in the arm detract from the general harmony of the study. Mr. Buckley Joyce's portrait of a Russian baron in the Old Men's Home is a bold and striking study, erring, if anything, on the side of hardness. Mr. Denton's picture which takes third prize is a good class of work, and Mr. Gifford's studies are almost equally good. What those workers are striving after is apparently the individuality of the sitter, and they have, succeeded in doing work that is a long way above the average in point of merit. Similarly in genre studies, work of a very high class has been done by Mr. Heginbotham and others. Mr. Heginbotham's picture of The Smithy might very well be an engraving of a first-class painting. There is hardly a fault to find with it, and the judges were from the first decidedly of opinion that, everything considered, it is the most meritorious picture in the Exhibition. "The Wood Carver", by Mr. Brusewitz, is only marred by the harshness of its lighting. Lastly, I would like to draw attention to Mr. Watson's picture of sheep traveling along a dusty road. This is a charming little study, which, though printed on ordinary printing-out paper, has easily held its own with more ambitious work. An enlarged carbon print would be doubly effective.
In concluding these brief notes, in which I have endeavored to voice the general feeling of the judges, I should like to say that we were practically unanimous in all our decisions and, personally, I have to thank the club for having associated me with men of such competence and artistic feeling as Dr. Kington-Fyffe and Mr. C.Y. Fell. Altogether there has been a vast improvement in this year's exhibition, and many of the exhibitors have only just missed getting into the first rank. Such exhibitions as these do good in a Community, and it is sincerely to be hoped that the non-prize takers will not be in any way discouraged. In a recent book that everybody is now reading there is a maxim that should apply to their case — "The man who tries and succeeds is one degree less a hero than the man who fails and goes on trying".
Success has attended this week's exhibition of the Camera Club, both the afternoon and evening attendances being beyond expectations, and it is satisfactory to know that financial success is assured. The committee has succeeded in inducing Mr. Malcolm Ross to give a limelight lecture upon his recent experiences in Samoa, where he followed the lively events as war correspondent for the POST and other newspapers. The season of the exhibition has been extended until Monday, on which evening Mr. Ross will give his lecture, and as he obtained a splendid series of pictures with his camera an interesting evening should result. At the Academy last night another exhibition of photographs was given through Mr. Barltrop's lantern, and to-night concert items will intersperse a display of lantern slides.
26th JUNE 1899
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3776
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PATRON
HIS EXCELLENCY THE EARL OF RANFURLY
SAMOA IN WAR TIME
LIMELIGHT VIEWS AND LECTURE
Mr. MALCOLM ROSS
At the
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION
ART GALLERY
THIS (MONDAY) EVENING
The Exhibition, will positively close To-night.
Members and Social Tickets not available on this occasion.
Will be open during the day from 10am till 5pm; evening, 7pm till 10pm.
Admission, One Shilling. Catalogs, free.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
27th JUNE 1899
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3777
At the Art Gallery last night the Wellington Camera Club closed its exhibition. Mr. Malcolm Ross delivered an address on “Samoa in War Time”. There was a good attendance. The lecturer, who was introduced by Mr. W.J. McLellan, vice-President of the club, described in an interesting manner the late disturbance in the Group, and referred particularly to the good work done by Lieutenant Gaunt R.N., in subduing the rebellion. Scenes in the Islands and of various engagements with the natives were illustrated by beautiful lantern slides shown with limelight effects.
27th JUNE 1899
Page 3 - WAIRARAPA DAILY TIMES, VOLUME XVI, ISSUE 6272
The Wellington Camera Club closed their exhibition on Monday night. It has been open for a week and proved an undoubted success, both artistically and financially. Even an Art Exhibition here is rarely crowded, but night after night, while the photographs were on view, the Gallery was full of interested onlookers. Some of the prize pictures are exquisite and all of them have been bought days ago. One, by Mr. Pringle, of leafless trees against a twilight sky, is delicately poetical. He also has been fortunate enough to hit on a splendid model. This is not always the case with amateur photographers, who are fain to put up with their common-place feminine relations. One girl whom Mr. Pringle has photographed are fine decided creatures, and a handsome profile. Mr. Heginbotham has the best picture in the gallery, a wonderful interior of a smithy, with the smith at work.
The number of pictures worthy of close attention was very large, and more than one visit was necessary to appreciate the exhibits fully. Even then some little gem would he discovered later in an out-of-the-way corner. To get an appropriate title seems a difficulty with the amateur photographer and occasionally the picture and its name do not fit.
When a non-photographer, female for preference, stands in the middle of the Photographic Exhibition and sees the number of pictures on the walls, she may shudder to imagine through what trials the sisters, mothers, and wives of these ardent enthusiasts have passed before the photographs reached those satisfactory results. I have heard of cataracts rushing down newly-carpeted stairs from the over-flowing of a bath where negatives were washing, of a linen cupboard used as a dark-room set on fire with the lantern, of houses being turned inside out to make an "interior" in a back-yard. But a hobby should be owned by everyone, Satan finds too often mischief for idle hands to do. So the amateur photographer's wife, as she mops up the pools or goes about her perpetual "redding up", smiles and thinks things might be worse.
28th JUNE 1899
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 3778
THE TRIUMPHS AND TRIALS OF PHOTOGRAPHERS
The most successful exhibition yet held by the Wellington Camera Club has closed, and the committee is to be congratulated on having got together so many fine examples of photographic art, and still more on having had the merits of the collection adequately recognized by the public. Not every person knows the trials of the local photographer. We do not mean what may be called his mechanical trials. We mean the trials that come thick upon him after he has mastered the details of the practical side of photography. Then it is that he has to select his subject, and to decide the method by which he shall attempt the successful perpetuation of its shadow. One experience is sufficient to let him know how much judges abominate telegraph lines, railways and wire fences. And to escape these and other utilitarian blemishes he has to be very persevering, and go far out of the beaten track. It is a fact that a great extent of the sea coast in the vicinity of Wellington is closed against the photographer of scenery by reason of obtrusive and disfiguring telegraph lines. And a photographer is not likely to turn for subjects to the streets of this city, where one is scarcely even out of sight of telegraph, telephone and electric light wires and cables, of galvanized iron fences, or of sewer ventilating shafts. An extreme instance of this may be cited in the awful spectacle that meets the eye at the head of Boulcott street, where there are about a dozen more or less heavily-burdened telegraph and telephone posts within a radius of a hundred yards.
And when the photographer thinks that he has secured a suitable subject, his next trouble is to make up his mind by which method he shall treat it in order to fall in with the judges views as to what is art. This year the judges seemed to have leanings towards a school that inclines to-what may be described as obscurantism. Is it too much to hope that on a future occasion we may see prize work with more sunlight in it? This may surely be asked without questioning the decisions of the judges, or denying that the successful pictures at the recent exhibition were very admirable, or without ignoring the limitations of the camera and of the development room. There is nothing more splendid in Nature, or in its shadowy sister, Art, than landscape, sea, man, beast, or incident, radiant and living in the light of fullest day. Cannot some of this glory be reflected in a photograph? Or do the evening shades alone lend themselves to this reproductive branch of art? The vast strides made by photography of late years may well encourage the hope that a successful delineation of sunlight effect is not beyond attainment.
6th JULY 1899
NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1427
CAMERA CHAT
WELLINGTON CLUB'S INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION
PHOTOGRAPHY AS AN ART
COMMENTS BY THE JUDGES
At the request of the Committee of the Wellington Camera Club and his brother judges (Mr. C.Y. Fell and Dr Kington Fyffe) Mr. Malcolm Ross has submitted the following interesting report on the prize pictures at the Wellington Camera Club International Exhibition:
"There are probably few arts in which so much progress has been made during recent years as that of photography. In Great Britain and the Continent the progress has been very marked, and it is satisfactory to find, in the colonies, so many earnest workers striving after an ideal, which, though it may never be quite attained, leads on to better work. Photography, at which but a year or two ago artists sneered disdainfully, has now emerged from the domain of mechanical process, and is universally recognized as an art. Michael Angelo said that he knew of only one art, meaning that the qualities that make good sculpture are the same as those that make good painting, good architecture, good decoration, and Sir William Conway in a notable article in a recent number of the "Nineteenth Century" magazine, following up this text, truthfully adds that "the glory of painting is not the subject portrayed, but the way in which it is portrayed". A picture, he says, may represent an heroic action most vilely — that will be a bad picture; or it may show a heap of potatoes beautifully, and be a good picture. The art is in the manner of the work.
A year or two ago it was the fashion — and it is still the practice in some photographic societies — to give prizes for technical excellence. The Wellington Camera Club has taken a step in advance by not hampering its judges with any such stipulation, and they have looked at this year's exhibition mainly from the artistic standpoint. Probably not all the members of the society, and certainly not all the public, will agree with them in their awards. In a young and growing town, that is only just feeling its way into the domain of the arts and sciences, there must of necessity be many who, for want of opportunity and want of study, cannot recognize the commonplace from the artistic — nay, who even as yet prefer the commonplace to the artistic. It is the old story of Peter Bell:
"A primrose by the river's brim
A yellow primrose was to him,
And it was nothing more".
So amongst the exhibitors in the present exhibition there are those who will photograph a road and make out of it a picture, with due regard to composition, light and shade and atmospheric effect; while others, outraging all the recognized canons of art, will still have the road; but a road that is bald, uninteresting and ugly. It is with a view to showing such the possibilities of the camera in regard to pictorial representation that, at the request of the Committee and the other judges of the present exhibition, the writer has been induced to make a few notes on some of the prize pictures, and I do so with diffidence recognizing, as Sir William Conway declares, that every opinion is only an approximation to truth, and cannot but be tinged with error, and that it is only complete fools who are cock-sure about anything.
Coming to the landscape section of the Exhibition, let me at once say that there are several pictures here of more than average worth, and it was only after very careful study of the merits and the faults of each that the judges arrived at their conclusions. They agreed that Mr. Pringle's picture "A Knell of Parting Day" was one that showed the most feeling and had fewest faults. There is certainly here a successful attempt to interpret a phase of nature in which there is poetry, and artists who are also photographers will appreciate the difficulty of doing this by means so largely mechanical. The second prize picture (by Mrs Brusewitz) is one that would have taken a higher place but for the very evident fault of cross-lighting. It is apparent that the sky does not belong to the landscape, but has been "printed in" — a process that is perfectly legitimate, only care must be taken to obtain harmony in lighting, and not to have the light coming from one quarter in the landscape and from another quarter in the sky, as is the case in this picture. If a sky in general harmony with the subject were printed in and a portion of the foreground dispensed with, this picture would be worthy of a prize in any photographic exhibition. The third prize picture is by Mr. Stening, and represents a pastoral scene in New South Wales. The composition is a remarkably good one, and what artists term the "atmosphere" in it is capitally indicated. Of the many other very excellent pictures in this class I need say little. Most of them are extremely interesting, and some have only just missed the prize-list. This is notably the case in Miss Shaw's picture of Autumn. The delicate tracery of the trees against the misty ridge and the sky is charmingly depicted, but the foreground is hard, and not quite in keeping with the rest of the picture.
In the seascape class the work as a whole is somewhat disappointing, but there can be no doubt as to the three best pictures. In Mr. Pringle's yacht picture there is the idea of motion conveyed, and the sea is neither too sharp nor too fuzzy. This is what should be aimed at in photography. In pictures taken with a very small stop, the lens sees detail that the human eye fails to discover, and the general effect produced is as of a sea suddenly arrested in motion. This is the defect in some of the Sydney pictures. It is the same idea as photographing the Flying Scotchman going at 60 miles an hour — a remarkable mechanical feat no doubt, but, for all the observer of the picture can tell, the train might have been standing still. Several critics think that in this class the judges should have given the first award to Mr. Macdonald's picture "While Daylight Lingers", but it will be noticed that there is an entire absence of modeling in both the figure and the boat, while the foreground is wanting in detail, and the picture is cut in two by a severely straight horizontal line. Otherwise the composition is excellent, and the massing of light and shade good.
In portraiture Mr. Pringle has quite broken away from the conventional, and has set a very high standard for amateur portrait workers. If his study of Parsifal has a fault it is in the lighting. There is room for a "high light" on the face, while if the arms of the model had been kept in a more subdued light the motif of the picture would be considerably strengthened. As it is, the hard lines and want of roundness in the arm detract from the general harmony of the study. Mr. Buckley Joyce's portrait of a Russian baron in the Old Men's Home is a bold and striking study, erring, if anything, on the side of hardness. Mr. Denton's picture which takes third prize is a good piece of work, and Mr. Gifford's studies are almost equally good. What these workers are striving after is apparently the individuality of the sitter, and they have succeeded in doing work that is a long way above the average in point of merit.
In concluding these brief notes, in which I have endeavored to voice the general feeling of the judges, I should like to say that we were practically unanimous in all our decisions; and, personally, I have to thank the club for having associated me with men of such competence and artistic feeling as Dr Kington-Fyffe and Mr. C.Y. Fell. Altogether there has been a vast improvement in this year's exhibition, and many of the exhibitors have only just missed getting into the first rank. Such exhibitions as these do good in a community, and it is sincerely to be hoped that the non-prize takers will not be in any way discouraged. In a recent book that everybody is now reading there is a maxim that should apply to their case — "The man who tries and succeeds is one degree less a hero than the man who fails and goes on trying".
6th JULY 1899
NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1427
"THE COUNTY PARSON"
Second prize for workers under seventeen years at
Wellington Camera Club
Inter-colonial Exhibition
Fred Jenness, Hutt, Photo.
13th JULY 1899
NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1428
INTERIOR WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
INTER-COLONIAL EXHIBITION, JUNE, 1899
Landscape Class
Photo by Mr. M. Buckley Joyce.
INTERIOR WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
INTER-COLONIAL EXHIBITION, JUNE, 1899
Portrait and Genre Class
Photo by Mr. M. Buckley Joyce.
20th JULY 1899
Page 30 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1429
THE SMITHY
1st Prize
Wellington Camera Club
J. Heginbotham
TRANQUILITY, A SCENE ON THE PAKURATAHI RIVER
Camera Club Exhibition
M. Buckley Joyce, Wellington, Photo.
20th JULY 1899
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1429
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
MEETING TO-NIGHT (Thursday), Exchange Buildings, Lambton-quay, at 8pm.
"LANTERN SLIDE WORK"
Mr. S.G. WATSON
Visitors invited.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
31st JULY 1899
Page 2 - STAR, ISSUE 6551
Page 3 - WANGANUI HERALD, VOLUME XXXIII, ISSUE 9808
Page 2 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME XXX, ISSUE 179
Page 3 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXXIII, ISSUE 177
Page 3 - SOUTH CANTERBURY TIMES, ISSUE 2552
Page 2 - TARANAKI HERALD, VOLUME XLVIII, ISSUE 11587
1st AUGUST 1899
Page 5 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME CII, ISSUE 11958
Page 5 - PRESS, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 10412
Page 3 - COLONIST, VOLUME XLII, ISSUE 9546
Page 3 - HAWKE'S BAY HERALD, VOLUME XXXIV, ISSUE 11291
DUNEDIN CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION
[Per Press Association.] WELLINGTON, July 31
A good deal of disgust is expressed in photographic circles over the disqualification at the Dunedin Camera Show of a large number of pictures from Wellington. It is claimed that there is nothing in the rules to show that prints from large negatives are debarred, and there is no restriction upon size at Home exhibitions. The best work in the recent Wellington exhibition was from enlargements. Mr. T. Pringle, as representative of the Wellington Camera Club, left for Dunedin, on the decision becoming known, to protest against the ruling.
31st JULY 1899
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10998
INDIGNANT PHOTOGRAPHERS
Apropos to the disqualification of a number of Wellington exhibits by the Dunedin Photographic Society, the 'New Zealand Times' says: There is a general feeling of disgust among the Wellington knights of the camera over the decision of the authorities of the Dunedin inter-colonial exhibition through which the great majority of the pictures sent in by members of the Wellington Camera Club have been debarred from competition. Whether the judges (Dr Roberts, Messrs Morris, and Hawcridge) or the General Committee are responsible for the ruling that because a print is from an enlarged negative it is debarred from competition is not quite clear. At all events the decision is unique in the annals of photographic exhibitions. It is believed that the rule behind which the Dunedin Photographic Society shelter themselves is the one providing that the Committee reserve the right to decide the eligibility of any competitive exhibit for the class in which it is entered. The scope of the application of this rule is, of course, unlimited. Under it any picture could be disqualified; but on looking through the prospectus issued by the Dunedin Photographic Society nothing can be found as to the size of exhibits. It can therefore be quite understood how surprised local photographers were to find their work excluded. The best work shown in the recent Wellington exhibition consisted almost entirely of enlargements by one process or another, the work sent to Dunedin by Messrs Heginbotham, Thomas Pringle, Watson, Buckley, Joyce, and A.C. Gifford was mostly enlarged. Fortunately, both Mr. Heginbotham and Mr. Gifford also sent half-plate work, and it is with this that they have scored. On learning of the decision of the Dunedin Photographic Society on Thursday, Mr. Thomas Pringle left Wellington for Dunedin, and, as representative of the Wellington Camera Club, he will protest against what is considered to be a selfish, unjust, and retrograde ruling — one that, if not over-ruled, will prevent Wellington photographers from again exhibiting at Dunedin. It is more than likely that the whole subject will provide matter for discussion at the next meeting of the Wellington Camera Club.
31st JULY 1899
Page 3 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXXIII, ISSUE 177
THE DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
DISQUALIFICATION OF ENLARGEMENTS
PROTEST FROM WELLINGTON
[United Press Association]
WELLINGTON, This-Day.
A good deal of disgust is expressed in photographic circles over the disqualification at the Dunedin Photographic Society, show of a large number of pictures from Wellington. It is claimed that there is nothing in the rules to show that prints from large negatives are debarred, and there is no restriction upon the size at the Home exhibitions. The best work in the recent Wellington exhibition was from enlargements. On the decision being made known, Mr. T. Pringle, as representative of the Wellington Camera Club, left for Dunedin to protest against the ruling.
31st JULY 1899
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 26
WELLINGTON PHOTOGRAPHS AT DUNEDIN
The Wellington exhibitors have been fairly successful at the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition held last week. Unfortunately carbon enlargements, in which the Wellington Camera Club is particularly strong, were debarred from competition in all classes except landscapes. The result of this ruling was, as the Otago Daily Times says, to disqualify some of the best works in the exhibition. Undoubtedly the finest picture in the room is, says our Dunedin contemporary, a carbon enlargement entitled "The Smithy". It is the handiwork of Mr. Heginbotham, of Wellington, and, for reasons just stated, is debarred from competition. The most remarkable feature of the work is the marvelous lighting effects which have been obtained. How the strong glare on one side of the figure has been produced is, in fact, some what of a mystery, but in all respects the picture represents an admirable piece of work. The defects of most photographs are the vast amount of "all-over" details, which distract the eye from the central, or what should be the predominating subjects. The glance of the observer, instead of being directed to the principal object, is disagreeably averted and arrested by details of no value to the picture.
In "The Smithy" the great point to be noted is the infinite amount of detail that is suggested. By skillful manipulation, the blacksmith and the articles in his immediate surroundings are bathed in the flood of light, and everything else is indefinitely defined in the gloom. Altogether it is a picture which competent judges declare could be shown in any exhibition in the world, and it is little wonder, therefore, that it was assigned the principal place in the Wellington exhibition.
In the landscapes, Mr. J.H. Heginbotham secured the fourth prize with "River Ford", the verdict passed upon it being 'somewhat too contrasty', the light and shade being too abruptly defined. In landscape enlargements, Mr. T. Pringle, of Wellington, obtained the third prize for "Tolls the knell of parting day, etc.". "It is regarded", says the Otago Daily Times, "as the best subject landscape in the class, and secured first, prize at the Wellington exhibition. A desolate scene is depicted, a range of leafless trees with the remains of crows nests in the bare branches stand out against the fading light, and the rest of the landscape is lost in shadow against the Sky".
Of the genre class the same journal writes as follows: "As already stated Mr. Heginbotham's picture "The Smithy" was debarred from competition. Mr. T. Pringle, of Wellington, is well to the fore in this class. Two carbon enlargements, representing cribbage players, will be examined with particular interest. His "Harvest Time" is not a very great success as a photograph, but it is undoubtedly a picture. In this class not only Mr. Pringle and Mr. Heginbotham, but other exhibitors from the North, and from Sydney, suffer through there being no class for their enlargements".
Among the marine subjects, "After the Storm", by Mr. A.C. Gifford, and "Becalmed", by Mr. T. Pringle, receive special mention, and Mr. Heginbotham's portraiture is recommended for study.
The Wellington exhibitors who secured prizes are as follows:
LANDSCAPES: J.A. Heginbotham, 4.
LANDSCAPE ENLARGEMENTS: T. Pringle, 3.
LANTERN SLIDES: G.F. Green (Napier), 4.
GENRE: "On the Sands", J.A. Heginbotham, 4.
MARINE: A.C. Gifford, 3.
PORTRAITS: "Dorice", J.A. Heginbotham, 1 and 4.
HAND CAMERA: G.F. Green (Napier), 3.
FLOWER STUDIES: A.C. Gifford, Wellington, 1 and 3.
ARCHITECTURE: "St. Paul's Church, Oamaru", G.F. Green, 1; A.C. Gifford, 2.
KAIPAI PRIZE: A.C. Gifford, 2.
3rd AUGUST 1899
Page 29 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1431
Mr. J. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
3rd AUGUST 1899
Page 30 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1431
TWILIGHT AND EVENING SHADE
1st prize, workers under 17 years of age, at
Wellington Camera Club
International Exhibition. Fred Jenness, Hutt.
3rd AUGUST 1899
Page 44 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1431
CAMERA CHAT
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
SUCCESSFUL WELLINGTONIANS
The exhibition held last week in Dunedin under the auspices of the Dunedin Photographic Society is of considerable interest to Wellington amateur photographers. They have been fairly successful, but several of the pictures that were well placed at the late exhibition in this city were thrown out by the judges in Dunedin.
The "Otago Daily Times", in its criticism of the exhibits, states that the feature of the exhibition as a whole, which perhaps attracts most attention is the gradual abandonment of chloride prints in favor of carbon, platinotypes and tone-bromides, and possibly the most marked digression from the older processes is in the direction of carbons.
Comparatively few carbon prints are shown by the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society. The bulk of this class of work comes from Wellington and other places in the north, and from Australia. Unfortunately most of the examples of carbons are enlargements, and only in one class — namely landscapes — is there provision for enlargements. The consequence is that most of the carbons are disqualified, and as these include some of the finest works in the exhibition, it is a pity that the committee did not subdivide every class into direct prints and enlargements.
In the genre, all the best pictures are put out owing to this want of subdivision. In fact, genre is much more largely affected than any other class.
Undoubtedly the finest picture in the room is a carbon enlargement entitled, "The Smithy". It is the handiwork of Mr. Heginbotham, of Wellington, and for the reasons just stated, is debarred from competition. The most remarkable feature of the work is the marvelous lighting effects which have been obtained. How the strong lare on one side of the figure has been produced is, in fact, somewhat of a mystery; but in all respects the picture represents an admirable piece of work.
In "The Smithy" the great point to he noted is the infinite amount of detail that is suggested. By skillful manipulation, the blacksmith and the articles in his immediate surroundings are bathed in the flood of light, and everything else is indefinitely defined in the gloom. Altogether it is a picture which competent judges declare could be shown in any exhibition in the world, and it is little wonder, therefore, that it was assigned the principal place in the Wellington exhibition.
In landscapes "River's Ford", by J.A. Heginbotham, of Wellington, has been awarded fourth prize. It is a carbon print, and somewhat too "contrasty", the light and shade being too abruptly defined.
Another "highly commended" is a picture by Mr. G.F. Green, ox Napier, entitled "At eventide it shall be light". It is an effective little picture, but not satisfactory in every respect. It is marked "highly commended" in both divisions of the landscape class.
The picture securing third prize in landscape enlargements, by Mr. T. Pringle, of "Wellington, is entitled "Tolls the knell of parting day, etc.". It is regarded as the best subject landscape in the class, and secured first prize at the Wellington exhibition.
As already stated, Mr. Heginbotham's picture "The Smithy", was debarred from competition. Mr. T. Pringle, of Wellington, is well to the fore in this class. Two carbon enlargements representing cribbage players, will be examined with particular interest. His "Harvest Time", is not a very great success as a photograph, but it is undoubtedly a picture. In this class not only Mr. Pringle and Mr. Heginbotham, but other exhibitors from the North, and from Sydney, suffer through there being no class for their enlargements.
In marine views, "After the Storm", by Mr. A.C. Gifford, of Wellington, is also a fine example of a breaking sea. "Becalmed", by Mr. T. Pringle, of Wellington, and "Across the Sunlit Sea", by Mr. A.M. Macdonald, of Invercargill, are remarkably picturesque examples, and especially is this the case with the former work. Both are carbon enlargements, and debarred in consequence from competition.
Some of the portrait pictures are worthy of careful study, particularly those of Mr. Crichton and Mr. Heginbotham.
The Wellington exhibitors who secured prizes are as follows:
LANDSCAPES: J.A. Heginbotham, 4.
LANDSCAPE ENLARGEMENTS: T. Pringle, 3.
LANTERN SLIDES: G.F. Green (Napier), 4.
GENRE: "On the Sands", J.A. Heginbotham, 4.
MARINE: A.C. Gifford, 3.
PORTRAITS: "Dorice", J.A. Heginbotham, 1 and 4.
HAND CAMERA: G.F. Green (Napier), 3.
FLOWER STUDIES: A.C. Gifford, Wellington, 1 and 3.
ARCHITECTURE: "St. Paul's Church, Oamaru", G.F. Green, 1; A.C. Gifford, 2.
KAIPAI PRIZE: A.C. Gifford, 2.
THE BEST: The judges have awarded "The Smithy", by J.A. Heginbotham (Wellington) as the best picture in the exhibition.
The gold medal for the greatest number of points in the first ten classes was won by Mr. W. Williams, Dunedin Photographic Society.
The silver medal for the highest number of points went to Mr. A.C. Gifford, of Wellington.
With reference to the above report the "Otago Daily Times" states that it regrets "that the committee did not subdivide every class into 'direct prints' and 'enlargements' thinking, evidently, that the latter class would include the Wellington carbon work. In this connection it might be pointed out that all carbons are "direct prints".
There is a general feeling of disgust among Wellington knights of the camera over the decision of the authorities at the Dunedin Inter-colonial Exhibition, through which the great majority of the pictures sent by members of the Wellington Camera Club have been debarred from competition. Whether the judges (Dr Roberts and Messrs Morris and Haweridge) or the general committee are responsible for the ruling, that, because a print is from an enlarged negative it is debarred from competition, is not quite clear. At all events the decision is unique in the annals of photographic exhibitions. At the three great annual international exhibitions — those held under the auspices of the Royal Photographic Society, at Pall Mall (London); the "Linked Ring", or Dudley Gallery Salon (London); and what may be termed the greatest international exhibition of the year, that of the Royal Photographic Society of India, held at Calcutta — the pictures shown range from the insignificant, trimmed quarter-plate up to pictures as large as the worker cares to enlarge. There is absolutely no restriction as to size. It is believed that the rule behind which the Dunedin Photographic Society shelters itself is the one providing that "the committee reserves the right to decide the eligibility of any competitive exhibit for the class in which it is entered". The scope of the application of this rule is of course, unlimited: under it any picture could be disqualified. But on looking through the prospectus issued by the Dunedin Society, nothing can be found as to the size of exhibits. It can therefore be quite understood how surprised local photographers were to find their work excluded. The best work shown in the recent Wellington exhibition consisted almost entirely of enlargements by one process or another, and the work sent to Dunedin by Messrs J.A. Heginbotham, Thomas Pringle, S.G. Watson, Buckley Joyce and A.C. Gifford was mostly enlarged. Fortunately, both Messrs Heginbotham and Gifford also sent half-plate work, and it is with this that they have scored. On learning of the decision of the Dunedin Society on Thursday, Mr. Thomas Pringle left Wellington for Dunedin, and will as representative of the Wellington Camera Club, protest against what is considered to be a selfish, unjust and retrograde ruling — one that will, if not over-ruled, prevent Wellington photographers from again exhibiting at Dunedin. It is more than probable that the whole subject will provide matter for discussion at the next meeting of the Wellington Camera Club.
From the May number of the "Junior Photographer", published at Bradford, England, the editor of which is that well known English photographer "Matthew Surface" (Mr. Percy Lund), we learn that in the portraiture competition in connection with that publication, which is open to any amateur in the world, the first prize and certificate of merit was awarded to Mr. Buckley Joyce, a member of the Wellington Camera Club, with a picture called "Larry".
17th AUGUST 1899
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVIII, ISSUE 41
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A lantern evening will be given by the Wellington Camera Club to-night, when Messrs. G.W. Barltrop and T.M. Hardy will work the lantern. Visitors are invited.
17th AUGUST 1899
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVIII, ISSUE 41
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A meeting will be held in the Exchange Hall
TO-NIGHT, at 8pm.
Lantern Evening.
Lanternists
G.W. Barltrop and T.M. Hardy.
Visitors invited,
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
18th AUGUST 1899
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXX, ISSUE 3822
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At a meeting of the Wellington Camera Club last night a number of lantern slides, lent by Mr. J. Holmes, who recently visited England and America as New Zealand Trade Commissioner, were exhibited by limelight. The slides comprised views on the Canadian Pacific railway and views in London and Exeter. Slides by Messrs Clarke and Drake were also exhibited. The lantern was operated by Messrs Barltrop and Hardy.
13th OCTOBER 1899
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVIII, ISSUE 90
14th OCTOBER 1899
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXX, ISSUE 3871
SEVENTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The seventh annual general meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held last evening, Mr. James McLellan, Vice-President, in the chair. The Chairman read an apology from the President (Mr. A. De B. Brandon), who was unable to be present. The report and balance sheet, which showed a satisfactory credit balance, was read and adopted. Reference was made by Mr. T. Pringle to the industry displayed by the HON.SECRETARY (Mr. J.A. Heginbotham), whose services had been invaluable to the club. The publication of the monthly bulletin had proved a great success, and was highly appreciated by members. He also praised the services rendered by Mr. Malcolm Ross, who judged at the exhibition, and to whom the members were indebted for valuable advice and hints on different subjects in photography.
ELECTION OF OFFICERS: 1899 - 1900 |
PRESIDENT |
HON.SECRETARY: |
||||||||
| Vice-President: Mr. James McLellan |
Vice-President: Mr. A.C. Gifford |
Treasurer: Mr. T.M. Hardy |
Committee: Mr. G.W. Barltrop |
Committee: Mr. Joyce |
Committee: Mr. Keyworth |
Committee: Mr. McGregor |
Committee: Mr. Pringle |
Committee: Mr. Smith |
Committee: Mr. Wright |
Judge: Mr. Malcolm Ross |
19th OCTOBER 1899
Page 23 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1442
SEVENTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The seventh annual general meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held on Thursday evening, Mr. James McLellan, vice-President, being in the chair.
The report and balance-sheet, which were of a satisfactory nature, were read and adopted.
The following officers were elected for the year: President, Mr. A. de B. Brandon; vice-Presidents, Messrs James McLellan and A.C. Gifford; treasurer, Mr. T.M. Hardy: judge, Mr. Malcolm Ross; HON.SECRETARY, Mr. J.A. Heginbotham (all re-elected): committee, Messrs Keyworth, Barltrop, Pringle, Joyce, McGregor Wright and Smith.
15th NOVEMBER 1899
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVIII, ISSUE 118
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The HON.SECRETARY of the Wellington Camera Club forwards us a copy of the Club's Bulletin, which is published monthly, and is now permanently enlarged to double its original size. The Bulletin contains, in addition to the Club's notices for the month, a variety of information of interest to amateur photographers, and will be read with interest by members.
16th NOVEMBER 1899
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVIII, ISSUE 119
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
MONTHLY Meeting TO-NIGHT, 8pm,
Exchange Hall.
SUBJECT: Composition
by C.H. WORSLEY Esq.
Visitors invited.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
18th NOVEMBER 1899
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVIII, ISSUE 121
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The members of the Wellington Camera Club left by brake for the Lower Hutt this afternoon on the first photographic outing of the season. As the weather is delightfully fine, no doubt some good pictures will be secured, seeing that all the members have gone armed with their cameras.
20th NOVEMBER 1899
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXX, ISSUE 3902
23rd NOVEMBER 1899
Page 36 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1447
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Members of the Wellington Camera Club held their first field day on Saturday. About fifteen members, including a number of ladies, left town, in one of Popham’s brakes for the Lower Hutt. A delightful afternoon was spent, and numerous snapshots of the scenery were taken by the party. These will be exhibited at the next monthly meeting of the club, when the first of the series of field day competitions commences. The happy idea of journeying in a brake instead of by train, as formerly, had the effect of bringing a fair number of members but, and there is no doubt that with the increasing popularity of photography as a recreation, these outings of the Camera Club will be looked forward to as, a pleasant means of enjoyment.
20th NOVEMBER 1899
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIVIII, ISSUE 122
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The members of the Wellington Camera Club had a very enjoyable outing on Saturday afternoon when they held the first field day of the season. A large brake left Mr. T.M. Hardy's, the headquarters of the club, for Waiwetu, and numerous photos were taken of the many pretty scenes to be found on the banks of the stream. The party, nearly half of whom were lady memWers, after the work of the day was over were the guests of Mr. J.A. Chapman, of the Lower Hutt, who invited them to afternoon tea at Ross's Gardens. The club seems to be steadily growing in popularity, and the object lessons to be gained in these outings is not to be despised. The photos taken are to be the subject of a special competition amongst members for which a gold medal is to be given.
14th DECEMBER 1899
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVIII, ISSUE 143
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held this evening. A lecture on "Wrinkles on Photography" will be given, with practical illustrations, by several of the members.
15th DECEMBER 1899
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LVIII, ISSUE 144
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held at the Exchange Buildings last night, Mr. James McLellan, Vice-President, in the chair. There was a large attendance of members, and a very interesting discussion took place on "Wrinkles in Photography", in which several members took part and gave valuable hints in manipulating prints.
Photos taken at the last field day were handed round and criticized.
Special arrangements have been made with the Manawatu Railway Company for the club's outing, to Plimmerton, which takes place to-morrow. A special carriage has been reserved for members and their friends, and should the weather prove fine an enjoyable day may be anticipated.
16th DECEMBER 1899
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXX, ISSUE 3925
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
EXCURSION to Plimmerton TO-DAY.
Train leaves Manawatu Railway Station at 1.20pm.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
24th JANUARY 1900
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 20
26th JANUARY 1900
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 22
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The members of the Wellington Camera Club intend holding a "field-day" at Plimmerton on Saturday afternoon. Special train arrangements have been made for the convenience of members, and a pleasant outing is anticipated.
24th JANUARY 1900
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 20
25th JANUARY 1900
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 3958
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Second Field Day of the Season will be held at Plimmerton on SATURDAY.
Train leaves at 1.15pm.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
29th JANUARY 1900
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 24
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The members of the Wellington Camera Club held their second field day of the season at Plimmerton on Saturday afternoon, and enjoyed a most pleasant outing. The party was hospitably entertained by Mrs D.T. Stuart at her Plimmerton residence, and succeeded in securing several good photos, which will eventually appear in the monthly competition of the club.
8th FEBRUARY 1900
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 33
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held this evening when a paper of interest to beginners will be read.
9th FEBRUARY 1900
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 34
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the clubroom, Exchange Buildings, last night, Mr. James McLellan (Vice-President) in the chair. There was a large attendance of members, and considerable interest was shown in interesting lectures which were given, Mr. H.C. Gifford, one of the Vice-Presidents, gave an excellent address to beginners on the properties and the component parts of developers. The second part was equally interesting, and was taken in hand by Mr. Keyworth, who gave a practical illustration of the method of developing plates taken with different degrees of exposure. Votes of thanks were passed to both gentlemen for the trouble they had taken to prepare their subjects.
12th FEBRUARY 1900
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 36
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The members of the Wellington Camera Club held their third field-day of the season at Young's Gardens, Karori, on Saturday afternoon. A very pleasant and profitable time was spent, most of the excursionists securing good photos with which to enrich their albums.
23rd FEBRUARY 1900
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 46
24th FEBRUARY 1900
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 3983
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Members of the Wellington Camera Club are requested to join in the Field Day outing to Belmont TO-MORROW. Train leaves at 1pm.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
8th MARCH 1900
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 57
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Regular Monthly Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held at the Clubroom, Exchange Buildings, TO-NIGHT, at 8pm.
"HOME PORTRAITURE"
Visitors invited.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
12th APRIL 1900
Page 5 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 87
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Members of the Wellington Camera Club are notified that the monthly meeting of the club will not be held this evening.
17th MAY 1900
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 116
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual Monthly Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held THIS EVENING at the Dresden Rooms, Lambton-quay, at 8pm.
PRACTICAL ENLARGING.
CONTACT PRINTING ON BROMIDE AND VELVET.
By Messrs. HEGINBOTHAM, HARDY, TREVETHIC, and WATSON.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
17th MAY 1900
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 116
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club will in future hold its meetings at the Dresden Rooms, Lambton-quay. The usual monthly meeting is advertised for to-night, when an interesting exhibition of practical enlarging will be given by members of the club.
14th JUNE 1900
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 140
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held at the Dresden Rooms TO-NIGHT, at 8pm.
LANTERN ENTERTAINMENT
Messrs BARLTROP and HARDY.
Visitors invited.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
15th JUNE 1900
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 141
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance of members and their friends at the Wellington Camera Club lantern entertainment last night. The number of slides shown was not as large as formerly, but many were scenes of local as well as artistic interest. Mr. Barltrop had charge of the lantern, and those present are indebted to him for a very pleasant evening.
12th JULY 1900
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME 12, ISSUE 10
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Members of the Wellington Camera Club are reminded that the monthly muster will be held this evening, when illustrations of carbon printing and other work will be given.
13th JULY 1900
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE LX
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance of members at the Wellington Camera Club last night, when Messrs. Hardy and Heginbotham gave exhibitions of the gum bichromate and ozotype processes of photographic printing. The lecture and manipulations of the various prints attracted much interest, but the universal opinion was that neither would become popular nor displace the carbon process. Mr. Heginbotham expressed a hope that members would not neglect to send in prints for the September Exhibition, particulars of which will be duly advertised.
9th AUGUST 1900
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 34
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
LANTERN ENTERTAINMENT
TONIGHT at 8pm
at the DRESDEN ROOMS
Visitors invited
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
14th SEPTEMBER 1900
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 65
14th SEPTEMBER 1900
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 65
15th SEPTEMBER 1900
Page 5 and 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4154
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held last night. Numbers of promises of pictures for the approaching exhibition were received, and it is expected that a splendid collection of photographs will grace the walls — enlargements, carbon, and ozotype prints. The club has arranged for its first field day to take place at the Lower Hutt to-morrow should the weather prove favorable, members leaving by the 1pm train.
2nd OCTOBER 1900
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 80
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club will open its local exhibition on Thursday next, at Macgregor Wright's art gallery. A large number of photographic works of art have been sent in by the members, among the most interesting being a series of X-Ray pictures taken by Dr. Ewart.
2nd OCTOBER 1900
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 80
3rd OCTOBER 1900
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4169
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
LOCAL EXHIBITION
AN EXHIBITION OF CLUB PHOTOS
Will Open at
M'GREGOR WRIGHT & CO.'S ART GALLERY
ON THURSDAY NEXT
Admission ... Sixpence.
3rd OCTOBER 1900
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 81
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The local exhibition of pictures by members of the Wellington Camera Club will begin at Messrs. M'Gregor Wright and Co.'s gallery, Lambton-quay, to-morrow. The committee has received a large number of exhibits, and the members are to be congratulated on the quality of the work sent in. The interest taken in photography is largely on the increase, and the work turned out by the local club would secure favorable criticism at any inter-colonial exhibition. Messrs. Watson, Heginbotham, Pringle, Keyworth, Hardy, and others are again exhibiting, and their work, judging by former efforts, needs no comment. A very interesting and scientific exhibit is sent in by Dr. Ewart, which should merit close attention. The exhibition will close on Saturday.
3rd OCTOBER 1900
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4169
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
An interesting exhibition of photographs by members of the Wellington Camera Club will be opened at Messrs Mcgregor Wright and Co.’s Art Gallery to-morrow.
3rd OCTOBER 1900
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 81
6th OCTOBER 1900
Page 7 - FREE LANCE, VOLUME I, ISSUE 14
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
LOCAL EXHIBITION
AN EXHIBITION OF CLUB PHOTOS
Including
CARBON ENLARGEMENTS
BROMIDE ENLARGEMENTS
X. RAY ENLARGEMENTS
SOLIO ENLARGEMENTS
P.O.P. PHOTOS
PORTRAITS, etc., etc., etc.
Will
OPEN TO-MORROW
MESSRS MCGREGOR WRIGHT AND CO.'S ART GALLERY
Lambton quay.
Kindly lent for the occasion.
Admission — SlXPENCE.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
4th OCTOBER 1900
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 82
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
CAMERA CLUB EXHIBITION
There is now on view at Messrs. M'Gregor Wright and Co.'s Art Gallery on Lambton-quay, an excellent collection of locally executed photographs. The exhibition has been organized by the Wellington Camera Club, and does credit to the skill and energy of its members. There are considerably over a hundred exhibits in all, including specimens of various processes.
Mr. T. Pringle is usually one of the most prominent contributors to the club's exhibitions, but his recent trip to the East has prevented him from sending new work in the present instance. Well known devotees of the camera like Mr. J.A. Heginbotham, Mr. S.G. Watson, and Mr. A.C. Gifford are however, well represented. Dr. Ewart shows some instinctive X-ray photographs of limbs and of fishes. Almost all the leading processes are illustrated, although the bromides rather predominate. Mr. T.M. Hardy exhibits a seascape taken by the gum-bichromate process introduced at the club's last colonial exhibition by Mr. C.Y. Fell, of Nelson, and Mr. Heginbotham has succeeded in No. 57 (Sergeant-Major Clark) with Osotype, a modification of the carbon process. Among the exhibitors whose work deserves examination may be mentioned in addition to those already referred to Messrs. C.A. Benbow, E.J. Harrison, J.A.D. Chisholm, A.B. Keyworth, and C. Trevethick and Miss Tiller and Mrs. Mestayer. The exhibition proves that photography is a very popular craft in this district, and that it is pursued with a view to artistic effects.
4th OCTOBER 1900
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 82
5th OCTOBER 1900
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4171
6th OCTOBER 1900
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4172
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 84
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
LOCAL EXHIBITION
MESSRS MCGREGOR WRIGHT AND CO.'S ART GALLERY
LAMBTON QUAY
Kindly lent for the occasion.
NOW OPEN
Admission — SlXPENCE.
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
5th OCTOBER 1900
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4171
11th OCTOBER 1900
Page 13 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS
At Messrs McGregor Wright and Co.'s art gallery, on Lambton quay, an interesting exhibition of photographs is being made by members of the Wellington Camera Club. The club ranks as the premier club of New Zealand, and boasts a membership numbering 120. The pre-eminence of the Wellington Camera Club is largely due, in addition to the individual cleverness of certain members, to the interest taken in beginners by senior members, whoso rapid advance in the art is illustrated by many admirable examples on the walls.
The visitor will find many excellent specimens of the various processes employed in modern photography. The importance of the question of the relative merits of the bromide and carbon processes will be appreciated, even by the lay mind, after an inspection of some of the choicer products of the rival methods. That the carbon method opens out a wide field for artistic possibilities is evident, but those enamored of delicate black and white effects will probably continue, in their allegiance to the older process.
Mr. E.T. Harrison shows two fine bromides in Nos. 5 and 6. Admirable, too, is Mr. Heginbotham's carbon portrait No. 18; but for pictorial quality and really skillful disposition of light Mr. C.A. Benbow’s “The Pensioner", must take high rank. “The Last Load", W.J, Prouse, is an example of the velox process. The finest specimen of carbon work in the collection is undoubtedly Mr. A.B. Keyworth’s “The Ford”. “A Dusky Beauty", "Night" and “Dada’s Tick-tick” contain some very fine work. Mr. S.G. Watson deserves credit for one of the most artistic pictures in the collection. His “Cattle”, which would lend itself admirably to enlargement, should receive further attention in anticipation of the forthcoming, inter-colonial exhibition.
Mr. A.C. Gifford has sent in a number of glimpses of a new route in Fiordland in platinotype, sepia platinotype and platona, which will repay inspection. Of special interest is the display of the Wellington College Camera Club, which has prospered wonderfully of late under the wing of the parent society. Dr Ewart’s, selection of X-ray photographs of limbs are very instructive. Among the other exhibitors may be mentioned Mr. J.A.D. Chisholm, Mr. Trevethick, Mrs Mestaver and Miss Tiller. Mr. T.M. Hardy is responsible for a curious gum-bichromate, and Mr. Heginbotham sends an osotype, No. 57, which is attractive. The exhibition will remain open during the week.
5th OCTOBER 1900
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 83
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
THE PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
A competent judge in the course of a report of the Wellington Camera Club exhibition says: There is little that is really bad or mediocre, and a very uniform level of excellence has been obtained by the members of the club, each in his own particular branch of the photographic art. To take one section — that of landscape — what is essential, over and above the technical part of the work, is some sign of "composition" in the picture. That is to say, that the photographer aims not only at getting a life-like impression, but he wants to make his photo a picture. It is here that the real artist comes in. What good composition is, is more easy to feel than to define. In No. 53, for instance, we have a picture which appears at first sight to violate the ordinary rules of composition, in that the picture is almost divided in half by a straight line, and yet the artist has got an effect which is of the best. The far away clump of trees, the shimmering water in the foreground, and, above all, the sense of "distance" in the picture, give a whole effect which has not been attained by any other exhibitor in this class. Of all the pictures in the exhibition this is one of the best, and Mr. Watson is to be congratulated on his work. It just shows what good technique plus artistic sense can do. No. 54, a series of hill pictures, is to be commended. The first, a road running almost in a straight line between hedges, would make a good enlargement, but that the "distance" is bad, the road appearing much longer than it really is. In No. 62 there is a distinct sense of composition, with a wagon making its way through glistening water lying in a pool on a wooden bridge. No. 70 is too monotonous, though the effect of the figure serves to divert attention to a certain extent from the stacks of hay. No. 67 is utterly spoilt by over-toning, which makes the picture so low in tone that the general effect is a mere smudge. 72 is also too low in tone; 74 and 75 exhibit good qualities in composition, the grouping of the cows in 75 being especially good. No. 43 shows an attempt at composition, but with No. 42 the picture is spoilt by its hardness. No. 36 is a good study of sky, but the foreground with the straight line of a wave cutting it in two spoils the artistic effect. No. 24 is very smudgy; the two animals might be buffaloes, though believed to be horses. No. 14, though good in composition, seems to be poor technically; the ground looks as though a heavy post were lying on it, which presumably was not the case. No 15 is an excellent specimen, of what a picture should be. No. 8 is a fine photograph spoilt entirely by its framing. Most of the bromide enlargements of scenery such as Nos. 2, 5, 11, 23, etc., are entirely spoilt as pictures by the exhibitor trying to get too much detail into his canvas.
Coming to portraiture, one of the cleverest things in the exhibition is a very badly mounted but most excellent study of a small boy — No. 108. The whole idea, the expression, and the pose are quite out of the common, and Mr. Silver deserves congratulation on his work, only his mounting goes near to spoil the photo. No. 61 is a most natural piece of portraiture, though the expression cannot be called pleasing.
The numbers 99 to 122 inclusive; comprise the work of the Wellington College boys, and on the whole it is most creditable and bears comparison well with the work of the senior club. No. 110 is an excellent piece of landscape, and shows what can be done with a quarter plate and an eye for effect. Mr. Silver's ships are very life-like and good, whilst No. 100 is worthy of great praise. On the whole the Wellington boys work shows in the majority of instances wonderful taste, which reflects much credit on Mr. Gifford.
Mr. Hardy's animal studies are good, as they always are, only it is a pity that the vagaries of the animals would not allow the photo to be taken without the boy, whose presence does not add to the artistic value of the picture. No. 26 is in its way a clever study, and No. 75 is a photo of animals which is quite out of the common and is most life-like.
With regard to Dr. Ewart's excellent Rontgen Ray photographs, those of fishes — Nos. 33, 44, and 68 — are marvelous in detail, and No. 37, showing a uniting fracture, must be of great pathological value.
On the whole the club may congratulate itself upon an exhibition which reflects great credit upon its members and which is distinctly above the average.
6th OCTOBER 1900
Page 6 - FREE LANCE, VOLUME I, ISSUE 14
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
An interesting exhibition by the Wellington Camera Club is now open at Messrs McGregor, Wright, and Co's Art Gallery, Lambton Quay.
The exhibits include Carbon, Bromide, X Ray, and Solio Enlargements, and a variety of most excellent photos. The charge for admission is the nominal one of 6d.
8th OCTOBER 1900
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 85
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club exhibition in Messrs. M'Gregor Wright and Company's studio was closed on Saturday night.
9th OCTOBER 1900
Page 3 - WAIRARAPA DAILY TIMES, VOLUME XXVI, ISSUE 6676
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A local exhibition of the Wellington Camera Club was held in Mr. McGregor-Wright's Art Gallery last week. It was not a large exhibition, but it was most interesting as showing not only the excellence of some of our amateurs, but the rapid progress made by beginners. A series of X-ray photographs by Dr. Ewart, of the Wellington Hospital, were the subject of much attention. A needle embedded in a foot with a boot on was shown distinctly, the line of the needle and the curving hooks of the boot-nails being the only dark parts of the photograph. A bad compound fracture of a leg was most interesting. It was noticeable how many beautiful photographs were shown of what some people call ugly Wellington. One College boy, called Silver, showed some exquisite shipping and yachting scenes. It is said his enthusiasm is such that he will spend a long time in a yacht by himself in order to get a good picture of a barque; and certainly his results have been most successful. The College boys arc fortunate in having an enthusiastic amateur photographer as one of their masters. Mr. Gifford has some lovely glimpses of Fiord scenery.
In the figure studies and portraits, Mr. Heginbotham's exhibits are very fine. A little girl with a watch pressed to her ear was a charming study. A well known member of the Pollard Company, dainty Miss Gertie Campion, was playing euchre with herself, a strange effect got by double exposure. There were one or two pretty Maori studies among the figure subjects, and a most picturesque cottage, with an old wan sitting outside reading a newspaper. One of the loveliest landscapes was taken by Mr. Keyworth, and was called "The Ford".
11th OCTOBER 1900
Page 13 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS
At Messrs McGregor Wright and Co., art gallery, on Lambton quay, an interesting exhibition of photographs is being made by members of the Wellington Camera Club. The club ranks as the premier club of New Zealand, and boasts a membership numbering 120. The pre-eminence of the Wellington Camera Club is largely due, in addition to the individual cleverness of certain members to the interest taken in beginners by senior members, whose rapid advance in the art is illustrated by many admirable examples on the walls. The visitor will find many excellent specimens of the various processes employed in modern photography. The importance of the question of the relative merit's of the bromide and carbon processes will be appreciated, even by the lay mind, after an inspection of some of the choicer products of the riyal methods. That the carbon method opens out a wide field for artistic possibilities is evident, but those enamored of delicate black and white effects will probably continue in their allegiance to the older process. Mr. E.T. Harrison shows two fine bromides in Nos. 5 and 6. Admirable, too, is Mr. Heginbotham’s carbon portrait No. 18; but for pictorial quality and really skillful disposition of light Mr. C.A. Benbow’s “The Pensioner”, No. 25, must take high rank. “The Last Load”, W.J. Prouse, is an example of the velox process. The finest specimen of carbon work in the collection is undoubtedly Mr. A.B. Keyworth’s “The Ford”. “A Dusky Beauty”, “Night” and “Dada’s Tick-tick” contain some very fine work. Mr. S.G. Watson deserves credit for one of the most artistic pictures in the collection. His “Cattle”, No. 75, which would lend itself admirably to enlargement, should receive further attention in anticipation of the forthcoming, inter-colonial exhibition. Mr. A.C. Gifford has sent in a number of glimpses of a new route in Fiordland in platinotype, sepia platinotype and platona, which will repay inspection. Of special interest is the display of the Wellington College Camera Club, which has prospered wonderfully of late under the wing of the parent society. Dr Ewart’s selection of X-ray photographs of limbs are very instructive. Among the other exhibitors may be mentioned Mr. J.A.D. Chisholm, Mr. Trevethick, Mrs Mestayer and Miss Tiller. Mr. T.M. Hardy is responsible for a curious gum-bichromate, and Mr. Heginbotham sends an osotype, No. 57, which is attractive.
13th OCTOBER 1900
Page 6 - FREE LANCE, VOLUME I, ISSUE 15
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club Exhibition in Mr. Wrights gallery was interesting. One is so accustomed to stroll into the little hall without saying by your leave that some people — notably one or two small boys — were taken aback at the request for a modest sixpence. They cast one look in and disappeared, probably reflecting, if they had the money, it might be laid out to more advantage in seeing the Willis-street Waxworks. Some of the landscapes exhibited were charming, and it is instinctive to see how many exquisite pictures can be got about "ugly Wellington". There was a most attractive head of a weather-beaten veteran, taken, it is said, by a comparatively new amateur, and two portraits of winsome Miss Campion, in one of which she is playing euchre with herself, a choice that does credit to her taste. The X-Ray photographs were horribly fascinating and most instructive, but not the sort of things one would hang up in one's drawing room. Some Maori studies, one especially of some girls with wreaths of flowers, were by a beginner, and very good indeed. Another charming picture was a landscape, "The Ford", and another pretty study was the portrait of a little girl with a watch pressed to her ear.
There is a marvelous difference in the framing of pictures to-day. Instead of the white mounts and the Oxford frames that used to be in general use for photographs and engravings, now we have colored mounts, dull green for instance, or even gold, the border being often of unpolished wood. The result is decidedly artistic, though possibly our grandfathers might not have the same opinion.
To one who has had experience of the amateur photographic craze in relatives, there is infinite pathos underlying a Camera Club exhibition. It represents a chaotic house, with photographs everywhere, a despairing wife and mother, and a bewildered servant who is not even allowed to sweep because of negatives drying in rows along the mantle shelves. If the amateur is a beginner, and is starting in a small way, he will utilize the bathroom, interfere with the family's ablutions, and once if not oftener, in his wild career, forget to turn the tap off or take the plug out, thus causing an extempore cataract and a domestic storm. The lot of an amateur photographer's wife is not a happy one, especially if she does not "take well", and consequently has no compensation.
25th OCTOBER 1900
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 100
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
In its report to the annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, to be held to-night, the committee states that the year has been a satisfactory one. Demonstrations of a practical nature have been given for the benefit of beginners, "field days" have played an important part in advancing the knowledge of members, and the lantern evening's have been a success. The exhibition was also successful in every way. The membership remains about the same as before, but greater activity has been shown. The committee places on record its appreciation of the services rendered during the year by the HON.SECRETARY, (Mr. J.A. Heginbotham) and by the press, and acknowledges the assistance of Dr. Fyffe and Messrs. M'Gregor Wright and Co., in connection with the recent exhibition. The balance-sheet shows the club to have a credit of £13 16s 8d.
25th OCTOBER 1900
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 100
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Annual Meeting will be held at the
Dresden Rooms THIS EVENING at 8pm.
BUSINESS:
Annual Report and Balance-sheet
Election of Officers
General
J.A. HEGINBOTHAM
HON.SECRETARY
26th OCTOBER 1900
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4189
1st NOVEMBER 1900
Page 40 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
There was an attendance of about forty members at the annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club last night. The report submitted on the past year’s doings spoke of much valuable work done and instruction having been given, and made special reference to the good services rendered by the HON.SECRETARY (Mr J.A. Heginbotham). Special reference was also made to the kindness of Messrs McGregor Wright and Co. in placing their gallery at the club’s disposal free of charge.
ELECTION OF OFFICERS: 1898 - 1899 |
PRESIDENT |
HON.SECRETARY: |
|||||||
| Vice-President: Mr. J. McLellan |
Vice-President: Mr. A.C. Gifford |
Treasurer: Mr. T.M. Hardy |
Committee: Mr. Heginbotham |
Committee: Mr. T. Pringle |
Committee: Mr. G.W. Barltrop |
Committee: Mr. S.G. Watson |
Committee: Mr. Wright |
Committee: Mr. Keyworth |
Judge: Mr. M. Ross |
26th OCTOBER 1900
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 101
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club held last night was well attended. Mr. Jas. McLellan, Vice-President, occupied the chair. The report and balance sheet, which have already been published, were read and adopted. It was made an instruction to the new committee to make early arrangements for holding an Inter-colonial Exhibition during the coming year.
7th NOVEMBER 1900
Page 4 - HAWKE'S BAY HERALD, VOLUME XXXV, ISSUE 11687
Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11884
8th NOVEMBER 1900
Page 5 - PRESS, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 10808
15th NOVEMBER 1900
Page 60 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL
WELLINGTON NOTES
The Wellington Camera Club has decided to hold an inter-colonial exhibition in Wellington in August next, when about £50 will be offered in prizes.
Letters which have been received from Australia indicate that a number of amateurs from the different colonies will be amongst the competitors. It is assumed, therefore, that this will be the biggest exhibition of the kind ever held in this colony.
13th DECEMBER 1900
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 142
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual Monthly Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held at the Dresden Rooms THIS EVENING, at 8pm.
LANTERN SLIDE DEMONSTRATION
Mr. BARLTROP.
Visitors invited.
14th FEBRUARY 1901
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXI, ISSUE 37
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held this evening, when papers will be given on "Field Days".
15th FEBRUARY 1901
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXI, ISSUE 38
16th FEBRUARY 1901
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4283
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held at the Dresden Rooms last night, Mr. James McLellan, Vice-President, in the chair. Essays on "Field Day Outings" were read by several members and freely criticized, affording considerable discussion and amusement. Mr. McLellan invited the members to a Field Day at the Taita on Wednesday next, when a good muster may be anticipated. The place where the Saturday outing is to be held will be duly advertised.
Members are taking every advantage of fine days to secure pictures for the approaching exhibition. Prints for the competitions were handed round for exhibition, and the judges, Messrs. McLellan and Gifford made the following awards:
FIELD DAY COMPETITION: Mrs. W.C. Fitzgerald, 1; Alister Brown, 2.
QUARTERLY COMPETITION (LANDSCAPES): Mrs. W.C. Fitzgerald, 1; H.H. Seed, 2 and 3.
WORK AND PLAY: Mrs. W.C. Fitzgerald, 1; Miss Chalmers, 2.
16th FEBRUARY 1901
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXI, ISSUE 39
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
FIELD DAYS
A BRAKE will leave Mr. Hardy's, Lambton-quay, for the Oaks, Taita, on WEDNESDAY NEXT, at 1.30pm.
On SATURDAY the brake will leave the same place at 1.30pm for the Lower Hutt.
Members must leave their names with Mr. Hardy the day previous, in order that seats may be reserved.
16th FEBRUARY 1901
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXI, ISSUE 43
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The members of the Wellington Camera Club held one of the most enjoyable field days of the season yesterday. About twenty of them drove to the Taita and were entertained to afternoon tea at the Oaks by Mr. McLellan, one of the Vice-Presidents. The afternoon was spent in taking photographs in the vicinity, some of which are intended for the next field day competition.
21st FEBRUARY 1901
Page 38 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the Dresden Rooms last week, Mr J. McLellan, vice-President, in the chair. Papers on “Field Days” were read by Messrs H. Baillie and A. Brown and a lady member. An animated discussion followed on the subject. Mr A.C. Gifford also gave his experiences on the subject.
8th MARCH 1901
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXI, ISSUE 56
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The members of the Wellington Camera Club are notified of a field day to be held at Lower Hutt to-morrow.
14th MARCH 1901
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXI, ISSUE 61
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual Monthly Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held TO-NIGHT, at 8pm.
LANTERN SLIDE DEMONSTRATION
Mr. G.W. BARLTROP.
15th MARCH 1901
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXI, ISSUE 62
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The judging of pictures for the monthly competition of the Wellington Camera Club was entrusted to Messrs Gifford and Heginbotham, who had no light task in going through the sixty-eight prints that were entered. The following were the awards: A.B. Keyworth, 1st and 2nd; H.H. Seed and M'Gregor Wright (equal), 3rd; A.B. Keyworth, very highly commended.
16th MARCH 1901
Page 12 - FREE LANCE, VOLUME I, ISSUE 37
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. Orton Stevens, besides being a most successful insurance manager, is a genial host and Mrs. Stevens is a charming hostess. There are twenty members of the Wellington Camera Club ,who will give most emphatic testimony on those points. They had a field-day at the Lower Hutt on Saturday afternoon, and, after shooting-off as much scenery and animated nature as they wanted, they drove to "The Grove", and were most enjoyably entertained by Mr. and Mrs. Stevens. As they departed, they gave three rounds of hearty cheers for their hospitable host and hostess.
6th APRIL 1901
Page 1 - FREE LANCE, VOLUME I, ISSUE 40
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. Heginbotham is a prominent and enthusiastic member of the Wellington Camera Club, and runs Heginbotham's Hall and tea gardens out on the edge of Evans Bay. All visitors out near that edge of the water are asked to drop in.
6th MAY 1901
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXI, ISSUE 105
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The exhibits sent to the Dunedin Photographic Exhibition by members of the Wellington Camera Club were much admired by visitors. Mr. S.G. Watson, of Wellington, secured not only the gold medal for the best picture in the show, but first prize for lantern slides. The exhibits have been sent on to the North Otago Exhibition, to be held at Oamaru this week.
25th MAY 1901
Page 1 - FREE LANCE, VOLUME I, ISSUE 47
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Members of the Wellington Camera Club will be pleased to learn that the Duchess of York, like her mother-in-law, is an enthusiastic camera-fiend. Quite a stock of quick-firing Kodaks and ammunition was shipped on the Ophir for the voyage, and H.R.H. intends taking the fullest advantage of the unique opportunities winch will be offered for snapshots. By the way, the Premier and Mr. Donne have not as yet intimated to the press that, as a permanent memento of her tour, the Duchess intends to secure photographs of every remarkable place visited. She will have quite a big collection before she leaves New Zealand. Princess May is also an autograph-hunter, and she hopes to get the signature of every interesting colonial introduced to her. Here is the opportunity for Dr. Campbell (of Auckland), Captain Jackson Barry, Sam Ballance, Inspector Pender, Tom Wilford, Jenkins, of Otaki, et hoc genus omnes.
14th JUNE 1901
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXI, ISSUE 139
Page 7 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4383
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The lantern evening of the Wellington Camera Club, arranged for this evening, has been postponed until the 27th June.
27th JUNE 1901
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXI, ISSUE 150
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Members of the Wellington Camera Club are notified that their lantern entertainment will be held at the Dresden Rooms this evening. A large number of interesting slides have been prepared by various members, and an interesting and instructive evening may be anticipated.
28th JUNE 1901
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4395
4th JULY 1901
Page 23 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1531
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A lantern exhibition of photographs was given at the Dresden Piano Company’s rooms last night, under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club. It proved the most successful yet held, 120 lantern slides being thrown on the screen during the evening by Mr Barltrop, who superintended the exhibition. The following are the names of those who contributed lantern studies: Miss Holt, Messrs W.H. Tustin, Seed, Greenshields, Tanner, Robertson, Brown, Paul, Hunt, Barltrop, Jenkins and Reuter. Twenty-eight pictures were shown in the quarterly competition. In that for the best picture of “animal life”, Mr Seed took first prize and Mr McGregor Wright second. In a competition in which the subject given was "Solitude”, Mr A.B. Keyworth secured first prize and Mrs W.C. FitzGerald the second. Mr C.C. Robertson judged the pictures in the competition, and criticized the slides, which were all made by members, in an interesting and instructive manner. The annual exhibition will be held in August.
10th JULY 1901
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 9
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A meeting of the committee of the Wellington Camera Club was held last night to make arrangements for the approaching exhibition. The HON.SECRETARY stated that applications for entry forms were coming in from all parts of New Zealand and Australia, and everything pointed to a successful show.
10th JULY 1901
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 9
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A pleasant surprise was sprung upon Mr. A.C. Gifford, Vice-President of the Wellington Camera Club, at a committee meeting last evening, when the Committee presented him with an ebony writing desk inlaid with silver, together with a combined study clock and, barometer, each article bearing an inscribed silver plate. Mr. W.G. Barltrop, in making the presentation, spoke in hearty terms of the good work done by Mr. Gifford towards furthering the interests of photography, and his ever ready disposal of his services when any work was required.
12th JULY 1901
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 11
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, held last night, an exhibition of velox and platona printing was given by Messrs. Tustin and Keyworth. No doubt specimens of both classes of work will be seen at the inter-colonial exhibition which is to be held in Wellington next month.
Platona Printing Paper
27th JULY 1901
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 24
30th JULY 1901
Page 3 - OAMARU MAIL, VOLUME XXVI, ISSUE 8187
3rd AUGUST 1901
Page 9 - FREE LANCE, VOLUME II, ISSUE 57
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4425
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 30
7th AUGUST 1901
Page 47 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1536
10th AUGUST 1901
FREE LANCE, VOLUME II, ISSUE 58
Page 7 - OBSERVER, VOLUME XXI, ISSUE 1180
17th AUGUST 1901
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4437
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 42
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
INTERCOLONIAL EXHIBITION
£50 GIVEN IN PRIZES
opens in Wellington SEPTEMBER 2nd
Entries close 26th August.
3rd AUGUST 1901
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 30
7th AUGUST 1901
Page 47 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1536
10th AUGUST 1901
Page 4 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4431
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The inter-colonial exhibition of photographs, promoted by the Wellington Camera Club, is to be opened at the Art Gallery on 2nd September. Every effort is being put forth to make the affair a success. The prize-money offered is the largest yet given in Australasia, and exhibits are being received from all colonies. The list of entries will close on the 26th August.
16th AUGUST 1901
Page 4 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME XXXII, ISSUE 184
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Particulars of the Inter-colonial exhibition in connection with the Wellington Camera Club, which takes place in August 1901, state that entries close on August 26th with the HON.SECRETARY, care of Messrs. McGregor, Wright & Co., Lambton Quay, Wellington, and exhibits must be lodged there not later than that date. Any picture which has been previously exhibited at any Inter-colonial exhibition in Wellington is ineligible, for competition. All pictures must be framed. The exhibitor's name and address, and, if for competition, the title and class for which it is intended, must be written on the back.
24th AUGUST 1901
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 48
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The committee of the Wellington Camera Club has reason to be well satisfied with the quality of the pictures sent in for the approaching exhibition. New South Wales and Tasmania send a fine lot of carbon and ozotype works, and New Zealand amateurs will have the pleasure, of keen competition with those outside the colony. Intending exhibitors are reminded that all entries close on Monday next, and no pictures will be received after Thursday, when the work of compiling the catalog will commence.
24th AUGUST 1901
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 48
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
INTERCOLONIAL EXHIBITION
To be held in the
ART GALLERY, WHITMORE STREET
Monday 2nd September
Entries close on Monday 26th August.
On THURSDAY 29th, Exhibits will be received at the Art Gallery
ALISTER BROWN
HON.SECRETARY
31st AUGUST 1901
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4449
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The committee of the Wellington Camera Club may be congratulated on the manner in which it has worked up the enthusiasm of amateur and professional photographers, who are exhibiting choice specimens of their work at the exhibition which is to be opened on Monday by Lord Ranfurly.
The judging of the exhibits has been entrusted to Mr M. Ross, Dr Fell and Mr C.Y. Fell (of Nelson), and the task before these gentlemen will not be an easy one. Nearly 500 exhibits of framed photographs will be on view, including many specimens of carbon work (the highest branch of photography), ozotype (which is not unlike carbon, and is becoming very popular) and gum-bichromate (a new process). P.O.P and bromide are also far from being neglected. The exhibition, will eclipse any that has been held in New Zealand for high-class artistic work.
UCHTER JOHN MARK KNOX
5th EARL of RANFURLY
GCMG PC (Ire) JP DL
Born 14th August 1856 Guernsey
Died 1st October 1933 (aged 77)
13th GOVERNOR of NEW ZEALAND
10th August 1897 to 19th June 1904
31st AUGUST 1901
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 54
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
His Excellency the Governor will open the Inter-colonial Photographic Exhibition at the Art Gallery, Whitmore-street, on Monday afternoon. The collection, which is the finest ever shown in New Zealand, embraces examples of all the latest methods used in the photographic art, and the exhibitors have spared no pains to present their pictures to the judges in as artistic a manner as possible. The carbon work, so greatly admired, is more plentiful than usual. The Nelson, Dunedin, and Auckland and Sydney Camera Clubs all send exhibits that would find a place in any English exhibition. The Wellington Camera Club has made every arrangement for the comfort of visitors. Musical and lantern entertainments will be held during the evenings, and on Monday Minifle's band will be in attendance.
UCHTER JOHN MARK KNOX
5th EARL of RANFURLY
GCMG PC (Ire) JP DL
Born 14th August 1856 Guernsey
Died 1st October 1933 (aged 77)
13th GOVERNOR of NEW ZEALAND
10th August 1897 to 19th June 1904
2nd SEPTEMBER 1901
Page 4 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4450
AMUSEMENTS
Art Gallery - Wellington Camera Club exhibition opening, at 3pm.
2nd SEPTEMBER 1901
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 55
3rd SEPTEMBER 1901
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4451
PRODUCTS OF THE CAMERA
INTER-COLONIAL EXHIBITION
His Excellency the Governor, in the capacity of Patron to the Wellington Camera Club, opened at the Art Gallery this afternoon the third inter-colonial photographic exhibition held in Wellington. Incidentally it may be remarked that the Wellington Camera Club, under whose auspices the exhibition is taking place, is the strongest in the colony, its membership numbering some 130 persons. In the present display the whole of the colony is represented, as well as Sydney and Tasmania. There are altogether about 460 pictures on exhibition - not so many as last time, but excellent samples of the admirable work that can be done by the camera in the hands of skilled enthusiasts. Australia is represented by twenty-five pictures. This is not quite the number expected, but the deficiency is accounted for by the fact that the Wellington exhibition clashes with those of Queensland and South Australia, and as Australians felt morally bound to support their own shows, Wellington only secured a portion of the available work. The Australians have managed to catch the eye of the judges, as will be seen from the subjoined prize-list, but the bulk of honors have fallen to New Zealanders.
All classes of camera work are represented, and the landscape and genre classes are particularly well filled; portraiture is the weakest class in the room. The young people's section shows great advance, and some very fine work has been accomplished by youthful photographers. One of them, Master Lewis Jenkins, of Wellington, is not only first and section prize-taker in his section, but has received commendation from the judges for a landscape specimen in open competition. The curiosities of the exhibition include a flash of lightning taken by Mr. Skeets, of Christchurch, and a view of Wellington also secured during a lightning flash, by Mr. J.H. Owen. The Dunedin and Nelson Camera Clubs, and Mr. Moodie (of Muir and Moodie, Dunedin) have forwarded work for exhibition only.
The championship honors of the exhibition are taken by Mr. T.D. Leedham, of Auckland, with a study entitled "Despair" — a convict in his cell, with irons about his legs. The same exhibitor has secured first and third prices in the genre section, first awards in landscape, marine, and hand camera sections, and third in still life — a creditable record for about a dozen exhibits. Most of his pictures, it may be remarked, are already starred as having found purchasers.
The judges were Dr. Fell (President of the Wellington Art Society), Messrs. C.Y. Fell (President of the Nelson Camera Club), and Malcolm Ross (of Wellington, journalist, and himself a proficient dabbler in photography). It may be remarked that in indicating the first prize-takers the society has adopted the Ranfurly ribbon, in compliment to its Patron.
THE PLACES OF HONOR
The prize-list is as follows:
CHAMPION PICTURE: T.D. Leedham, Auckland.
LANDSCAPE: T.D. Leedham, Auckland, 1; W.C. Fisher, Sydney, 2; Mrs. W.C. Fitzgerald, Wellington, 3; H. Davidson, Wellington, 4; J.S. Stening (Sydney), T. Pringle, S.G. Watson and Lewis Jenkins (Wellington), commended.
MARINE: T.D. Leedham, Auckland, 1; T. Pringle, Wellington; 2; J.S. Stening, Sydney, 3; C.O. Rosenberg, Wellington, 4.
PORTRAITURE: No award of first prize; C.A. Benbow, Wellington, 2; C.A. Benbow, Wellington, 3.
GENRE: T.D. Leedham, Auckland, 1; T. Pringle, Wellington, 2; T.D. Leedham, Auckland, 3; T. Pringle, Wellington, 4.
ANIMALS: T.J. Williams, Napier, 1; A.C. M'Intyre, Christchurch, 2; W.H. Bickerton, Christchurch, 3; R. Pheeney, Auckland, 4.
STILL LIFE: W.H. Bickerton, Christchurch, 1; H. Davidson, Wellington, 2; T.D. Leedham, Auckland, 3; W.A. Taylor, Christchurch, 4.
HAND CAMERA: T.D. Leedham, Auckland, 1; W.H. Tustin, Wellington, 2; H.H. Seed, Wellington, 3.
WORKERS UNDER 17: Lewis Jenkins, Wellington, 1; Lewis Jenkins, Wellington, 2; Hettie Suckling, Christchurch, 3; Douglas Cook, Wellington, 4.
LANTERN SLIDES: T. Pringle, Wellington, 1; F. Cumming, Sydney, 2; W.H. Bickerton, Christchurch, 3.
UCHTER JOHN MARK KNOX
5th EARL of RANFURLY
GCMG PC (Ire) JP DL
Born 14th August 1856 Guernsey
Died 1st October 1933 (aged 77)
13th GOVERNOR of NEW ZEALAND
10th August 1897 to 19th June 1904
3rd SEPTEMBER 1901
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 56
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
OPENING CEREMONY
In welcoming His Excellency the Governor yesterday afternoon to the opening of the inter-colonial exhibition, held under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club, Mr. A. de B. Brandon, President, said it was the seventh exhibition of the club, which had been in existence ten years, and was one of the most successful clubs in the colony. It had recently been affiliated to the Royal Photographic Society in the Old Country, so that its progress ought to be more marked in the future, because it would have the benefit of the interchange of pictures of some of the best artists in the world. The fact that two similar exhibitions were being held simultaneously in Australia had robbed the exhibition of a number of works. Still, it maintained its high standard of excellence. Some of the pictures would be voted as very good, but none could be called bad. He mentioned the carbon work of Messrs. Pringle and Watson, of the Wellington Camera Club, as being especially good, and in the young people's class admirable work had been done by Master Jenkins. A study of the various processes employed in attaining the results would be found of interest to many.
His Excellency the Governor expressed pleasure at being asked to open the exhibition. He thought we owed a great deal to photography. When we thought of what the illustrated newspapers were a few years ago, and what they were at the present time, it would be recognized, that photography had certainly done much to enhance their interest. Then he recollected as a boy those terribly long sittings at the photographers as compared with the instantaneous work of to-day, and the far better results now obtained. He was pleased to hear that the club was progressing so favorably, and hoped that its exhibitions would continue to be a source of interest to the people of the colony. His Excellency then declared the exhibition open, and proceeded to make an inspection of the exhibits.
SOME OF THE PICTURES
The inter-colonial exhibition, held in Wellington in 1899, was considered the best array of photographic work made in the colony up to that time. Such was the quality of the pictures then hung that critics of recognized authority have declared that that exhibition might be taken as a standard, and workers with the camera have since had their work judged by the standard. Compared, then, with the exhibition of 1889, that opened yesterday falls short as to number of entries, and perhaps — though this is a matter of opinion — as to number of individual pictures of conspicuous merit; but taking the general average of this year's work it is generally acknowledged to be quite up to the 1899 level. And there is one distinct advantage which the latest show has over that of two years ago — there are fewer bad pictures on the walls. Naturally, there is much material for controversy in the pictures shown, the methods of reproduction adopted, and the decisions of the judges. In every competition there is diversity of opinion upon these points. Some critics regret to see signs of "rush" and an absence of technical knowledge in some of the prints, and go so far as to declare that certain of them will not remain "unspotted" longer than the duration of the exhibition. These critics plead for a permanence of print, as against those that "fade away and die". Such questions of method and technique are, however, for the expert to decide and camera clubs to debate rather than for the newspaper critic to dilate upon. As to the pictures, they are on the walls to speak for themselves; and the judges decisions appear to have given general satisfaction. Space only permits of a general review of the works presented in each class, and no attempt can here be made at detailed notice.
THE LANDSCAPES
This is the strongest class on exhibition, comprising 87 entries, and there is a high level of merit in the quality of the work shown. Many of the beauty spots of not only our own colony, but also of New South Wales, Tasmania, and more distant lands have been "taken" for the purposes of this contest. The picture chosen for the Ranfurly green decoration (No. 12) is from the camera of T.D. Leedham, the Aucklander, who has come out of the contest covered with well-won honors. It is entitled "Homeward Bound", and depicts a shepherd and dog driving a flock of sheep along a track. The feature of the picture is a strong cloud effect, and the suggestiveness of eventide is excellent. The red ribboned exhibit (No. 25) is in direct contrast to the first-prize winner. A Sydneysider, W.C. Fisher, is the exhibitor, and he has well-named it "Beside Still Waters". It is a picture in every sense of the term, with beautiful soft tones, of excellent composition, and a good suggestion of atmosphere. Like its more successful rival, it is a toned bromide. Mrs. W.C. Fitzgerald has also given her dainty little sketch, which was placed third (white ribbon), the title "Homeward Bound" (No. 82). It is a 6in x 4in bit of red carbon, containing so much quality that it seems almost a pity that it was not larger. The yellow ribbon (fourth prize) was placed upon the work of another Wellington artist, H. Davidson, whose "Rocky Nook" (No. 76) gave a nice effect of shallow water running through a gorge. There is some difference of opinion as to whether S.G. Watson's "On the Waiwetu" (No. 61) was not more deserving of the yellow ribbon. Although but a half-plate, it attracts the eye with its excellent composition and an effective use of a clump of trees in the distance. "Nightfall" (No. 74) and "In Winter's Grip" (No. 75), two meritorious carbons from the hands of an artist of taste, Mr. T. Pringle, are considered by the critical to have "almost too much" in them. Mr. Fisher gets a nice quiet effect in "Grassy Banks" (No. 26), and another Sydneysider, James S. Stening, deserves special mention for his platinotype reproduction of "River Oaks" (No. 30), in which the composition is dainty and the technique good. Albert J. Perrier, also of Sydney, has marred some meritorious work by unsuitable mounting and framing, showing an inharmonious whole. The grouping of the cattle in "Eventide" (No. 32) shows that Mr. Perrier has a good eye for effect. It would be better if he used his eye as well in finishing as in taking his pictures. Generally speaking, it might he remarked in passing, the mounting and framing of the work on exhibition has been done in excellent taste. James Baird, of Wellington, who shows a group of four Scottish scenes, is a new-comer to local exhibitions, but he is an acquisition. It is doubtful whether he has not suffered through having his quartet ranged in one group, for the bromide of "Brig o' Doon" (No. 47) is a particularly good picture, and the others are full of promise. A.C. Gifford, ever a painstaking artist, careful in technique, shows four specimens. A notice of the landscapes would not be complete without reference to young Lew Jenkins's bromide entitled "Sunlight and Shadow", (No. 28). This picture was entered in both the landscape class and the class for workers under 17 years of age. It was awarded the red ribbon in the latter class, and the judges apparently were so pleased with it that they had the picture hung among the best in the landscape group. "Sunlight and Shadow", depicting a track through a bit of open bushland, is bold in conception and well balanced in composition. This beginner, who is in his sixteenth year, and has taken two good prizes at his first contest, has a round dozen exhibits on the wall, in all of which there is merit, and some are deserving of and receive more than a passing glance. No. 317, for instance, is original in idea. It shows a group of men in the operation of tarring on the Glasgow Wharf, Wellington, the misty morning being faithfully reproduced. No. 319 is also spoken of as a good picture, but the composition is capable of improvement. No. 323 surely escaped the judges eyes, for it is a little gem in its presentation of the hazy atmosphere of "A Dull Day".
The Exhibition was well attended by the public last evening. Minifie's Band enlivened the proceedings with musical contributions. This evening Mr. Barltrop is to give a lantern exhibition of the slides entered for that class of the competition. Some very fine slides are included in the contest.
UCHTER JOHN MARK KNOX
5th EARL of RANFURLY
GCMG PC (Ire) JP DL
Born 14th August 1856 Guernsey
Died 1st October 1933 (aged 77)
13th GOVERNOR of NEW ZEALAND
10th August 1897 to 19th June 1904
3rd SEPTEMBER 1901
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 4451
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
THIRD ANNUAL PICTURE SHOW
The Wellington Camera Club third annual inter-colonial, show is at present being hold at the place which Wellington people call the "Art Gallery". The show was opened by his Excellency the Governor yesterday afternoon in the presence of a large number of visitors. Altogether, there are 460 photographs on exhibition. Competent judges say that not only has there been a falling off in numbers since last year, but the quality is considerably below expectations.
In portraiture the display is so poor that the judges refused to make a first award. One very fine picture was exhibited by Mr. Pringle under this head, but us it represented a Japanese at work, the judges did not feel themselves justified in regarding it as a photograph, although it would probably have obtained a prominent place had it been exhibited in the genre class. Mr. T.D. Leedham; of Auckland, was the most successful of the competitors for the liberal prizes offered by the society. His "Despair” was adjudged to be the champion picture of the show. It represented a prisoner sitting despondently in his cell with his head between his hands. Mr. Leedham was first in landscape with a uranium-toned bromide of a cattle drover driving a mob along a dusty road in the evening sunset. It was out and out the best landscape in the exhibition. His seascape of a scene in Auckland harbour in the same process was admirable; as was Mr. T. Pringle’s picture "Outward Bound". The hand camera work displayed by Mr. Leedham, and which was also awarded first honors, was also very much admired. The animal paintings on exhibition were disappointing. The best picture shown under this head was that of Mr. T. Pringle, and depicted a group of sheltering horses and foals. The judges, however, rejected it on the ground of defective grouping and because they took exception to the pronounced unshapeliness of some of the animals, and awarded the honors to the picture of a prize bull, technically excellent, but having no claim to originality or artistic effect. A number or very fine landscape pictures shown by Mr. T.H. Watson were passed over because in the process of reproduction the ploughs which were photographed were made to furrow the wrong way. This was, of course, a crucial defect, it is not quite certain, however, if, with such a keen eye to detail, the judges should not have disqualified the champion picture of the exhibition, as in this the prisoner was depicted with quite a length of hair instead of with the regulation "short crop”. A feature of the show was the camera work of a number of "workers under 17”, one of whom, Lewis Jenkins, not only defeated the competitors in his own class, but received honorable mention for a photograph in the adult landscape competition.
Australian exhibitors are showing twenty-five pictures, but the fact that the exhibition under notice clashes with those of Queensland and South Australia prevented any of the Australian masterpieces from coming forward. As a matter of fact, beyond receiving a second prize in the landscape and in the lantern-slide classes respectively, and one or two commended tickets, the pictures from the "other side” were unnoticed.
The judges did not greatly admire the still life pictures shown, and will probably recommend the Wellington Club to abandon this class in favor of one for decorative work.
The Nelson, and Dunedin Clubs have sent along some very good photographs for exhibition only.
The show was robbed of some of its interest by the fact that Mr. Heginbotham, who is usually a large and prominent exhibitor, having had his camera and a lot of special plates stolen, found himself unable to furnish anything with which to adorn the walls.
The judges are Dr Dell (President of the Wellington Art Society), Mr. C.Y. Fell (President of the Nelson Camera Club) and Mr. Malcolm Ross.
6th SEPTEMBER 1901
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 59
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A very interesting lecture on Japan was delivered at the St. Peter's Club rooms last evening by Mr. T. Pringle, and was beautifully illustrated with limelight views by Mr. Barltrop. A hearty vote of thanks was given to both entertainers.
The committee of the Wellington Camera Club is continuing to provide interesting entertainments for their patrons at the Art Gallery. The latest of these, advertised for Monday evening, is an illustrated lecture by Mr. Malcolm Ross, descriptive of some novel scenes and incidents witnessed during the Samoan Rebellion and the recent annexation cruise of H.M.S. Mildura in the South Pacific. The feature of this entertainment will be the beautiful views to be shown of the coral islands, and the quaint pictures of the natives who people them. Some of the Samoan and other island pictures are particularly novel and interesting.
10th SEPTEMBER 1901
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 62
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Inter-colonial Photographic Exhibition, which was promoted by the Wellington Camera Club, closed a successful season last night, in the presence of the Governor and the Countess of Ranfurly and a goodly attendance of the public. A highly interesting lecture was given by Mr. Malcolm Ross, whose subject was "With the Flag in the Pacific". Mr. Ross gave an account of personal experiences during the brief war in Samoa, and also of Lord Ranfurly's recent annexation tour among the many Isles of the South. The frequent applause showed that the lecturer had won the appreciation of his audience. Mr. Ross illustrated his lecture with many lantern slide reproductions of photographs taken during his several voyages among the islands, and the pictures are highly interesting. Mr. G. Barltrop operated the lantern, and at the conclusion of the lecture a number of the prize slides were shown, including those from the photographs taken by Mr. T. Pringle in Japan and Mr. F. Cumming's Bondi surf pictures.
UCHTER JOHN MARK KNOX
5th EARL of RANFURLY
GCMG PC (Ire) JP DL
Born 14th August 1856 Guernsey
Died 1st October 1933 (aged 77)
13th GOVERNOR of NEW ZEALAND
10th August 1897 to 19th June 1904
10th OCTOBER 1901
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 88
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The tenth annual report of the Committee of the Wellington Camera Club, which is to be presented at the annual meeting to-night, shows a satisfactory year's progress, the number of members being larger than in any previous year, and the funds of the society being in a very healthy condition. The field-day outings and monthly competitions held during the year were unusually successful, and the committee urges their continuance. At the Inter-colonial Exhibition, although the exhibits were very good, the attendance was anything but large, and the affair resulted in a loss. This was owing probably to the fact that the Art Gallery, where the exhibition was held, was not favorably situated to attract the public. The want of a clubroom for the sole use of the members has been felt by many, and the meeting to-night will be asked seriously to consider the matter.
10th OCTOBER 1901
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 88
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
TENTH ANNUAL MEETING
THE Annual Meeting of the Club
will be held at the Dresden Rooms
THIS EVENING at 8pm.
BUSINESS:
Adoption of Report and Balance-sheet
Election of Officers and General
A full attendance is requested.
ALISTER BROWN
HON.SECRETARY
10th OCTOBER 1901
Page 2 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXXV, ISSUE 233
NELSON CAMERA CLUB EXHIBITION
The Exhibition arranged by the Nelson Camera Club was opened in the Suter Art Gallery at three o'clock this afternoon. The Club is to be congratulated on the excellence of the Exhibition, which is by far the best yet held under its auspices. This remark applies to both the quantity and quality of the pictures, and the collection is well worthy of a large attendance of the public.
The outside Clubs represented are the Hawke's Bay Camera Club (Napier), Wellington Camera Club including exhibits from the Wellington College Camera Club, Christchurch Camera Club, Southland Camera Club (Invercargill), and Dunedin Photographic Society. These are excellent collections, especially those from Wellington, Christchurch, and Dunedin. A fine collection is shown by the Nelson Camera Club, the exhibitors being Mrs. Blackett, Mrs. Brusewitz, Miss Stoddart, Messrs. C.Y. Fell, A. H. Patterson, H.V. Gully, C.J. Deck, Faulkner, Brusewitz, A. Solanders, L. Cummings, and M.B. Essson. The name of Mr. G.W. Barltrop, an ex-Nelsonian, is to be noticed on several of the Wellington exhibits. Mr. Fell, as usual, has a large and varied collection of pictures, illustrative of the various processes of photography. A prominent feature also is a number of lake and other views secured by Mrs Brusewitz during a recent visit to Queenstown. A number of interesting stereoscopic pictures are shown by Mr. H.J. Hobbs. Further reference to the Exhibition must be deferred till another issue, but there need be no hesitation in recommending it to the patronage of all lovers of the photographic art.
The Exhibition will be open from 7pm till 10pm this evening, and from 3pm to 5pm and 7pm to 10pm to-morrow and on Saturday. There will be an exhibition of lantern slides this evening
8th APRIL 1902
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIII, ISSUE 83
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A meeting of the committee of the Wellington Camera Club was held last night, Mr. James McLellan, President, in the chair. The HON.SECRETARY reported that the club had been affiliated to the Royal Photographic Society of England, being the first colonial club to affiliate. Arrangements were made to hold the club's exhibition towards the end of this month, particulars of which will be announced in a few days. A large number of exhibits are already promised by members, and the exhibition will be quite equal to those formerly held.
22nd APRIL 1902
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIII, ISSUE 95
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club intends holding its club exhibition in Messrs. MGregor Wright's art gallery this week. Members are reminded that all exhibits must be sent there before noon to-morrow. A large number of pictures are promised, and a successful show is anticipated.
10 MAY 1902
Page 5 - PRESS, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 11270
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club seems to be in a semi-moribund condition. A year or two ago its exhibitions were the finest held in the colony, but an attempt to hold a local exhibition has failed for the present, owing to the paucity of exhibits.
20th MAY 1902
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIII, ISSUE 119
21st MAY 1902
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXII, ISSUE 4667
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
CLUB EXHIBITION
Opens
THURSDAY NEXT
At Messrs McGregor Wright’s Gallery
A Splendid Collection of Photographs
Admission, 6d.
21st MAY 1902
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIII, ISSUE 120
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Admirers of photographic work are reminded that the annual exhibition of work by members of the Wellington Camera Club is to open to-morrow in Messrs M'Gregor, Wright and Co.'s art gallery, Lambton-quay.
22nd MAY 1902
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIII, ISSUE 121
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club opened a club exhibition this morning in the gallery connected with Mr. M'Gregor Wright's establishment. The pictures number some 172, but in the absence of catalogs it is impossible to-day to say anything in criticism of the pictures. Generally speaking, the exhibition will be found attractive to all interested in photography, and it contains samples of good and progressive work. The special features are the carbon work and the preponderance of "snap-shots". There is also a fair number of enlargements, but less portraits than usual. Among the principal exhibitors are Mesdames Fitzgerald and Stuart, Miss Stafford, Messrs Keyworth, Barltrop, Heginbotbam, McLellan, Gifford, Denton, M'Gregor Wright, Barton, and Jenkins. The members of the Wellington College Camera Club also exhibit. The exhibition will remain open this evening and during the week.
23rd MAY 1902
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIII, ISSUE 122
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The exhibition that was opened yesterday at Mr. M'Gregor Wright's art gallery is generally quite up to the standard established for club exhibitions. The pictures are, perhaps, smaller than usual, but in this respect they illustrate that the "snap-shotter" has traveled far in search of good subjects, and that some excellent work may be accomplished upon a small scale. The work of amateurs, in contrast with that of professional members of the club, holds its own. The specimens of portraiture are limited.
The best picture in the section, admirable as regards lighting, modeling, and technique is the study of a child (No. 51), by Mr. Frank J. Denton. Why it should have been "skied" by the Hanging Committee passes comprehension. Among the lady members Mrs. Fitzgerald shows some of the best work, No. 100, "Restless Sea", being particularly good. Mrs. Fulton has her chief success with No. 64, an enlargement of a view of Mokoia Island, in Rotorua Lake. The Club President, Mr. J. McLellan, devotes himself almost exclusively to interiors, which are technically perfect. Nos. 94 and 95, the former showing the edge of a water scene and the other a mountain track, are two delicate bromides, excellently finished, by Mr. W.H. Tustin. The best sample shown by Mr. J.A. Heginbotham, on old exhibitor, and one of the professional members of the club, is a taking study in enlarged form of three small kittens perched upon a wall. The same exhibitor has some creditable portrait work. A new exhibitor, Mr. E.W. Hunt, gives promise of attaining merit in photographic work. His "Autumn Shadows" is an excellent sample of his work, but the framing is inharmonious. Mr. A.B. Keyworth has a pretty little picture in No. 153, "Lyell Bay". Mr. L. Jenkins has scarcely realized the promise of his last year's work, although "Moonlight", "Sunset" (a picture showing the s.s. Duchess coming up the harbour), and "Out on the Rocks", contain, admirable work. Mr. H.H. Seed exhibits some pretty work, mostly quarter-plates, and the best sample from the camera of Mr. Davidson is No. 56, "Strike while the iron is hot", though it is obviously posed for. Mr. A.C. Clifford and other of the older exhibitors have also creditable samples, but the work of Mr. G.S. Watson is much missed.
Several good specimens are shown by members of the Wellington College Camera Club, but to these no names are attached.
The exhibition remains open until tomorrow evening.
23rd MAY 1902
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXII, ISSUE 4669
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club exhibition in Messrs McGregor Wright and Co.'s gallery will be open till Saturday night. It comprises 172 frames of photographs by members, as well as a number of unframed pictures. Among the exhibits the following may be mentioned, following the catalog order: “Portrait” and "Aspen Poplars”, J. Heginbotham; “Portrait Study”, McGregor Wright; "Nightfall”, A.B. Keyworth; "An Old Man Full of Years”, E.J. Denton; "The Edge of the Lake”, W.H. Tustin; “Bush and River”, H. Davidson; "The Waterman”, H.H. Seed; "Silver Birches”, E.W. Hunt; "Harbour View”, J. Barton; “Early Morning Shadows, Queen Charlotte Sound”, Mrs Mestayer; “Wood Carving” and "Asleep", A.C. Gifford; and “The Bootblack”, Mrs FitzGerald. Several works have been sent in by the Wellington College Club. An anonymous exhibitor has furnished a photograph entitled, "Requires no Name”, the subject being Mr. Seddon, who is shown on horseback in the country. A review of the exhibits will appear in our next issue.
23rd MAY 1902
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXII, ISSUE 4669
24th MAY 1902
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXII, ISSUE 4670
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
CLUB EXHIBITION
Open Daily until 10pm.
CLOSES SATURDAY EVENING
NEARLY 200 PHOTOGRAPHS
Including Carbon, Bromide and other processes.
PORTRAITURE, SCENERY, SHIPPING
A Splendid Collection of Works at
McGREGOR WRIGHT AND CO.’S ART GALLERY.
Admission, SIXPENCE.
24th MAY 1902
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXII, ISSUE 4670
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The outstanding feature of the Wellington Camera Club exhibition, winch is being held at Messrs McGregor Wright and Co.'s premises, Lambton quay, is lack of originality. There are very few outstanding pictures, and none which appeal to the critic as masterpieces. In not a few instances an attempt is made to cover up glaring deficiencies in conception and workmanship by high-sounding titles. The pictures which stand out as most worthy of consideration are Mr. Frank J. Denton’s portraits, Mr. Rosenberg’s seascapes, and Mr. E.W. Hunt’s landscapes. One or two landscapes by Mr. J. Heginbotham are very good, and the same exhibitor has also secured some happy animal sketches, and one child's portrait of more than usual merit.
Mrs. Fulton has on exhibition one or two interesting pictures secured in the Rotorua district, but has not made the best use of them. The redeeming feature of this photographer’s work is a cloud, a shadow effect exhibited in a portrayal of Mokoia Island. “Rest by the Way”, shown by Mr. W.J. Prouse, had a narrow escape from being a first class landscape. As it is, it is a bit hard, and prejudiced by an obscure background. “Returning Home”, by the same photographer, is a far clearer and more suggestive piece of work. Some creditable seascapes are exhibited by Mr. L. Jenkins, one particularly, a harbour scene depicting the home-coming of a Day’s Bay steamer, attracting considerable attention. Dr Purdy is showing a nice, clear set of South Sea pictures, but his second group Tongan landscapes — is not up to the mark.
The Wellington College Club’s sets of pictures are disappointing. The club is a comparatively large exhibitor, but with rare exceptions its members have shown themselves deficient in originality. One young gentleman has tried to focus a group of picnickers through a haze of smoke from the “billy boiler”, and another has attempted an interior with his camera out of plumb, and has produced an “earthquaky” effect. It is a pity that a number of these productions were shown.
In “Waiting for the Tug”, Mrs Sullivan has secured a very excellent photograph of a half-rigged ship. Mrs Mestayer’s collection of miscellaneous landscapes are technically good, but her grouping is sadly deficient. “The Trial Trip”, by Mr. S. Allen, is a sweet little picture of boys at play, which would have been improved by foreshortening. “Canoeing", by Mr. D. Robertson, despite its title and other obvious deficiencies, is “the” picture of the exhibition. The Maori figures stand out clearly and typically, and one regrets that the boy in the forefront is not attired “a la mode”.
Miss Stafford affords a touch of genuine originality in her “doggy” portraits, which if they had been better technically would have achieved a large measure of success. “Granny”, by Mr. T.W. Downes, of Wanganui, is a striking picture which will stand a lot of examination, although it is so sombre. Mr. McGregor Wright has produced a very fine typical portrait of the man from out back, and has also succeeded in a photograph of a girl examining a carving. Mr. G. Norton’s shipping pictures are admirable as to conception and technique. Mr. A.C. Gifford’s portraiture is quite up to the admirable standard of that competent amateur. Creditable pictures are also shown by Messrs Alister Brown, W.H. Tustin, G. W. Barltrop, H. Davidson, J.A. Alcorn and Mrs Bono.
10th JULY 1902
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXII, ISSUE 4702
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 9
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
USUAL Monthly Meeting TO-NIGHT, at the Dresden Rooms, at 8pm.
"LANTERN EVENING"
A cordial invitation is extended to intending members.
GEORGE W. BARLTROP
HON.SECRETARY
11th JULY 1902
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXII, ISSUE 4703
The members of the Wellington Camera Club met at the Dresden rooms last night.
Slides were shown by a number of members — Mrs Fitzgerald, Mrs Bono, Messrs E.J. Harrison, Seed, Keyworth, Prouse and Zachariah.
Mr. Barltrop manipulated the lantern.
Mr. Gifford is to give a lecture at next meeting.
14th AUGUST 1902
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXII, ISSUE 4732
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 39
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Usual Monthly Meeting will be held at the Dresden Rooms
THIS EVENING, at 8pm.
CAMERA CLUB IDEALS
MOUNTING AND FRAMING
By Mr. A.C. GIFFORD
Vice-President
GEORGE W. BARLTROP
HON.SECRETARY
15th AUGUST 1902
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 40
Page 4 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXII, ISSUE 4733
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Camera Club was held last evening Mr. J.A. Heginbotham presiding. Mr. A.C. Gifford after a few hints and suggestions on the framing of pictures gave a lecture on "Camera Club Ideals", which was listened to with great interest. An animated discussion followed, and Mr. Gifford was warmly complimented on the aims sketched in his lecture.
The print competitions in flowers and genre were won by Messrs. Davidson and Seed respectively. A "field day" was arranged for Saturday afternoon if fine.
The club, ever enterprising in such matters, has decided to hold an Imperial and International Exhibition in about twelve months time, at which it is expected that pictures will be exhibited from the Home country, India, Australia, and America. As this will be the first exhibition with such a scope held in the colony it is being looked forward to with unusual interest.
15th AUGUST 1902
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 41
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The friends of Mr. Herbert Spackman, an ex-member of the Wellington Camera Club, who some time ago went to England, may be interested to hear that in a recent number of the Wiltshire Chronicle he has a large three-column illustration of Lord Methuen's country place.
27th AUGUST 1902
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 50
29th AUGUST 1902
Page 4 and 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXII, ISSUE 4745
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
INTENDING Exhibitors at the Wanganui Exhibition are requested to send to me not later than FRIDAY, 29th August, particulars of pictures, titles and value for insurance purposes.
The pictures themselves are to be left at Messrs McGregor Wright and Co.’s not later than FRIDAY, 6th SEPTEMBER.
GEORGE W. BARLTROP
HON.SECRETARY
6th SEPTEMBER 1902
Page 11 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 59
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
CAMERA CLUB IDEALS
Mr. A.C. Gifford, of the Wellington Camera Club, recently delivered before that body a lecture on this topic, of which we give the substance below: If we wish, to play a worthy part on the world's stage we must, said Mr. Gifford, have our ideals, and we must strive to make the reality approach them. It is because I think that we in our club have been too much inclined to work aimlessly, to let things drift, and to wait for something to turn up, that I ask you to-night to consider and discuss the ideals which we should set before us and the means by which we may bring them nearer. The special difficulties which confront us now are not felt in the early days of a club's history. To make this clear let us consider the early life of any typical photographic society. A number of enthusiasts, attracted by a common interest in a favorite hobby, band themselves together, as we read on many a card, "for the advancement of artistic and scientific photography by meetings or otherwise". A syllabus for the year is drawn up. Each prominent worker is set down to lecture on or demonstrate his favorite process, and the lectures and demonstrations prove such a marked success that when the next year's committee meets to draw up another syllabus the same members are called on again. A program is arranged which is almost a repetition of that of the year before. The demonstrations are given in due course, but somehow the meetings prove to be not quite so bright and not quite so well attended as a year ago. The lecturers see around them the same members as before, with only a small sprinkling of new faces. They are no longer pioneers leading the way into a new country. They dare not wait to give details which would be so useful to the few newcomers for fear of wearying those to whom every stone by the wayside is familiar. In trying to entertain both sections of the audience at once they know they are attempting the impossible. The feelings of the lecturer soon react upon the audience, and though none confess it, a slight sense of disappointment experienced by all marks the fact that by trying to stand still the club has taken its first step on a downward course.
Let us, then, seek some truer ideal than letting things drift, and some higher ideal than the maintenance of the "status quo". We must bear in mind that our club consists of a large number of members with very varied tastes. It is impossible to make the same meetings equally acceptable to enthusiastic beginners, advanced pictorial workers, scientific specialists, impressionists, and matter-of-fact hand-camera men. It is a question with us whether we shall allow groups of workers with congenial tastes to leave us and form small circles of their own, or whether we shall make an effort to retain them among us by making ours a group of clubs within a club. I shall put the latter before you as a suggested ideal for 1903. Only in this way can we hope to be strong enough to obtain some of the essentials of a large ideal club, first and foremost amongst which I would place a suitable and comfortable suite of rooms. These rooms should be at least four in number. First there is the large lecture hall, which can also be used for the club exhibitions. One end wall forms an ever-ready lantern-screen. In a raised position near the other end is the lantern itself, ready for use at a moment's notice. The room is high, cool and airy in summer, and not cold in winter. The seats are comfortable, and the walls are artistically decorated with the club collection of photos. Opening out of this hall is the clubroom, warmly carpeted and substantially but elegantly furnished. On the tables are the newest numbers of all the best photographic and artistic magazines. On the walls are the choicest pictorial gems which the club has chosen from its annual exhibitions. In solid oak bookcases with glass doors is stored the club's reference library containing every important book published on photography. The caretaker always sees that this and the other rooms are fresh and clean. In winter a bright fire adds materially to the comfort of members. Next to this is the demonstrating-room, containing the club apparatus and chemicals, not for indiscriminate use by members, but for the club demonstrations. The table is fitted with sinks, electric lights with suitable shades for all kind of development. The seats in this room are raised so that every one has an unobstructed view of the demonstrating-table. Adjoining are one or two smaller rooms, the darkroom and the enlarging-room, and one wall of the passage beside them is lined with members lockers. The enlarging-room should be suitable for work either by day or artificial light. The rooms are always open to members, and by consulting the club notices, which are posted in a prominent position, members can see the dates of all forthcoming meetings.
Having chosen our rooms, let us now see how we can use them to the best advantage. With regard to our monthly meetings we have seen already that it will not do to devote them to an endless repetition of demonstrations of all the everyday processes of photography. Useful and essential as these are, they must be relegated to another time and place. At the general meetings everything must be new, fresh, and original. Descriptive illustrated lectures on unworn themes may well find a place, and recent advances in every line ought certainly to be described and demonstrated. The results of experimental investigations undertaken by the club members themselves will from time to time be announced, and new subjects suggested for enquiry. Competitions will still be held, and at each meeting there will be an exhibition of the work of the month. Every member will be encouraged to send in pictures, which will be freely criticized in a friendly spirit. Discussions on all topics of current interest will help to make the evenings pass pleasantly. The general meetings, however, will no longer be the main evidence of the club's life.
Specialization will be carried to an extent hitherto undreamt of. The club will be the home of a number of sections, each with its own enthusiastic leader. Each section will meet on its own special night round the table or in armchairs round the fire, in the small clubroom, and there will no longer be any feeling of restraint caused by the presences of those who are only interested in extraneous branches. The pictorial workers, for instance, will form a linked ring amongst themselves. Aided by mutual rivalry and criticism and the enthusiasm which, kindled by a few, will soon spread to all, they will produce work which will attract favorable attention in the great exhibitions of the world, and their fame will redound to the honor of the club. Scientific research will be carried out by another section under the encouragement of the club, and the results will soon add still further to our good name and prove of value not only to ourselves but to fellow workers the world over.
Quite independent of the general meetings, a complete series of lectures and demonstrations for beginners on all branches of photography will be given each year as a labor of love by the more advanced workers. For this course a small charge will perhaps be made, which will help the revenue of the club, and the beginners will appreciate the benefits all the more through, having to pay for them. I should have preferred to leave this subject of finance entirely untouched, for in an ideal club we might well hope to be free from monetary cares. But, unfortunately, even an ideal club must have a treasurer, and he will declare that we cannot have spacious rooms, good furniture, and artistic decorations without paying for them. Nevertheless, I venture to suggest that some of these ideals may not be quite as unattainable or as far removed from practical politics as they at first sight appear. Nothing venture nothing have, and in our club of late years we have more often failed through lack of courage than through lack of caution. To give but one example: Good opportunities of securing better accommodation have been missed for the sake of saving a few pounds, and we have lost in consequence three times the amount in subscriptions alone. Let us show a little more confidence in our club and not persevere in retrenchment till no club remains. "If we should fail?" — We fail. But screw your courage to the sticking-place and we'll not fail. Probably we shall require a higher subscription. What of that? Let us double the subscription if necessary, and give ten times the value for it. And, of course, as our club advances many difficulties will vanish. In an ideal club, for instance, every member pays his subscription, unasked, the day it is due. Other sources of revenue may be found in the large hall; in the bulletin now artistically got up, neatly printed on good paper, containing each month an original article by some member of the club, and having for a frontispiece the choicest gem from the monthly competition; and in the exhibitions now on the Imperial scale, containing examples of choice work from every part of the British Empire. Ample donations and bequests from wealthy members grateful for benefits received from an ideal club may be expected in course of time to lend it on to opulence.
But enough, you will say, of these vain imaginings. Better, I reply, to have our ideals and continually strive to approach them than to live on our past reputation and boast of what we have done or what we already are.
11th SEPTEMBER 1902
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXII, ISSUE 4756
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Usual Monthly Meeting will be held THIS EVENING at the Dresden Rooms, at 8pm.
CARBON PRINTING
by Mr J.A. HEGINBOTHAM.
Members of other Photographic Societies who may be visiting Wellington are cordially invited.
GEORGE W. BARLTROP
HON.SECRETARY
8th OCTOBER 1902
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 86
9th OCTOBER 1902
Page 4 and 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXII, ISSUE 4780
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE LXIV
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Annual Meeting has been POSTPONED to THURSDAY, 23rd October.
Nominations for office must be sent in not later than the 16th October.
GEORGE W. BARLTROP
HON.SECRETARY
23rd OCTOBER 1902
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 99
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The report to be presented at the tenth annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club to-night states that the attendance at the usual monthly meetings during the year has almost invariably been good, and demonstrations and papers of a practical nature have been given and have been much appreciated. Field-days have not, for various reasons, been taken advantage of to the same extent as in the previous year, though several successful and enjoyable ones have been held. During the year a club exhibition was held, which was successful both from a photographic and from a financial point of view. There is an increasing interest, in the quarterly competitions. The committee was able to send about 90 pictures to the Wanganui exhibition recently. The work of the members was most favorably criticized, and the Wanganui Camera Club has expressed its appreciation of help from Wellington. The thanks of the club are due to those who have helped in the way of giving demonstrations, etc., and also to Messrs. M'Gregor Wright and Co. for placing their gallery at the club's disposal for the exhibition, and for providing accommodation for committee meetings. Owing to the loss sustained on the last inter-colonial exhibition the club's finances have been in a somewhat straitened condition, but it is hoped that all outstanding liabilities will be cleared off forthwith. The committee, however, has reluctantly come to the conclusion that it is impossible to satisfactorily finance the club on the present annual subscription, and strongly supports the proposal to increase it.
24th OCTOBER 1902
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 100
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held last evening, an unusually large number of members attending. Mr. McLellan, the President, was in the chair, and in moving the adoption of the report, briefly reviewed the work of the past year, and foreshadowed the programs of the coming year.
ELECTION OF OFFICERS: 1902 - 1903 |
PRESIDENT |
HON.SECRETARY: |
|||||||
| Vice-President: Mr. J.A. Heginbotham |
Vice-President: Mr. A.C. Gifford |
Treasurer: Mr. G.B. Wright |
Committee: Mr. Barton |
Committee: Mr. Davidson |
Committee: Mr. Hunt |
Committee: Mr. Keyworth |
Committee: Mr. Seed |
Committee: Mr. Tustin |
Auditor: Mr. W.C. Stephens |
An animated discussion took place on the motion to increase the annual subscription to one guinea for gentlemen and half a guinea for ladies, in order that the club may extend its scope and usefulness, but eventually the motion was carried without a dissenting voice. Mr. Heginbotham intimated his intention to present a gold medal for the member obtaining most points at the monthly competitions.
13th NOVEMBER 1902
Page 4 and 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXII, ISSUE 4810
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 117
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club is to be held at the Dresden Rooms this evening at 8pm.
BEGINNERS NIGHT
GEORGE W. BARLTROP
HON.SECRETARY
14th NOVEMBER 1902
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 118
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held last night, Mr. James McLellan, President, in the chair. Messrs. Barton and Keyworth gave those present some valuable hints on the construction of a dark-room, and the intensification of negatives. A number of questions were asked by members and answered by the lecturers.
11th DECEMBER 1902
Page 4 and 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXII, ISSUE 4834
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 141
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club is to be held at 8pm to-night in the club’s new room, at the corner of Willis and Manners streets.
GEORGE W. BARLTROP
HON.SECRETARY
12th DECEMBER 1902
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 142
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Members of the Wellington Camera Club, to the number of about twenty-five, met in the new club-room, Alliance Buildings, corner of Willis and Manners streets last evening, the President (Mr. James McLellan) being in the chair. The club-room presented a very cheerful and comfortable appearance, the walls being tastefully hung with pictures, the work of members, and was voted on all sides as a great improvement on any quarters hitherto occupied by the club.
T he President, in a short speech, congratulated members on securing such a suitable club-room, which should lend increased interest to the institution. He impressed upon members the value of a Camera Club, both as a means of increasing the knowledge of the photographic art, and from a social point of view.
Mr. A. Heginbotham, Vice-President, endorsed the remarks of the President, and referred to the progress the club had made. He suggested that evenings might be arranged whereby beginners could be assisted at the hands of the older members.
During the evening selections were given by a gramophone, under the charge of the Messrs. Prouse. Refreshments were afterwards dispensed by Mesdames Fitzgerald, Fulton, and Stuart. Votes of thanks were accorded to the ladies, to Mr. Prouse for his gift of a club notice board, and to the chair.
15th JANUARY 1903
Page 4 and 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXIV, ISSUE 4863
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXV, ISSUE 12
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club meets to-night at the club-room, Willis street, when a demonstration on gum-bichromate work will be given by Mr Barton.
16th JANUARY 1903
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXV, ISSUE 13
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A demonstration of the gum-bichromate process in connection with photography was given by the Messrs. Barton, senior and junior, before the members of the Wellington Camera Club last night. It was watched with interest, and a vote of thanks passed to the operators.
9th FEBRUARY 1903
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXV, ISSUE 33
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A descriptive lecture on the s.s. Waikare's voyage to Fiji last winter is to be given by Mr. Walter Burke FRPS, under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club. Mr. Burke has a set of unique photographs of the remarkable fire-walking ceremony which is of special interest.
9th FEBRUARY 1903
Page 4 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXIV, ISSUE 4884
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A preliminary notice is given by the Wellington Camera Club of an interesting lecture by Mr Walter Burke FRPS, who accompanied the Waikare’s excursion to Fiji last winter. Mr Burke, it is said, has the only complete set of negatives illustrating the famous fire-walking ceremony — that most remarkable feat which has completely nonplussed scientists, who are at an absolute loss to explain how these apparently unsophisticated natives defy the laws of nature.
12th FEBRUARY 1903
Page 4 and 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXIV, ISSUE 4887
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXV, ISSUE 36
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club is to be held in the Club rooms, Willis street, at 8pm this evening.
LANTERN SLIDES
GEORGE W. BARLTROP
HON.SECRETARY
21st FEBRUARY 1903
Page 4 NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXIV, ISSUE 4895
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club has secured the services of Mr Walter Burke to give a lecture on Fiji at the Exchange Hall on Tuesday evening. Mr Burke visited Fiji last winter, and obtained 135 pictures, including the famous fire-walking ceremony. Of this he has probably the only complete set, and he will illustrate his lecture with lantern pictures of the whole ceremony, from the digging of the pit to the completed ovens. There will be over a hundred pictures besides those of the fire-walking.
21st FEBRUARY 1903
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXIV, ISSUE 4895
23rd FEBRUARY 1903
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXIV, ISSUE 4896
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXV, ISSUE 45
24th FEBRUARY 1903
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXIV, ISSUE 4897
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A WINTER CRUISE IN SUMMER SEAS
OR “TEN DAYS IN THE FIJIAN ISLANDS“
LANTERN LECTURE: illustrated by 135 Transparencies will be given under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club by Mr. WALTER BURKE FRPS, in the EXCHANGE HALL, on TUESDAY, 24th February 1903, at 8pm.
The slides are descriptive of a holiday in the Fijian Islands and reproduces most of the incidents of the Waikare’s Voyage to Fiji last winter.
FIRE WALKING: that most remarkable display by the Islanders of Bega.
THE MEKEMEKES: or National Dances of Fiji.
NATIVE LIFE AND CUSTOMS.
THE BURUA AT BAU: The Ceremony of the giving up of Mourning for the late Queen Victoria.
Everybody who has visited Fiji, all who intend to do so, and those who would like to go there should be present.
Front seats and balcony. Two Shillings; back seats, One Shilling.
GEORGE W. BARLTROP
HON.SECRETARY
24th FEBRUARY 1903
Page 4 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXIV, ISSUE 4897
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXV, ISSUE 46
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The ceremony of “fire-walking” in Fiji has rightly been described “a modern miracle”, and has completely nonplussed European observers. Mr. Walter Burke, who visited four of the Fijian Islands in the Waikare last winter, secured what is believed to be the only complete set of negatives of this feat, and slides from these negatives will be exhibited at the Exchange Hall this evening. The entertainment is being given under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club, whoso occasional public entertainments have always been well attended and the quality of which has always been of a high order. His Worship the Mayor is to preside.
12th MARCH 1903
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXIV, ISSUE 4911
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXV, ISSUE 60
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual Monthly Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held in the Club Room THIS (Thursday) EVENING, at 8pm.
MOUNTING PRINTS AND PLATONA PRINTING
Mr. HUNT;
CRITICISM OF COMPETITION PRINTS.
GEORGE W. BARLTROP
HON.SECRETARY
13th MARCH 1903
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXV, ISSUE 61
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club held its usual meeting last evening, when Mr. Hunt read a short paper on mounting and trimming prints. The demonstrator recommended the purchase of a set of tinted papers in order to facilitate the choice of a suitable mount, and illustrated by means of a large number of prints how pictures could be easily spoilt by unsuitable setting. Many useful hints were given on the trimming of prints, especially in the cutting away of all unnecessary matter. The monthly competition prints were criticized by Messrs. Heginbotham and Gifford, points being secured by Messrs. Prouse, Mourant, M'Gregor Wright, Barltrop, Mrs. FitzGerald, Messrs. G.B. Wright and Seed, in the order named.
16th APRIL 1903
Page 4 and 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXIV, ISSUE 4940
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXV, ISSUE 89
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Monthly Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held in the Club Room this (Thursday) EVENING, at 8pm.
"THE BEST USE OF THE NEGATIVE”
Mr. DAVIDSON;
CRITICISM, OF PORTRAIT COMPETITION PRINTS.
GEORGE W. BARLTROP
HON.SECRETARY
17th APRIL 1903
Page 4 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXIV, ISSUE 4941
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXV, ISSUE 90
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The following are the results of the Wellington Camera Club monthly competition in portraiture: W. Prouse, 15 points, 1; H. Davidson, 13 1/2 points, 2; McG. Wright, 9 1/2 points, 3; A. Keyworth, G. Wright and H. Seed, 8 1/2 points, 4; Mrs Fitzgerald, 7 points, 5; H. Momant 6 1/2 points, 6; Mrs Fulton, 6 points, 7; J. McLellan, 4 1/2 points, 8; G. Barltrop, 4 points, 9.
At a meeting of the Wellington Camera Club last evening, Mr H. Davidson delivered an instructive address on “How to obtain the best results from a negative”. After showing that a perfect negative is the exception, and not the rule, the lecturer explained many methods by which satisfactory results might be obtained from the average negative. The lecturer illustrated his remarks with a number of prints and negatives.
21st MAY 1903
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXV, ISSUE 119
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club holds its monthly meeting to-night, when Mr. Keyworth will illustrate the working of bromide paper.
22nd MAY 1903
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXV, ISSUE 120
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
An interesting evening was spent by the Wellington Camera Club last night, when Mr. Keyworth gave an excellent demonstration on the various modes of working bromide paper. There was a large attendance, and the illustrations were followed with close interest.
The pictures to illustrate "Laughter holding both his sides" were criticized by the judges, and the following awards made: Messrs. Barltrop 9 points, G. Wright and Seed 8 points, Davidson 6 1/2 points, Mourant 5 points, M'G. Wright 4 points, Barton 2 points.
27th MAY 1903
Page 6 - WANGANUI HERALD, VOLUME XXXVII, ISSUE 10959
WANGANUI CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wanganui Camera Club was held on Friday evening, Mr. Griffiths (President) occupying the chair. Messrs Tilley and Anderson were elected members of the Club. Mr. Downes kindly laid copies of the Photographic Art Journal and Australian Photographic Journal on the table. The HON.SECRETARY also laid on the table the Wellington Camera Club Bulletin, Photo-ticker, and Amateur Photographer. Mr. Marsh exhibited views taken at Nelson, Picton, Blenheim, and Wellington; Mr. Allison exhibited views taken at Ruapehu; Mr. Downes brought some portraits taken by flashlight; Mr. Babbage and Mr. H. Babbage both exhibited views about Kawhia. Mr. Allison then read a most instructive paper on shutter speeds, and exhibited a simple device for testing them. The result of the tests revealed the fact that the rapid exposures of his shutter were marked too fast, while the slow speeds are marked too slow. Considerable discussion followed the reading of the paper. The President, in moving a vote of thanks, said he considered the paper an extremely valuable one which should be published, and in any case a copy should be sent to the Wellington Camera Club. The monthly competition for views of the Post Office was poorly competed for, the ballot placing Mr. Babbage first, Mr. Marsh second.
11th JUNE 1903
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXV, ISSUE 137
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The usual Monthly Meeting will be held in the Clubroom, THIS EVENING, at 8pm.
LANTERN SLIDES.
CRITICISM OF PRINTS — "MEDITATION".
GEORGE W. BARLTROP
HON.SECRETARY
12th JUNE 1903
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXV, ISSUE 138
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club held its monthly meeting last night, when the evening was given up mainly to the exhibition of members lantern slides. The contributors were Mesdames FitzGerald and Helyer, Messrs. Ross, Seed, Davidson, and Barltrop.
The competition prints, "Domestic Occupation", were criticized by Mr. Heginbotham, the awards in order of merit being Messrs. Barton, G. Wright, Davidson, M'G. Wright, Prouse, Barltrop, Seed, Mourant, Mrs. FitzGerald, Mr. Tanner.
25th JUNE 1903
Page 4 - TIMARU HERALD, VOLUME LXXIX, ISSUE 12103
TIMARU CAMERA CLUB
A meeting was held in the Empire Hotel last night, to consider the advisability of forming a Camera Club in Timaru. About sixteen persons were present, and the proceedings were of a businesslike and enthusiastic character. Mr. W. White was moved to the chair, and briefly explained the object of the meeting. He read apologies from Messrs Pratt, Tripp, Huggins, Collins, Morgan, Cox, Gresson, Bowie, Dawson, Austin, and Fyfe. Mr. Ferrier also wrote regretting his inability to be present, and stated that he would do all in his power to help the club along, as it should be productive of good to all friends of the camera, whether professional or amateur. A formal motion that those present form themselves into a club, to be called Timaru Camera Club, was put and unanimously carried.
The all important matter of subscription then came up for discussion. Mr. Muir, as one of the founders of the Wellington Camera Club, thought that the subscription should not be less than one guinea. In Wellington a subscription of 10s 6d was tried first, but it was found to be insufficient, and a guinea had to be resorted to. The inevitable result was that the membership dropped off considerably. Mr. Joyce, who had been a prominent member of the Wellington Camera Club, considered that Timaru had sufficient local talent to form a strong society: with so many young amateurs round the district an imposing number of studies could easily be got for their first exhibition, which, judging by the results in other centers, would net them a good round sum. People had told him that there was nothing about Timaru worth taking. He could not agree with them; an easily accessible district was teeming with bright trouble-repaying beauty spots, a perfect feast for the photographer. He would be in favor of an exhibition as soon as convenient, say in about three months time.
The Wellington Camera Club and Dunedin Photographic Society would in all probability send some of their best pictures, and members of the Timaru Camera Club could see their defects or otherwise. Subscriptions at the rate of one guinea for men and 10s 6d for ladies and youths would easily cover all expenses. These rates were agreed to.
The election of officers resulted as follows: President, Ven. Archdeacon Harper; vice-Presidents, Dr Reid and Mr. Moore; HON.SECRETARY, Mr. White; treasurer, Mr. James; committee, Messrs Ferrier, Hardy, Muir, Scott, Rolleston, Wright, and Anderson.
The question of deciding on a suitable room was raised, and it was agreed to rent a very central one in the New Zealand Loan Company's buildings. A dark room, laboratory, and furniture will have to be provided, and the committee were given power to act in the matter. A letter was read from Mr. W. Thomas, of Geraldine, offering a prize of five guineas for the best of three classes of pictures taken with his patent Rubinette daylight developer. The offer was favorably commented on and the letter was received with thanks. About 26 names were proposed as likely to join the club, and it is expected that their will be fifty members by the end of the month. Mr. Mahan kindly promised to take a flashlight photograph of the members of the club on the opening night, and to give a few remarks on the initial stages of the art. The meeting then adjourned till next Wednesday week, at 8pm.
27th JUNE 1903
Page 7 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 13164
TIMARU CAMERA CLUB
At a meeting of sixteen photographers, professional and amateur, at Timaru on Wednesday evening, it was decided: to form a Camera Club. The subscription was fixed at a guinea for adults and half a guinea for boys. It is expected that the membership will reach about fifty. A committee was appointed and authorized to hire a room and fit up a dark room and laboratory. Messrs Muir and Joyce, formerly members of the Wellington Camera Club, recommended that the club should hold an exhibition of photographs at an early date. Mr W. White was elected HON.SECRETARY
9th JULY 1903
Page 4 - TIMARU HERALD, VOLUME LXXIX, ISSUE 12115
TIMARU CAMERA CLUB
The first general meeting of the Timaru Camera Club was held in the Club's room last evening. The Club have secured a very suitable meeting room in the upper story of the New Zealand Loan Company's buildings. The room is about 22 By 15, and a good height. A few of the members have put in some energetic and good work in constructing a neatly-finished "dark room", fitted with sink, water supply, drainage, and a window which can be filled with either plain or ruby glass at will. The floor of the meeting room has been covered with linoleum; and other necessary furniture will be provided immediately. A number of professional journals have already been provided by members, and these are interesting to non photographers for the beauty of their photographic illustrations.
There were eighteen members present at the meeting. The number of members at present is twenty, but inquiries have been received from a number of other persons as to terms and privileges of membership. These will be found indicated below, in the rules adopted at last night's meeting.
Mr. J.H. Moore, one of the vice-Presidents, who occupied the chair, read an apology from the President, the Ven. Archdeacon Harper, who was absent in Christchurch, and in his letter, promised to assist the Club upon its successful inauguration, and upon having secured so suitable a room for their purposes. It had been hired for one year, at £18. The work done in the room had been practically all done by two or three members of the committee, and the thanks of the Club, were due to them for the industry, skill, and taste they had displaced. The materials and some necessary tradesmen's work, had cost about £6. They were therefore already liable for £24, and having only twenty members, certain, at present, it behoved all members to try and induce others to become members. Several had already half promised to do so. Their principal duty that evening was to adopt rules, and the committee recommended that the rules of the Wellington Camera Club, with a few modifications, be adopted. The rate of subscription had already been practically agreed to, unless the members decided to make a special rate for country members. The committee should also be authorized to provide some seating for the room, that now in use being borrowed.
The rules proposed were then gone through, and adopted, with modifications. They may be summarized as follows: The name to be the Timaru Camera Club, and its objects are defined to be "to encourage the study and practice of artistic and scientific photography". The officers are to be a President, two vice-Presidents, HON.SECRETARY and treasurer, and a committee of seven. Active members are to be elected by the committee; life members and honorary members by unanimous vote of the whole committee. The annual subscription for active members are to be for gentlemen £1 1s. per annum, for ladies and youths under 18, 10s 6d; for members residing more than five miles from Timaru, 10s 6d and 5s. The Club's year commences on 1st July, and all subscriptions are payable before the end of July each year. The Club is to meet every alternate Wednesday evening, for the objects of the Club. The officers are to have full control, and may make such rules and by-laws as they deem necessary.
The committee was authorized to procure seating.
Dr Reid, one of the vice-Presidents, moved a hearty vote of thanks to the committee for the work they had done in the interests of the Club, and this was carried.
Resolutions were passed that each member be supplied with a latch-key, at 1s each; that if a fair number are applied for the committee provide lockers for members desiring them, at a rental to be fixed (four were at once applied for); and that the question of holding an exhibition, be left to the committee.
The members were then grouped at one end of the room, and Mr. Muir took a flash-light photograph of them, and immediately "developed" it in the room. It was agreed that a very good photograph had been obtained. The process of development was eagerly watched by members, curious to see how the professional photographer managed the process, or how the plate was turning out.
The members appear to be enthusiastic, and the Club should have a prosperous career.
15th OCTOBER 1903
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 92
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held this evening. After the transaction of the usual routine business, a demonstration in flashlight photography will be given.
15th OCTOBER 1903
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 92
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The report to be laid before the eleventh annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club states: The membership of the club now numbers fifty-nine. While the increase in the yearly subscription decided on at the beginning of the year has not, as was anticipated, reduced the membership roll, on the other hand, a pleasing result has been to consolidate the club and create a more active spirit.
In the early part of the year a room was secured for the club's exclusive use — a step which has conduced greatly to the comfort and convenience of members. The usual monthly meetings have been held, and the thanks of the club are due to those who have undertaken the practical demonstrations which have been given from time to time. For the benefit of beginners special meetings were also arranged, but no advantage was taken of the opportunities provided. A few field days were also arranged for, but on almost every occasion the weather proved unfavorable.
A gold medal was kindly presented by Mr. Heginbotham for competition and a special syllabus of subjects was drawn up. This had been the menus of creating now interest in the club and the competition has been most keenly contested, the medal being finally won by Mr. M'Gregor Wright.
Owing to the somewhat straitened condition of the finances at the beginning of the year it was deemed inadvisable to hold any exhibition, but the committee strongly recommends the incoming committee to hold one during the current year. The financial condition has now greatly improved. Thanks to the kindness of several donors and to Mr. Burke's lecture, the committee has been able not only to purchase furniture for the club-room but also to substantially reduce the old liabilities. Since the accounts were closed the last of the latter has been paid off and the club is able to start the new year, if not with a large credit balance, at least out of debt.
16th OCTOBER 1903
Page 4 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXV, ISSUE 5097
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held last evening, Mr J. McLellan presiding. The report and balance-sheet were adopted.
ELECTION OF OFFICERS: 1903 - 1904 |
PRESIDENT |
HON.SECRETARY: |
|||||||
| Vice-President: Mr. J.A. Heginbotham |
Vice-President: Mr. A.C. Gifford |
Treasurer: Mr. G.B. Wright |
Committee: Mr. J. Barton |
Committee: Mr. H. Davidson |
Committee: Mr. A.B. Keyworth |
Committee: Mr. W. Prouse |
Committee: Mr. H. Seed |
Committee: Mr. G.W. Barltrop |
Auditor: Mr. W.C. Stephens |
During the evening the President presented the gold medal to Mr McGregor Wright for most points scored in the competitions during the year.
16th OCTOBER 1903
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 93
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held last evening at the clubroom, Willis-street. Mr. J. McLellan presided, and there was a good attendance of members.
During the evening the result of the competition for the gold, medal was made known, and Mr. McLellan presented the medal to Mr. McGregor Wright, who had scored the highest number of mark's during the year. Mr. McGregor Wright intimated his intention of presenting a gold medal for a similar competition during the ensuing year. The annual report and balance-sheet, already published, were adopted.
24th OCTOBER 1903
Page 10 - FREE LANCE, VOLUME IV, ISSUE 173
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was an interesting finish to the contest for the Heginbotham gold medal for members of the Wellington Camera Club. The medal was offered for the most marks in a series of competitions, and the eight entrants were hard put to it at times to play up to the required standard. One of the youngest of the club's members, Will Prouse (son of John, the baritone) took the lead at an early stage of the contest, closely followed by another young and enthusiastic "fiend", McGregor Wright.
When the fight got hot between these two giddy young things, they took to going out in the rain with their "guns". At any rate, "Mac" was seen, on the wharf during a heavy downpour, with a camera under his coat. But, when the competition was over all but the putting up of the numbers, Willie grew careless of the canny "Mac", and the latter is now the proud possessor of the coveted medal.
10th DECEMBER 1903
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXV, ISSUE 5144
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 140
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Monthly Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held at the Club-room THIS (Thursday) EVENING, 10th December, at 8pm.
“BEGINNERS NIGHT"
by Mr H.H. SEED
T.H. WATSON
HON.SECRETARY
29th JANUARY 1904
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 24
29th JANUARY 1904
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 24
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A FIELD DAY will be held TO-MORROW (Saturday), at Waiwetu. Train leaves Thorndon at 1.15pm.
"And the Mower Whets his Scythe".
T.H. WATSON
HON.SECRETARY
30th JANUARY 1904
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXVI, ISSUE 5187
30th JANUARY 1904
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXVI, ISSUE 5187
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A FIELD DAY will be held TO-DAY (Saturday), at Waiwetu. Train leaves Thorndon at 1.15pm.
"And the Mower Whets his Scythe".
T.H. WATSON
HON.SECRETARY
1st FEBRUARY 1904
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 26
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A party of Wellington Camera Club journeyed to Waiwetu on Saturday, despite the unfavorable weather, and spent a very pleasant as well as instructive afternoon. Subjects were not scarce, and some of the pictures got may be seen adorning the club's exhibition walls.
6th FEBRUARY 1904
Page 4 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXVI, ISSUE 5193
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The silver cup which has been presented to the Wellington Camera Club for competition may now be seen in Messrs. McGregor Wright and Co.’s window. The design and manufacture are the work of Messrs Watts Bros, and Watson, of Wellington.
10th FEBRUARY 1904
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 34
11th FEBRUARY 1904
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXVI, ISSUE 5197
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 35
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held this evening, as advertised, when Mr. M'Gregor Wright will give "A Chat on Gum-bichromate".
12th FEBRUARY 1904
Page 4 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXVI, ISSUE 5198
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. McGregor Wright gave a “chat” and demonstration on gum-bichromate printing at the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club last evening. The discourse was instructive, and, as was shown by the amount of general discussion which ensued, decidedly interesting. After a hearty vote of thanks had been passed to the lecturer, two field days were arranged.
19th FEBRUARY 1904
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 42
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A FIELD DAY will be held TO-MORROW (Saturday) AFTERNOON to Wilton's Bush.
Members will meet at Grant-road Steps at 2pm
T.H. WATSON
HON.SECRETARY
10th MARCH 1904
Page 4 and 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXVI, ISSUE 5221
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club is to meet in its new clubroom in Aldous Building, Lambton quay, this evening at 8pm.
DEMONSTRATION: “EXPEDIENTS IN PRINTING"
by Mr H. DAVIDSON.
T.H. WATSON
HON.SECRETARY
13th APRIL 1904
Page 4 and 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXVI, ISSUE 5249
Page 4 and 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 87
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Monthly Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held in the Clubroom, Lambton quay, TO-MORROW (Thursday) EVENING. at 8pm.
LECTURE: "TABLOID PHOTOGRAPHY”, ILLUSTRATED BY LANTERN SLIDES,
by Mr. J.A. HEGINBOTHAM.
COMPETITION: “LIFE ON THE WHARVES”.
T.H. WATSON
HON.SECRETARY
15th APRIL 1904
Page 4 and 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXVI, ISSUE 5251
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A lecture on "tabloid photography” was delivered by Mr J.A. Heginbotham to the members of the Wellington Camera Club last evening. Mr Heginbotham explained the various processes of development and toning which were illustrated by prints and limelight views. The lantern was worked by Mr E.W. Hunt.
12th MAY 1904
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXVI, ISSUE 5274
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
THE Regular Monthly Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held in the Clubroom, Lambton quay, THIS EVENING (Thursday), 12th May.
DEMONSTRATION - "STEREOSCOPIC WORK"
by Mr J. BARTON.
COMPETITION — "HaIfway Down to the Shore Evangeline Waited in Silence”.
9th JUNE 1904
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXVII, ISSUE 5298
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 136
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
THE Monthly Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held in the Clubroom, Lambton quay, THIS (Thursday) EVENING, 9th June, at 8pm.
PRESIDENTS NIGHT.
COMPETITION: Child Portraiture.
19th JULY 1904
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXVII, ISSUE 5332
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 16
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Monthly Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held THIS EVENING (Tuesday) in the Clubroom, Lambton quay, at 8pm.
Mr. Gifford will give his "CHAT ON LENSES"
COMPETITION — "A Windy Day”
T.H. WATSON
HON.SECRETARY
16th AUGUST 1904
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 40
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXVII, ISSUE 5356
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Monthly Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held in the Clubroom THIS (Tuesday) EVENING, at 8pm.
LANTERN EVENING
by Mr. FLETCHER
COMPETITION.
T.H. WATSON
HON.SECRETARY
20th SEPTEMBER 1904
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXVII, ISSUE 5386
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
THE Monthly Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club will be held in the club-room. Lambton quay. This (TUESDAY) EVENING, at 8pm.
DEMONSTRATION — “NATURAL THREE-COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY", by Mr. W. PROUSE.
COMPETITION — LANDSCAPE IN WHICH ANIMALS ARE PRINCIPAL OBJECT OF THE PICTURE.
T.H. WATSON
HON.SECRETARY
21st SEPTEMBER 1904
Page 4 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXVII, ISSUE 5387
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The monthly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held last night, Mr Gifford in the chair. A demonstration of the Sanger Shepherd Company's colored process in photography was given by Mr W. Prouse. Colored slides, both stereoscopic and lantern, were shown by the lecturer. There was a good attendance of members, and a lively discussion on the subject of the lecture took place. The next meeting of the society will be the annual one.
26th SEPTEMBER 1904
Page 4 - TARANAKI DAILY NEWS, VOLUME XLVI, ISSUE 224
COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY
THE ART PRACTICALLY ACHIEVED
At the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, held on Tuesday evening, Mr W. Prouse, of Wellington, gave a startling and interesting illustration of the progress that is being made in color photography. The subject has provided a field for experiments in all parts of the world for a decade past without any satisfactory result, but in the case of the Sanger Shepherd process of natural color photography a triumph has been achieved that brings the art almost to the point of perfection. The qualification exists because so far the process only touches still life, for no less than three negatives have to be taken in precisely the same spot to obtain the desired effect.
Mr Prouse, who is the happy possessor of a Sanger Shepherd stereoscope and a number of views taken by the new process (sent out from England by his father, Mr John Prouse, the well-known baritone vocalist) explained the modus operandi to Tuesday evening's meeting. In the first instance, specially prepared plates are made highly sensitive to color, and these in an ordinary camera receive the impression of the object or scene through colored filters. According to Sanger Shepherd argument, the primary colors from which all others are obtainable are a particular red, green, and blue violet, and the filters are so colored. A plate having been placed in the dark slide, the color filters are carefully freed from dust and placed over the lens. The photographs are taken with the color filters in their highest position, so that the red one is taken first, the green next, and the blue-violet last. The negatives are made positives, after which the one taken with the red screen is stained, a greenish blue and printed on an ordinary black tone lantern slide; that taken with the green screen is stained pink, and the one taken with the blue screen is stained, yellow, the last two being printed cm celluloid transparencies. Then, by attaching the two transparencies to the glass slide, in precise position, and holding them against the light, the general and natural color effect is gained. This is the treatment in brief for lantern slides; but for stereoscopic views the process has, of course, to be worked stereoscopically.
It is, however, maintained that by this process every tint is created, and certainly the two stereoscopic views and one lantern slide in Mr Prouse's possession are the soundest proof of the contention. One view represents a basket of fruit lying over on its side, containing bananas, pears, plums and grapes, and looking through the stereoscope it is an effort to believe that the fruit is not real. The other view represents an old red-tiled house with ivy creeping up the walls, and a flower-garden in the foreground. The Coloring is vividly natural, and even extends to the cushions laying on the chairs in the interior, seen through the open window. The slide represents a pile of groceries from the best-known makers, end in each case the familiar labels are very real in their likeness to the original.
Mr Prouse also tells of a new photographic lens — the "Grun" liquid lens — by which snapshots may be taken of concerts or theatrical performances from any part of the theatre without the aid of any light other than that ordinarily used in places of amusement. Some productions of "snaps" so taken demonstrate that quite a new field for the photographer is opened up, and that the flash-light process will soon be a thing of the past.
19th OCTOBER 1904
Page 4 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXXVII, ISSUE 5411
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 95
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held in the clubroom last evening. The President, in speaking on the report and balance sheet, congratulated the club on its progress during the year, and its present very satisfactory financial position.
ELECTION OF OFFICERS: 1904 - 1905 |
PRESIDENT |
HON.SECRETARY: |
|||||
| Vice-President: Mr. J.A. Heginbotham |
Vice-President: Mr. W.G. Barltrop |
Treasurer: Mr. W. Prouse |
Committee: Mr. J. Barton |
Committee: Mr. H. Davidson |
Committee: Mr. A.B. Keyworth |
Committee: Mr. H. Seed |
Auditor: Mr. W.C. Stephens |
10th JULY 1909
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXXVIII, ISSUE 9
12th JULY 1909
Page 4 - DOMINION, VOLUME 2, ISSUE 557
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At a meeting of the Wellington Camera Club held on Friday evening advantage was taken of the occasion to present Mr. A.B. Keyworth, who is leaving on July 24th, for a trip to England, with a very handsome traveling rug. Mr. Davidson, in making the presentation, referred to the many fine qualities possessed by the recipient, and expressed the hope that the trip would prove of the greatest benefit both from a business and health point of view to Mr. Keyworth. Mr. Keyworth responded in suitable terms.
23rd JULY 1910
Page 4 - FREE LANCE, VOLUME XI, ISSUE 525
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Did you run across Mr. McGregor Wright during his flying visit to Wellington last week? He used to be a familiar figure on Lambton Quay until he disposed of his artists studio, in which he had been established for about twenty years. After leaving here he paid his respects to old Scotland, the home of his youth, and on returning to New Zealand he settled down in Christchurch, where he is now doing good service in public life. His fellow-citizens discovered the flicker of his candle behind his little bushel, and hauled him forth to do duty for the community. And amongst other public offices they thrust upon him was that of Mayor of Woolston. It was in the interests of the flat and highly respectable suburb of Woolston that His Worship came up to Wellington last week. He was one of the representatives at the recent Municipal Conference.
Although on business bent, Mr. McGregor Wright made time to look up old friends. As one of the founders of the Wellington Camera Club, now merged into the Photographic Club, he met a number of other enthusiastic amateur snap-shotters at Mr. Hislop's one evening. The club is a happy little band, and it is customary for the members to fore gather weekly. They meet in each other's homes, taking turn and turn about at entertaining. Of course, "Mac" was the guest of the evening. The company discussed lenses, plates, exposures, focuses, and other technicalities beloved of the camera fiend. As a token of his interest in the art he invited competition amongst amateurs for a prize he is giving for the best production of a seaside scene. As Mr. Wright never does things by halves, it is safe to bet that that prize will be worth winning.
9th DECEMBER 1910
Page 6 - PRESS, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 13911
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the last general meeting of the Christchurch Photographic Society recently held, Mr A.C. McIntyre gave a very interesting and instructive lecture on portraiture. Having made a speciality of this branch of photography, Mr McIntyre brought before the members many points usually entirely overlooked. During the evening Mr Rowlands kindly exhibited a number of carbon prints by Mr H. Ponting, who it will be remembered, is the photographer accompanying the present Antarctic Expedition. These prints are considered some of the finest ever shown in the colonies. A set of the Wellington Camera Club competition pictures was also exhibited. The results of the local Club's last competition were announced, and were as follow: Open Class, L.L. Boot 1, E. Harding and W. Robinson equal 2. Junior, J. Pearson, commended.
8th SEPTEMBER 1911
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXXXII, ISSUE 60
AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHERS
There was an excellent attendance at the initial meeting of the Amateur Photographic Society last evening, and a very interesting couple of hours were spent by those present. The President (Mr. P.N. Denton) gave a short introductory address, and congratulated the promoters on the success of their efforts Mr. Heginbotham, President of the Wellington Camera Club, who was present, also congratulated the society on the successful start. Mr. Whitelaw gave an optical display of lantern slides, and Mr. Warner exhibited samples of advanced photography, and gave a very interesting address on the art of picture making as distinct from every-day photography.
9th SEPTEMBER 1911
Page 13 - DOMINION, VOLUME 4, ISSUE 1228
PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A meeting of the newly-formed Amateur Photographic Society was held in Spiller's Hall, Boulcott Street, on Thursday. An exhibition of lantern slides was given by Mr. Whilelaw.
The President of the society, Mr. Denton, delivered an address.
Mr. Heginbotham, President of the Wellington Camera Club, in a short speech, wished the society every success.
Some very fine examples of bromide work and the art of picture-making were shown by Mr. Warner. He also gave an instructive address on the subject.
3rd OCTOBER 1913
Page 9 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME L, ISSUE 15422
ONEHUNGA CAMERA CLUB
SECOND ANNUAL EXHIBITION
"There is no pastime or study that, to my knowledge, is so interesting as that of photography. It seems to me to be a happy thing to have the ability to carry back from our rambles and excursions pictures that will long serve as a remembrance of familiar places and scenes and dear old friends". This statement was made by the Mayor of Onehunga (Mr. J.Rowe) in his address at the "private view" and social evening on Wednesday which marked the opening of the Onehunga Camera Club's second annual exhibition. Short addresses were also given by Messrs. T.H. Ashe and A.A. Senior on behalf of the club, both considering it most desirable that clubs of this kind should be encouraged. During the evening musical items were given by Miss M. Oliver, Miss Glanfield, Miss Waklin, and Messrs. T. Sutherland and J. Park.
The exhibition of 180 pictures is of a high order, covering a large and varied range of work. Nearly half of this number was contributed by members of other photographic societies, the exhibit of Mr. Harold Cazneaux, of Sydney, being worthy of special mention. His nine exhibits are well nigh perfect examples of photographic art his Pictures of "Circular Quay" and "Wynyard Lane" (Sydney), being of a very high order.
The Auckland Camera Club is represented by 23 pictures, mostly the work of that club's most prominent members. The work of four persons exhibiting under the auspices of the Auckland Graphic Club shows considerable promise as well as taste in selection and care in manipulation. The Wellington Amateur Photographic Society contributes 10 pictures, some of which are excellent both in technique and artistic conception. Tasmania is represented by four exhibits of high quality. The work of the members of the Onehunga Camera Club is varied in range of subject, pleasing in presentation, and shows signs of serious study. Mr. H.J. Davies exhibits three pictures of interest Onehunga in 1868", "Kauri Point Mill", and "Old Onehunga".
Altogether the exhibition offers a most attractive display, and should prove exceedingly popular among all amateur and professional photographers. The management was disappointed at the non-arrival of the expected works from England in time for the opening ceremony, but it is hoped that they will be at hand before the end of the exhibition, which will continue until tomorrow.
11th SEPTEMBER 1929
Page 18 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVIII, ISSUE 63
NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The annual inter-club photographic competition was held this year at Christchurch the judges being Mr. James A. Johnstone, D.A., Edin.; Mr. Francis A. Sturrock, A.R.C.A., Lond.; (both of Canterbury College School of Art), and Mr. James Thompson, photographer, Christchurch. Sets of twelve pictures were entered by each competing club, with the following result: Dunedin, 1004 points; Wellington, 971; Invercargill, 847; Christchurch, 824; Auckland, 729.
No club exhibit marks were this year awarded by the judges. The champion picture was declared to be that of Mr. J.W. Jones of the Wellington Camera Club, entitled "The Storm Cloud", which secured the maximum of 100 marks. After exhibition at the southern centers, the pictures will be sent to Wellington, and will be for public inspection at the clubroom of the society.
At the last meeting of the Camera Club, Mr. J.W. Jones gave a practical demonstration of the value of cloud printing; and Mr. E.C. Simpson also recently instructively lectured to members on "Lenses and Focus".
13th October 1936
Page 3 - Southland Times, Issue 23019
CAMERA CLUB’S WORK
A FINE EXHIBITION
DISPLAY IN SMITH’S LOUNGE
The Invercargill Camera Club again revealed its enterprise when yesterday afternoon in Smith’s Lounge it exhibited to the public of Invercargill the best efforts of New Zealand’s photographers. The photographs were artistically arranged and even those who knew nothing about photographic art were able to appreciate in some measure the patience and forethought that had been put into even the plainest, or should one say the simplest, of the pictures.
In opening the exhibition the Mayor (Mr John Miller) stated that this was the third time he had been present at such a function. He congratulated the club on its enterprise in collecting together the photographic cream of the camera clubs of New Zealand and made special mention of the very fine display that was the work of the Sydney Camera Club. The Mayor said that he hoped the exhibition would be visited by all people who had any aesthetic taste at all, not only by those who were keenly interested in photography as a hobby or as a profession. The work on display would not only arouse interest in the doings of the Invercargill Camera Club, but it would have an educative effect on the people as a whole.
The Mayor said he regretted the absence from the exhibition of Mr J.J.W. Pollard, who had not only been an enthusiastic amateur photographer, but a constructive and learned critic. He had been able to direct people’s attention to the more outstanding exhibits and give them some idea wherein lay their true beauty. The Mayor suggested that, in the future, some person who could perform these duties should be present. He then officially declared the exhibition open and wished it every success.
The president of the Invercargill Camera Club (Mr W. Millar) thanked the Mayor for his attendance and said that Mr Pollard’s departure had been sorely felt, but that the club would endeavor to rectify the omission that had been made.
The works exhibited were done by members of the Dunedin Photographic Society and Christchurch Photographic Society and the Invercargill Camera Club, Wellington Camera Club and Auckland Camera Club.
SOME OF THE PICTURES
The champion picture was exhibited by Mr Spencer Digby, of the Wellington Camera Club. The subject was Sir Michael Myers and the marks awarded were 91 out of a possible 100. In commenting on the photograph the judge had stated that the head was well placed and admirably lighted, in all a very convincing portrait study. Points were awarded for conception, composition, technique and presentation, and Mr Digby’s photograph was very little ahead of the highest marked awards of competitors from other centers.
Mr George Chance, of the Dunedin Photographic Society, scored 90 points with a particularly impressive study entitled “Autumn in South Canterbury”, and Miss J. Nevill, of the same club, gained an equal number of points with “En Paris”, a beautiful photograph of a young woman.
The highest marked award of the Auckland Camera Club group was a photograph by Mr E.C. Lackland entitled “Five O’clock”. The 87 marks awarded this exhibitor for his unusual picture of a traffic scene in Queen street were faithfully earned. Mr F.L. Barron, of the Christchurch Photographic Society, scored 86 points with his study “The Violin Maker”, and Mr A.N. Baker, of the Invercargill Camera Club, gained one point less with “Dessert” and “I Wonder”.
Many of the other exhibits scored high marks and, naturally enough, some of the lower placed exhibits will attract more attention and will appeal more than those mentioned above, for all reveal the touch of the master hand.